ASEAN Braukmann Catalogue - Reduce Size

WATER CONTROLS
WATER
D04FM - Pressure Reducing Valve 001
D05FS - Pressure Reducing Valve with Balanced Seat 006
D06FH - High Pressure Reducing Valve 012
RESIDEO BRAUKMANN
D06F-LFA - Lead-free Pressure Reducing Valve with
Balanced Seat 018
VALVES. LEAD-FREE. D06F - Pressure Reducing Valve 024
The name Braukmann has always stood for innovation in the drinking water sector.
Our Resideo Braukmann valves continue this long tradition – with market leading
and ecologically responsible portfolio of lead free products.
D15SH - Diaphragm-Actuated Pressure Reducing Valve 030
Protect our greatest asset: drinking water. D15S - Pressure Reducing Valve 035
Drinking, cooking, washing – they all depend on water. Water is a critical resource
in almost every field – without it quality of life suffers, wasting is irresponsible.
Drinking-water fittings and systems, that are reliable and ensure cleanliness and D22 - Pressure Reducing Valve with Piston Balanced Seat 041
hygiene are key.
With our strong product family, Resideo Braukmann stands for innovation in
high-quality valves and fittings in the drinking-water sector.
DR300 - Pressure Regulator 046
We acquired Braukmann from its founder back in 1980. Installed in over 18 million
homes and trusted by over 100,000 installers our water valves once again bear the
original name. Choose Resideo Braukmann valves for pure drinking water of the
highest quality. DU144 - Automatic Bypass Valve 051
056 MiniPlus FK06 - Filter Combination PrimusCenter DWC7000 - Domestic Water Centre 130
MiniPlus FK06-AAM - Filter Combination with Brass Filter

062 Bow Z11AS - Reverse Rinsing Actuator 138
MiniPlus FF06-AAM - Rinsable Fine Filter with Brass Filter

068 Bowl
Z74S-AN - Reverse Rinsing Actuator with Bayonet Connection 142
073 MiniPlus FF06 - Rinsable Fine Filter Z74S - Reverse Rinsing Actuator 145
F76CS/FN76CS - Reverse Rinsing Fine Filter with Clear

078 Filter Bowl
BA095 miniBA - Backflow Preventer 148
084 F76S - Reverse Rinsing Fine Filter BA195 miniBA - Backflow Preventer 153
090 F74CS/FN74CS - Reverse Rinsing Fine Rilter BA295CS - Backflow Preventer 158
096 FK74CS/FKN74CS - Filter Combination BA295D-1/2ASC - Backflow Preventer 163
104 FK76CS/FKN76CS - Reverse Rinsing Filter Combination BA295D-1/2AS - Backflow Preventer 168
110 F78TS - Reverse Rinsing Fine Filter with Flanges BA295D-3/4WHD - Retrofit Backflow Preventer 173
116 HS10S - Combination Water Supply Unit BA295D-3/4WHS - Retrofit Backflow Preventer 178
123 HS10S-FA - Water Station BA295I - Stainless Steel Backflow Preventer 183
Resideo Braukmann: One Source For All Your Potable Water
188 BA295S-LF - Backflow Preventer
Needs 251
193 BA295S - Backflow Preventer MX Series Valves 258
198 BA295STN-11/2A - Backflow Preventer TM50 - Thermostatic Mixing Valve 262
BA298I-F - Reduced-Pressure-Zone Backflow Preventers

203 with Flanged Connections - Industrial Model
TM200 - Thermostatic Mixing Valve 267
208 BA300 - Backflow Preventer TM200VP - Thermostatic Mixing Valve 272
213 CA295 - Backflow Preventer TM300 - Thermostatic Mixing Valve 277
R295H - Mechanical Disconnector Hydraulic Actuated GB

217 Type According to EN 1717
TM3400/TM3410 - Thermostatic Mixing Valve 282
R295 - Mechanical Disconnector with Union Connectors

223 Direct Actuated GA Type According to EN 1717
V1810 - Circulation Throttle Valve 287
R295HP-F - Mechanical Disconnector Hydraulic Actuated

229 GB Type According to EN 1717
V4250 - Alwa Sampling Valve with Handwheel 305
R295P-F - Mechanical Disconnector with Flanges Direct

233 Actuated GA Type According to EN 1717
DH300 - Pressure Sustaining Valve 308
R295SA - Mechanical Disconnector Electrically Actuated

FD300 - Altitude Control Valve 313
R295SP-F - Mechanical Disconnector Electrically Actuated

FV300 - Filling Valve 318
323 MV300 - Magnetic Solenoid Valve V5032 - Kombi-2-plus 380
328 PC300 - Surge Anticipating Valve Datasheet - CDS2000A Series 400
333 PS300 - Pump Control Valve Datasheet - GD250 Series 402
338 SV300 - Safety Valve Datasheet - IAQPMHH-00M 404
343 TC300 - Protection Valve for Deep Pumping
VR170, ZN170, Z171T - Float Valve for Water Storage Tanks

348 with Option of Stainless Steel or Plastic Floats
354 VR300 - Flow Rate Regulator
359 VV300 - Priority Valve
364 FY30 - Brass Y-strainer
368 FY32 - Red-bronze Y-strainer
372 FY69P - Grey Cast Iron Y-strainer
376 FY71P - Cast Steel Y-strainer

D04FM - Pressure Reducing Valve
Pressure Reducing Valves CONSTRUCTION

Overview Components Materials
Braukmann 1 Spring bonnet with

adjustment opening
High-quality synthetic
material
D04FM
2 Adjustment knob High-quality synthetic
material
3 Housing with pressure Dezincification-resistant
Pressure Reducing Valve gauge connection
Not depicted components:
brass
Adjustment spring Spring steel

Valve insert complete with High-quality synthetic
diaphragm and valve seat material, EPDM diaphragm
APPLICATION Pressure gauge not included High-quality synthetic
According EN 806-2 pressure reducing valves of this type (see accessories) material
protect household water installations against excessive Seals EPDM
pressure from the supply. They can also be used for
industrial or commercial applications within the range of
their specification.
By installing a pressure reducing valve, pressurisation
damage is avoided and water consumption is reduced.
The set pressure is also maintained constant, even when
there is wide inlet pressure fluctuation.
METHOD OF OPERATION INSTALLATION GUIDELINES
Spring loaded pressure reducing valves operate by means of Setup requirements
Reduction of the operating pressure and maintaining it at a
a force equalising system. The force of a diaphragm
constant level minimizes flow noise in the installation. • Horizontal and vertical installation position possible
operates against the force of an adjustment spring. If the
– In vertical installation position spring bonnet with
APPROVALS outlet pressure and therefore diaphragm force fall because
adjustment knob facing upwards
water is drawn, the then greater force of the spring causes
• DVGW • Install shut-off valves
the valve to open. The outlet pressure then increases until
• WRAS (up to 23 °C) the forces between the diaphragm and the spring are equal • The installation location should be protected against
• SINTEF again. frost and be easily accessible
• VA (ETA) The inlet pressure has no influence in either opening or – Pressure gauge can be read off easily
closing of the valve. Because of this, inlet pressure – Simplified maintenance and cleaning
SPECIAL FEATURES fluctuation does not influence the outlet pressure, thus • To guarantee perfect functioning, a filter must be
• Inlet pressure balancing – no influence on outlet providing inlet pressure balancing. inserted ahead of the pressure reducing valve
pressure by fluctuating inlet pressure
• The valve insert is of high-quality synthetic material and TECHNICAL DATA TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE • Provide a straight section of pipework of at least five
times the nominal valve size after the pressure reducing
can be fully exchanged Media Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them
valve (in accordance with EN 806-2)
• Outlet pressure adjustable with adjustment knob Medium: Drinking water shortly before use.
• Requires regular maintenance in accordance with
• The adjustment spring is not in contact with the drinking Connections/Sizes The following parameters apply during transportation and
EN 806-5
water Connection sizes: 3/ 1/ ", 3/ " storage:
8", 2 4
• With internal and external threads 3/ " - 3/ "
8 4 Nominal sizes: 10, 15, 20 Parameter Value
• Conforms to BSEN 1567 Pressure values Environment: clean, dry and dust free
• All materials are UBA conform Max. inlet pressure: 16 bar Min. ambient temperature: 5 °C
• ACS certified Outlet pressure: 1.5 - 6 bar Max. ambient temperature: 55 °C
Min. pressure drop: 1 bar Min. ambient relative 25 % *
Operating temperatures humidity:
Max. operating temperature 70 °C Max. ambient relative 85 % *
medium (10 bar): humidity:
Max. operating temperature 30 °C *non condensing
medium accord. to EN 1567:
EN0H-1054GE23 R0420 • Subject to change 001 002

D04FM - Pressure Reducing Valve D04FM - Pressure Reducing Valve
Installation Example DIMENSIONS

Overview
H
min. 5x DN W*
Ra
Ri
1 2 3 4 5 2 L
Fig. 1 Standard installation example for the pressure reducing valve

Parameter Values
1 Water meter Connection sizes: Ri 3/ "
8
1/ "
2
3/ "
4
2 Shut-off valve Ra 3/ "
4
3/ "
4 1"
3 Check valve Nominal size diameter: DN 10 15 20
4 Filtering unit Weight: kg 0.30 0.32 0.36
5 Pressure reducing valve Dimensions: L 84 84 88
Connection sizes: 3/ "
8
1/
2"
3/ "
4 H 106 106 106
Distance in mm (W*): 55 55 55 h 82.7 82.7 82.7
* Required installation distances between the centerline of the pipework and the surrounding in dependency of the connection size. Note: All dimensions in mm unless stated otherwise.
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS ORDERING INFORMATION

kvs-Values The following tables contain all the information you need to make an order of an item of your choice. When ordering, please
always state the type, the ordering or the part number.
Connection sizes:
Options
Ri 3/ " 1/ " 3/ "
8 2 4
3/ " 3/ "
The valve is available in the following sizes: 3/8", 1/2", 3/4".
Ra 4 4 1"
• standard
kvs-value (m3/h): 1.8 2.4 2.6
IfBt designation: P-IX 28119/II - not available
DIN/DVGW Registration No.: DW - 6330CP0297 D04FM-...A
Connection type: external thread on in- and outlet •
Note: ... = space holder for connection size
Note: Ordering number example for 1/2" and type A valve: D04FM-1/2A
Accessories
Description Dimension Part No.

M38K Pressure gauge
Housing diameter 50 mm, below connection thread G 1/4"
Note: Please indicate upper value of pressure range when ordering.
Range: 0 - 4 bar M38K-A4
003 004
D04FM - Pressure Reducing Valve
Spare Parts Pressure Reducing Valves

Pressure Reducing Valve D04FM, from 2014 onwards
Overview Description
1 Valve insert complete
Dimension Part No.
Braukmann
2 Blanking plug with
3/
1
- 3/4"
8"
O-ring R /4" (5
3/ " - 3/ "
D04FMA-1/2
pcs.) D05FS
8 4 S06K-1/4
Pressure reducing valve with balanced seat
Standard pattern with setting scale
1 APPLICATION
According EN 806-2 pressure reducing valves of this type
protect household water installations against excessive
2
constant level minimizes flow noise in the installation.
APPROVALS
• DVGW
SPECIAL FEATURES
• Inlet pressure balancing – no influence on outlet
• The valve insert is of high-quality synthetic material and
can be fully exchanged
• The outlet pressure is set by turning the adjustment
knob TECHNICAL DATA
• The set pressure is directly indicated on the set point
Media
scale
Medium: Drinking water
• The adjustment spring is not in contact with the drinking
Connections/Sizes
water 1/
Connection sizes: 2" - 2"
• With internal and external threads 1/2" - 1", with external
Nominal sizes: DN15 - DN50
threads 1 1/4" - 2"
Pressure values
• Also available without fittings
Max. inlet pressure: 25 bar
• All materials are UBA conform
Outlet pressure: 1.5 - 6 bar
• ACS certified Preset outlet pressure: 3 bar
Min. pressure drop: 1 bar
Operating temperatures
Max. operating temperature 30 °C
medium (10 bar):
005 EN0H-1034GE23 R0420 • Subject to change 006

D05FS - Pressure reducing valve with balanced seat D05FS - Pressure reducing valve with balanced seat
CONSTRUCTION Installation Example

1 Spring bonnet with High-quality synthetic
adjustment knob and setting material
scale
gauge connection brass
3 Threaded male connections Brass
(option A)
4 Pressure gauge connection
W*
Valve insert complete with High-quality synthetic min. 5x DN
Pressure gauge not included High-quality synthetic
(see accessories) material
Seals EPDM
1 2 3 4 5 2
METHOD OF OPERATION INSTALLATION GUIDELINES Fig. 1 Standard installation example for the pressure reducing valve
Spring loaded pressure reducing valves operate by means of Setup requirements 1 Water meter
• Horizontal and vertical installation position possible 2 Shut-off valve
– In vertical installation position spring bonnet with 3 Check valve
outlet pressure and therefore diaphragm force fall because
adjustment knob facing upwards 4 Filtering unit
the valve to open. The outlet pressure then increases until • Install shut-off valves 5 Pressure reducing valve
the forces between the diaphragm and the spring are equal • The installation location should be protected against Connection sizes: 1/ "
2
3/ "
4 1" 11/4" 11/2" 2"
again. frost and be easily accessible Distance in mm (W*): 55 55 60 60 70 70
The inlet pressure has no influence in either opening or – Pressure gauge can be read off easily * Required installation distances between the centerline of the pipework and the surrounding in dependency of the connection size.
closing of the valve. Because of this, inlet pressure – Simplified maintenance and cleaning
fluctuation does not influence the outlet pressure, thus • To guarantee perfect functioning, a filter must be TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
providing inlet pressure balancing. inserted ahead of the pressure reducing valve kvs-Values
• Provide a straight section of pipework of at least five
TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE Connection sizes: 1/ "
2
3/ "
4 1" 11/4" 11/2" 2"
Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them kvs-value (m3/h): 3.0 3.5 3.7 7.3 7.5 7.7
shortly before use. IfBt designation: P-IX 9290/II P-IX 9290/II P-IX 9290/II P-IX 9290/II -* -*
The following parameters apply during transportation and DIN/DVGW Registration No.: NW-6330 BN 0584
EN 806-5
storage: * Compulsory testing in sizes R 1/2" to R 1 1/4
Parameter Value Pressure drop characteristics

Environment: clean, dry and dust free
Min. ambient temperature: 5 °C
Max. ambient temperature: 55 °C
Min. ambient relative 25 % *
humidity:
Max. ambient relative 85 % *
humidity:
*non condensing
Fig. 2 Pressure drop within the valve in dependency of the flow rate and the used connection size
007 008
D05FS - Pressure reducing valve with balanced seat D05FS - Pressure reducing valve with balanced seat
DIMENSIONS Accessories
Overview Description Dimension Part No.

M38K Pressure gauge
h
H
DS05 Insulation shells
Please indicate nominal size (1/2" to 2") when ordering e.g. DS05-1/2
DS05
R
l
ZR06K Double ring wrench
L For removal of spring bonnet and filter bowl
ZR06K
Parameter Values
Connection sizes: R 1/ " 3/ " 1" 11/4" 11/2" 2"
2 4
VST06A Connection set
Nominal size diameter: DN 15 20 25 32 40 50
Threaded connections
Weight: kg 0.65 0.82 1.35 2.20 3.09 4.46 1/ "
2 VST06-1/2A
Dimensions: L 155 163 176 207 216 257 3/ "
4 VST06-3/4A
I 95 95 97 115 120.5 140
1" VST06-1A
H 123 123 124 178 181 178
11/4" VST06-11/4A
h 96 96 96 147 147 147
11/2" VST06-11/2A
Note: All dimensions in mm unless stated otherwise.
2" VST06-2A
ORDERING INFORMATION VST06B Connection set
The following tables contain all the information you need to make an order of an item of your choice. When ordering, please Solder connections
1/ " VST06-1/2B
always state the type, the ordering or the part number. 2
3/ " VST06-3/4B
4
Options
1" VST06-1B
The valve is available in the following sizes: 1/2", 3/4", 1", 11/4", 11/2" and 2".
11/4" VST06-11/4B
• standard
11/2" VST06-11/2B
- not available
2" VST06-2B
D05FS...A D05FS...E
Connection type: external threaded connection set on in- and outlet • –
external thread on in- and outlet – •
Note: Ordering number example for 11/4" and type A valve: D05FS-11/4A
009 010
D05FS - Pressure reducing valve with balanced seat

Pressure Reducing Valve D05FS, from 2007 onwards
1 Spring bonnet complete
Dimension Part No.
Braukmann
1
1/
2" - 1"
11/4" - 2"
0901515
0903890 D06FH
2 Valve insert complete (without filter)
1/ " - 1"
2 D05FA-1/2B High Pressure Reducing Valve
1
1 /4" - 2" D05FA-11/4B With Balanced Seat and Set Point Scale
3 Replacement filter insert
1/ " - 1 " ES05F-1/2A
2
2 4 Blanking plug with O-ring R1/4" (5 pcs.) APPLICATION

4 1/ " - 2"
2 S06K-1/4 According EN 806-2 pressure reducing valves of this type
protect household water installations against excessive
3 industrial or commercial applications within the range of
SPECIAL FEATURES
• Up to size 11/4" approved by LGA for low noise, Group 1
without limitations
• The outlet pressure is set by turning the adjustment
knob
• The set pressure is directly indicated on the set point TECHNICAL DATA
scale Media
• The adjustment spring is not in contact with the drinking Medium: Drinking water
water Connections/Sizes
• Integral fine filter Connection sizes: 1/
2" - 2"
• Easily retrofittable to convert valve to a reverse-rinsing Pressure values
filter combination Max. inlet pressure: 25 bar
• Can be retrofitted with an inlet check valve Outlet pressure: 1.5 - 12 bar
• Also available without fittings Preset outlet pressure: 5 bar
• All materials are UBA conform Min. pressure drop: 1 bar
• ACS certified Operating temperatures
medium (10 bar):

D06FH - High Pressure Reducing Valve D06FH - High Pressure Reducing Valve

adjustment knob material
gauge connections on both brass
sides
(options A & B)
4 Pressure gauge connection - min. 5x DN W*
5 Filter bowl Brass
Valve insert complete with High-quality
diaphragm and valve seat syntheticmaterial, EPDM
diaphragm
1 2 3 4 5 2
Fine filter with 0.16 mm Stainless steel
mesh Fig. 1 Standard installation example for the pressure reducing valve
Pressure gauge (see High-quality synthetic
1 Water meter
accessories) material
Seals EPDM 2 Shut-off valve
3 Check valve
METHOD OF OPERATION INSTALLATION GUIDELINES 4 Filtering unit
Spring loaded pressure reducing valves operate by means of Setup requirements 5 Pressure reducing valve
a force equalising system. The force of a diaphragm Connection sizes: 1/ " 3/ " 1“ 11/4" 11/2" 2“
• Install in horizontal pipework with filter bowl downwards 2 4
operates against the force of an adjustment spring. If the Distance in mm (W*): 55 55 60 60 70 70
• Install shut-off valves
• The installation location should be protected against * Required installation distances between the centerline of the pipework and the surrounding in dependency of the connection size.
frost and be easily accessible
the valve to open. The outlet pressure then increases until TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
the forces between the diaphragm and the spring are equal – Pressure gauge can be read off easily
kvs-Values
again. – Simplified maintenance and cleaning
The inlet pressure has no influence in either opening or Connection sizes: 1/ " 3/ " 1“ 11/4" 11/2" 2“
• Install downstream of the filter or strainer 2 4
closing of the valve. Because of this, inlet pressure – This position ensures optimum protection for the kvs-value (m3/h): 2.4 3.1 7.6 9.1 12.6 12.0
fluctuation does not influence the outlet pressure, thus pressure reducing valve against dirt Pressure drop characteristics
providing inlet pressure balancing.
TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE
Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them
shortly before use.
EN 806-5
The following parameters apply during transportation and
storage:
Parameter Value
humidity:
humidity:
*non condensing
013 014
D06FH - High Pressure Reducing Valve D06FH - High Pressure Reducing Valve

M07M Pressure gauge
Housing diameter 63 mm, rear connection thread G 1/4"
Range: 0 - 4 bar M07M-A4

For removal of spring bonnet and filter bowl
ZR06K

1/ " VST06-1/2A
2
3/ " VST06-3/4A
4
Parameter Values 1" VST06-1A

Connection sizes: R 1/ "
2
3/ "
4 1" 11/4" 11/2" 2" 11/4" VST06-11/4A
Nominal size diameter: DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 11/2" VST06-11/2A
Weight: kg 0.8 1.0 2.2 2.4 3.4 5.1 2" VST06-2A
Dimensions: L 140 160 180 200 225 255 VST06B Connection set
I 80 90 100 105 130 140 Solder connections
1/ " VST06-1/2B
H 96 96 140 140 172 172 2
3/ " VST06-3/4B
h 56 56 77 77 113 113 4
D 54 54 72 72 82 82 1" VST06-1B
11/4" VST06-11/4B
11/2" VST06-11/2B
ORDERING INFORMATION 2" VST06-2B
The following tables contain all the information you need to make an order of an item of your choice. When ordering, please
Options
• standard
- not available
D06FH-...B D06FH-...E
Connection type: external threaded connection set on in- and outlet • –
external thread on in- and outlet – •
Note: ...= connection size.
Note: Ordering number example for 11/4" and type B valve: D06FH-11/4B
015 016
D06FH - High Pressure Reducing Valve

Pressure Reducing Valve D06FH, from 1997 onwards
Dimension Part No.
Braukmann
1/ "
2 + 3/4"
1" + 11/4"
0901227
0901228 D06F-LFA
1 11/2" + 2" 0901229
2 Valve insert complete (without filter) Lead-free pressure reducing valve with balanced seat
1/ " + 3/ " D06FA-1/2
2 4 Standard pattern with set point scale
1" + 1/4" D06FA-1A
11/2" + 2" D06FA-11/2
3 Union seal washer (10 pcs.) APPLICATION
1/ " 0901443
2 According EN 806-2 pressure reducing valves of this type
4 3/ "
4 0901444 protect household water installations against excessive
2
1" 0901445 pressure from the supply. They can also be used for
3 11/4" 0901446 industrial or commercial applications within the range of
3 1
1 /2" 0901447 their specification.
2" 0901448 By installing a pressure reducing valve, pressurisation
4 Blanking plug with O-ring R1/4" (5 pcs.) damage is avoided and water consumption is reduced.
1/ " - 2" S06K-1/4
2 The set pressure is also maintained constant, even when
5 Replacement filter insert there is wide inlet pressure fluctuation.
1/ " + 3/ " ES06F-1/2A
2 4 Reduction of the operating pressure and maintaining it at a
1" + 11/4" ES06F-1A constant level minimizes flow noise in the installation.
*
11/2" + 2" ES06F-11/2A
6 O-ring set (10 pcs.) APPROVALS
1/ " + 3/ "
2 4 0901246 • DVGW
1" + 11/4" 0901247 • SINTEF
5
11/2" + 2" 0901248 • VA (ETA)
6 7 7 Brass filter bowl with O-ring
1/ " + 3/ "
2 4 SM06T-1/2
SPECIAL FEATURES
1" + 11/4" SM06T-1A • Inlet pressure balancing – no influence on outlet
11/2" + 2" SM06T-11/2
* included with 2 • Up to size 11/4" approved by LGA for low noise, Group 1
without limitations TECHNICAL DATA
• The valve insert is of high-quality synthetic material and Media
can be fully exchanged Medium: Drinking water
• The outlet pressure is set by turning the adjustment Connections/Sizes
knob Connection sizes: 1/
2" - 2"
• The set pressure is directly indicated on the set point Nominal sizes: DN15 - DN50
scale Pressure values
• The adjustment spring is not in contact with the drinking Max. inlet pressure with clear 16 bar
water filter bowl:
• Integral fine filter Outlet pressure: 1.5 - 6 bar
• Easily retrofittable to convert valve to a reverse-rinsing Preset outlet pressure: 3 bar
filter combination Min. pressure drop: 1 bar
• Can be retrofitted with an inlet non-return valve Operating temperatures
• All materials are UBA conform Max. operating temperature 30 °C
Note: Use the SM06T brass filter bowl, if the valve can be exposed to
UV radiation or solvent vapors.

D06F-LFA - Lead-free pressure reducing valve with balanced seat D06F-LFA - Lead-free pressure reducing valve with balanced seat

scale
2 Housing with pressure Lead-free brass
gauge connections on both
sides
3 Threaded male connections Lead-free brass
4 Pressure gauge not included - min. 5x DN W*
(see accessories)
5 Filter bowl Clear synthetic
Valve insert complete with High-quality synthetic 1 2 3 4 5 2
Fine filter with 0.16 mm Stainless steel Fig. 1 Standard installation example for the pressure reducing valve
mesh 1 Water meter
Pressure gauge (see High-quality synthetic 2 Shut-off valve
accessories) material 3 Check valve
Seals EPDM 4 Filtering unit
5 Pressure reducing valve
METHOD OF OPERATION INSTALLATION GUIDELINES Connection sizes: 1/ "
2
3/ "
4 1" 11/4" 11/2" 2"
Spring loaded pressure reducing valves operate by means of Setup requirements Distance in mm (W*): 55 55 60 60 70 70
• Install in horizontal pipework with filter bowl downwards * Required installation distances between the centerline of the pipework and the surrounding in dependency of the connection size.
outlet pressure and therefore diaphragm force fall because TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
water is drawn, the then greater force of the spring causes • The device downstream should be protected by means
the valve to open. The outlet pressure then increases until of a safety valve (installed downstream of the pressure kvs-Values
the forces between the diaphragm and the spring are equal reducing valve). In these cases the delivery pressure of 1/ " 3/ "
Connection sizes: 2 4 1" 11/4" 11/2" 2"
again. the pressure reducing valve shall be set to at least 20 %
kvs-value (m3/h): 2.4 3.1 5.8 5.9 12.6 12.0
below the response pressure of the pressure relief-valve
The inlet pressure has no influence in either opening or IfBt designation: P-IX 1582/I P-IX 1582/I P-IX 1582/I P-IX 1582/I -* -*
according to EN 806-2
closing of the valve. Because of this, inlet pressure DVGW registration number: DW-6330 AT 2314
fluctuation does not influence the outlet pressure, thus • The installation location should be protected against
frost and be easily accessible * Compulsory testing in sizes R 1/2" to R 1 1/4
providing inlet pressure balancing.
– Pressure gauge can be read off easily Pressure drop characteristics
TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE – With clear filter bowl, degree of contamination can
Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them be easily seen [l/s] [m3/h]
shortly before use. – Simplified maintenance and cleaning
50
The following parameters apply during transportation and • Provide a straight section of pipework of at least five R 11/2"
10 R 2"
storage: times the nominal valve size after the pressure reducing
R 11/4"
Parameter Value valve (in accordance with EN 806-2) 5 R 1"
Environment: clean, dry and dust free • Requires regular maintenance in accordance with 10 R 3/4"
Min. ambient temperature: 5 °C EN 806-5 R 1/2"
Max. ambient temperature: 55 °C 5

1
humidity:
0,5
1
humidity:
*non condensing 0,5
0,1
Flow V
0,1 [bar]
0,01 0,05 0,1 0,5 1 5 10
Pressure drop in valve Δp
019 020
D06F-LFA - Lead-free pressure reducing valve with balanced seat D06F-LFA - Lead-free pressure reducing valve with balanced seat

M07M Pressure gauge

ZR06K
VST06-LFA Lead-free connection set

1/
2" VST06-1/2LFA
3/
4" VST06-3/4LFA
1" VST06-1LFA
Parameter Values 11/4" VST06-11/4LFA
2 4 11/2" VST06-11/2LFA
Nominal size diameter: DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 2" VST06-2LFA
Weight: kg 0.8 1.0 1.3 1.4 4.0 5.3
Dimensions: L 140 160 180 200 225 255
l 80 90 100 105 130 140
H 89 89 111 111 173 173
h 58 58 64 64 126 126
D 54 54 61 61 82 82
ORDERING INFORMATION
Options
• standard
- not available
D06F-...LFA
Max. operating 40 °C •
temperature medium:
Filter bowl: clear •
Connection type: external threaded connection set on in- and outlet •
Note: Ordering number example for 11/4": D06F-11/4LFA
021 022
D06F-LFA - Lead-free pressure reducing valve with balanced seat
Spare Parts Pressure Reducing Valve

Pressure Reducing Valve D06F-LF, from 2015 onwards
Dimension Part No.
Braukmann
1/
2" - 1"
1" + 11/4"
0901515
0901516 D06F
1 11/2" + 2" 0901518
2 Valve insert complete (without filter) Pressure Reducing Valve
1/ " + 3/ " D06FI-1/2
2 4 With Balanced Seat and Set Point Scale
1" + 1/4" D06FI-1
11/2" + 2" D06FI-11/2
2
4 1/ " 0901443
3 3/ "
4 0901444 protect household water installations against excessive
11/4" 0901446 industrial or commercial applications within the range of
1
3
4 Blanking plug with O-ring R1/4" (5 pcs.) damage is avoided and water consumption is reduced.
1/ " - 2" S06K-1/4
2 The set pressure is also maintained constant, even when
5 Replacement filter insert there is wide inlet pressure fluctuation.
1/ " + 3/ " ES06F-1/2A
2 4 Reduction of the operating pressure and maintaining it at a
1" + 11/4" ES06F-1B constant level minimizes flow noise in the installation.
11/2" + 2" ES06F-11/2A
6 O-ring set (10 pcs.) APPROVALS
5 1/ " + 3/ "
2 4 0901246 • DVGW
1" + 11/4" 0901499 • WRAS (up to 23 °C)
6 11/2" + 2" 0901248
7 SPECIAL FEATURES
7 Clear filter bowl with O-ring
1/ " + 3/ " • Inlet pressure balancing – no influence on outlet
2 4 SK06T-1/2
1" + 11/4" SK06T-1B
• Up to size 11/4" approved by LGA for low noise, Group 1
11/2" + 2" SK06T-11/2
without limitations
• The valve insert is of high-quality synthetic material and TECHNICAL DATA
Media
• The outlet pressure is set by turning the adjustment Medium: Drinking water
knob
Connections/Sizes
• The set pressure is directly indicated on the set point Connection sizes: 1/
2" - 2"
scale
Nominal sizes: DN15 - DN50
• The adjustment spring is not in contact with the drinking Pressure values
water
Max. inlet pressure with clear 16 bar
• Integral fine filter filter bowl:
• Also available without fittings Max. inlet pressure with 25 bar
• Conforms to BSEN 1567 brass filter bow:
• All materials are UBA conform Outlet pressure: 1.5 - 6 bar
• ACS certified Preset outlet pressure: 3 bar
medium (10 bar/brass filter
bowl):
Note: Use the SM06T brass filter bowl, if the valve can be exposed to
UV radiation or solvent vapors.

D06F - Pressure Reducing Valve D06F - Pressure Reducing Valve

scale
sides
(options A & B)
4 Pressure gauge connection -
5 Filter bowl Clear synthetic or brass
Fine filter with 0.16 mm Stainless steel Fig. 1 Standard installation example for the pressure reducing valve
mesh 1 Water meter
Pressure gauge (see High-quality synthetic 2 Shut-off valve
accessories) material 3 Check valve
Seals EPDM 4 Filtering unit
METHOD OF OPERATION INSTALLATION GUIDELINES 5 Pressure reducing valve

Connection sizes:
Spring loaded pressure reducing valves operate by means of Setup requirements DN: 15 20 25 32 40 50
• Horizontal and vertical installation position possible inch: 1/ "
2
3/ "
4 1" 11/4" 11/2" 2"
• Install shut-off valves Distance in mm (W*): 55 60 60 60 70 70
water is drawn, the then greater force of the spring causes • The device downstream should be protected by means * Required installation distances between the centerline of the pipework and the surrounding in dependency of the connection size.
the valve to open. The outlet pressure then increases until of a safety valve (installed downstream of the pressure
the forces between the diaphragm and the spring are equal reducing valve). In these cases the delivery pressure of TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
again. the pressure reducing valve shall be set to at least 20 % kvs-Values
below the response pressure of the pressure relief-valve
The inlet pressure has no influence in either opening or
according to EN 806-2 Connection sizes: 15 20 25 32 40 50
closing of the valve. Because of this, inlet pressure
• The installation location should be protected against kvs-value (m3/h): 2.4 3.1 5.8 5.9 12.6 12.0
fluctuation does not influence the outlet pressure, thus
providing inlet pressure balancing. frost and be easily accessible IfBt designation: P-IX 1582/I P-IX 1582/I P-IX 1582/I P-IX 1582/I -* -*
– Pressure gauge can be read off easily DVGW registration number: DW-6330 AT 2314
TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE – With clear filter bowl, degree of contamination can * Compulsory testing in sizes R 1/2" to R 1 1/4
Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them be easily seen Pressure drop characteristics
shortly before use. – Simplified maintenance and cleaning
The following parameters apply during transportation and • Install downstream of the filter or strainer
[l/s] [m3/h]
storage:
• Provide a straight section of pipework of at least five 50 R 11/2"
Parameter Value times the nominal valve size after the pressure reducing 10 R 2"
Environment: clean, dry and dust free valve (in accordance with EN 806-2) R 11/4"
5 R 1"
Min. ambient temperature: 5 °C • Requires regular maintenance in accordance with
Max. ambient temperature: 55 °C EN 806-5 10 R 3/ 4"
R 1/ 2"
Min. ambient relative humidity: 25 % * 5
Max. ambient relative humidity: 85 % * 1
*non condensing
0,5
0,5
0,1
Flow V
0,1 [bar]
0,01 0,05 0,1 0,5 1 5 10
Pressure drop in valve Δp
025 026
D06F - Pressure Reducing Valve D06F - Pressure Reducing Valve

M07M Pressure gauge
+
5
K ZR06K

' 1/ "
2 VST06-1/2A
3/ " VST06-3/4A
O 4
1" VST06-1A
/
11/4" VST06-11/4A
11/2" VST06-11/2A
Parameter Values 2" VST06-2A
2 4
VST06B Connection set
Solder connections
Weight: kg 0.8 1.0 1.4 2.0 3.3 4.5 1/ "
2 VST06-1/2B
Dimensions: L 140 160 180 200 225 255 3/ "
4 VST06-3/4B
I 80 90 100 105 130 140
1" VST06-1B
H 89 89 111 111 173 173
11/4" VST06-11/4B
h 58 58 64 64 126 126
11/2" VST06-11/2B
D 54 54 61 61 82 82
2" VST06-2B
Options
• standard
- not available
D06F-...A D06F-...B D06F-...E

Max. operating 40 °C • – •
temperature medium: 70 °C – • –
Filter bowl: clear • – •
brass – • –
Connection type: external threaded connection set • • –
on in- and outlet
external thread on in- and outlet – – •
Note: Ordering number example for 11/4" and type A valve: D06F-11/4A
027 028
D06F - Pressure Reducing Valve

Pressure Reducing Valve D06F, from 1997 onwards
Dimension Part No.
Braukmann
D15SH
1 1/
2" - 1" 0901515
1" + 11/4" 0901516
11/2" + 2" 0901518
2 Valve insert complete (without filter) Diaphragm-actuated pressure reducing valve
1/ " + 3/ " D06FA-1/2
2 4 with cartridge insert, high pressure pattern
2 1" + 1/4" D06FA-1B
8 11/2" + 2" D06FA-11/2
1/ " 0901443
3/ " 0901444
4 protect household water installations against excessive
11/4" 0901446 industrial or commercial applications within the range of
3 1
4 O-ring set (10 pcs.) damage is avoided and water consumption is reduced.
3 1/ " + 3/ "
2 4 0901246 The set pressure is also maintained constant, even when
1
1" + 1 /4" 0901499 there is wide inlet pressure fluctuation.
8
11/2" + 2" 0901248 Reduction of the operating pressure and maintaining it at a
5 Clear filter bowl with O-ring constant level minimizes flow noise in the installation.
1/ " + 3/ " SK06T-1/2
2 4
2 1
1" + 1 /4" SK06T-1B SPECIAL FEATURES
7 11/2" + 2" SK06T-11/2 • Inlet pressure balancing – no influence on outlet
6 Brass filter bowl with O-ring pressure by fluctuating inlet pressure
1/ " + 3/ "
2 4 SM06T-1/2 • Patented cartridge solution for easy assembly and
5 6 4 1
1" + 1 /4" SM06T-1B maintenance
11/2" + 2" SM06T-11/2 • Two cartridge insert fits all nominal widths, making
7 Replacement filter insert warehousing efficient
1/ " + 3/ "
2 4 ES06F-1/2A • High corrosion resistance due to stainless steel
1
1" + 1 /4" ES06F-1B cartridge and PA coating
• The adjustment spring is not in contact with the drinking TECHNICAL DATA
11/2" + 2" ES06F-11/2A
8 Blanking plug with O-ring R1/4" (5 pcs.) water Media
1/ " - 2"
2 S06K-1/4 • With inlet and outlet pressure gauge Medium: Drinking water
• Functionality and performance have been confirmed by Connections/Sizes
an accelerated life test with over 400.000 cycles Connection sizes: 2" - 4"
(requirement acc. to EN 1567: 200.000 cycles) Nominal sizes: DN50 - DN100
• All materials are UBA conform Pressure values
• ACS certified Max. inlet pressure: 25 bar
• All materials WRAS approved Outlet pressure: 3 - 10 bar
Nominal pressure: PN25
medium:

D15SH - Diaphragm-actuated pressure reducing valve D15SH - Diaphragm-actuated pressure reducing valve

1 Spring bonnet with Ductile cast iron
adjustment screw (EN-GJS-400-15 EN 1563),
coated with PA (polyamide)
2 Pressure gauge -
3 Screws and nuts Stainless steel W*
4 Housing with flanges per Ductile cast iron min. 5x DN
ISO 7005-2, EN 1092-2 (EN-GJS-400-15 EN 1563),
Diaphragm and seals EPDM
1 2 1 3 4 5 1
Groove ring and sealing disc EPDM
Cartridge insert Stainless steel Fig. 1 Standard installation example for the pressure reducing valve
1 Shut-off valve
2 Water meter
3 Non return valve
4 Strainer
Connection sizes:
DN DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100
inch 2" 21/2" 3" 4"
METHOD OF OPERATION INSTALLATION GUIDELINES Distance in mm (W*): 110 120 130 145
Spring loaded pressure reducing valves operate by means of Setup requirements * Required installation distances between the centerline of the pipework and the surrounding in dependency of the connection size.
• Install in horizontal pipework with spring bonnet
directed upwards TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
• Installation in vertical pipework possible with increased kvs-Values
maintenance effort
the valve to open. The outlet pressure then increases until Connection sizes:
the forces between the diaphragm and the spring are equal • Install shut-off valves
DN DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100
again. • The installation location should be protected against
Inch 2" 21/2" 3" 4"
The inlet pressure has no influence in either opening or frost and be easily accessible
kvs-value (m3/h): 18 49 51 56
closing of the valve. Because of this, inlet pressure – Pressure gauge can be read off easily
fluctuation does not influence the outlet pressure, thus – Simplified maintenance and cleaning Pressure drop characteristics
providing inlet pressure balancing. • Install downstream of the filter or strainer ∆p [bar]
– This position ensures optimum protection for the 0.60
pressure reducing valve against dirt
shortly before use. 0.50
storage:
• Requires regular maintenance in accordance with 0.40
Parameter Value EN 806-5
0.30
Min. ambient temperature: 5 °C 0.20
Max. ambient temperature: 55 °C 0.10
Min. ambient relative humidity: 25 % * 0.00
Max. ambient relative humidity: 85 % * 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
flow [m³/h]
D15SH-50A
*non condensing D15SH-65A
D15SH-80A
D15SH-100A
Fig. 2 Pressure drop within the valve in dependency of the flow rate and the used connection size (Sizes 50).
Pressure setting: P1: 8 bar, P2: 3 bar
DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100

● ≙ 10% of standard flow 1.4 m3/h 2.4 m3/h 3.6 m3/h 5.6 m3/h
█ ≙ 1m/s flow rate 7 m3/h 12 m3/h 18 m3/h 28 m3/h
▲ ≙ 2m/s flow rate = QN 14 m3/h 24 m3/h 36 m3/h 56 m3/h
Flow rate at 4m/s flow velocity 28 m3/h 48 m3/h 72 m3/h 112 m3/h
031 032
D15SH - Diaphragm-actuated pressure reducing valve D15SH - Diaphragm-actuated pressure reducing valve
DIMENSIONS Spare Parts

Pressure Reducing Valve D15SH, from 2018 onwards
Overview
Schematic drawing
DN50 0904175
DN65-100: DN65 - 0904220
DN100
H
2 Set of seals complete
DN50 0904176
DN65 - 0904221
DN100
3 Pressure gauge
0 - 16 bar M39M-A16
F DN 4 Pressure gauge
h 0 - 25 bar M39M-A25
* Inner spring only for D15SH
L
*
Parameter Values
Connection sizes: Inch 2" 21/2" 3" 4"
Nominal size diameter: DN 50 65 80 100
Weight: kg 14 30.5 32 34.5
Dimensions: L 230 290 310 350
H 220 380 380 380
h 85 95 100 110
F 165 185 200 235
ORDERING INFORMATION 1 2
Options 4 2
The valve is available in the following sizes: 2", 21/2", 3" and 4".
• standard
- not available 3
D15SH-...B
Flanges: PN25, ISO 7005-2, EN 1092-2, face to face length acc. EN 558-1 •
Housing: Ductile cast iron (EN-GJS-400-15 EN 1563), coated with PA (polyamide) •
Note: Ordering number example for DN50 and type B valve: D15SH-50B
Accessories

EXF125-A Extension flange DN125
Adapter flanges DN100 to DN125
Ductile iron, PN16 acc. ISO 7005-2 and EN 1092-2.
Overall length with adapter flanges (without bolts)
DN125 L=416mm, DVGW approved, including bolts, nuts and the seal disc.
EXF125-A
033 034
D15S - Pressure Reducing Valve


adjustment screw
Ductile cast iron
(EN-GJS-400-15 EN 1563),
D15S
2 Pressure gauge -
3 Screws and nuts Stainless steel
Pressure Reducing Valve 4 Housing with flanges per
ISO 7005-2, EN 1092-2,
Ductile cast iron
(EN-GJS-400-15 EN 1563),
Diaphragm-actuated with Cartridge Insert face to face length acc. coated with PA (polyamide)
EN 558-1
APPLICATION Adjustment spring Spring steel
According EN 806-2 pressure reducing valves of this type Diaphragm and seals EPDM
protect household water installations against excessive Cartridge insert Stainless steel
pressure from the supply. They can also be used for Groove ring and sealing disc EPDM
constant level minimizes flow noise in the installation. METHOD OF OPERATION INSTALLATION GUIDELINES
Spring loaded pressure reducing valves operate by means of Setup requirements
APPROVALS a force equalising system. The force of a diaphragm
• DVGW operates against the force of an adjustment spring. If the
directed upwards
• WRAS (up to 23 °C) outlet pressure and therefore diaphragm force fall because
• Installation in vertical pipework possible with increased
• KIWA (DN65-DN100) maintenance effort
the valve to open. The outlet pressure then increases until
• SVGW (DN65-DN100) • Install shut-off valves
the forces between the diaphragm and the spring are equal
again. • The installation location should be protected against
SPECIAL FEATURES frost and be easily accessible
The inlet pressure has no influence in either opening or
• LEAD FREE: Pb content of all materials less than 0.1 %
closing of the valve. Because of this, inlet pressure – Pressure gauge can be read off easily
TECHNICAL DATA fluctuation does not influence the outlet pressure, thus – Simplified maintenance and cleaning
providing inlet pressure balancing. • Install downstream of the filter or strainer
• Patented cartridge solution for easy assembly and Media
– This position ensures optimum protection for the
maintenance Medium: Drinking water TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE
pressure reducing valve against dirt
• Three cartridge inserts for all nominal widths make Connections/Sizes Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them
warehousing efficient • Provide a straight section of pipework of at least five
Connection sizes: 2", 21/ ",
2 3", 4", 6", 8" shortly before use.
• High corrosion resistance due to stainless steel Nominal sizes: DN50, DN65, DN80, DN100, The following parameters apply during transportation and
cartridge and PA coating DN150, DN200 storage:
• The adjustment spring is not in contact with the drinking DN125 available with
water adapter flanges
• With inlet and outlet pressure gauge DN100/DN125
• Functionality and performance have been confirmed by Pressure values
an accelerated life test with over 400.000 cycles Max. inlet pressure: 16 bar
(requirement acc. to EN 1567: 200.000 cycles) Outlet pressure: DN 50 - 100: 1.5 - 7.5 bar
humidity:
• Conforms to BSEN 1567 DN 150 - 200: 1.5 - 8 bar
• All materials are UBA conform Nominal pressure: PN16
humidity:
• ACS certified Min. pressure drop: 1 bar
*non condensing
medium:

D15S - Pressure Reducing Valve D15S - Pressure Reducing Valve
Installation Example
∆p [bar]
0.70
0.60
0.50
0.40
0.30
0.20
0.10
1 Shut-off valve 0.00
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240
2 Water meter
flow [m³/h]
3 Non return valve
D15S-150A
4 Strainer D15S-200A
Fig. 3 Pressure drop within the valve in dependency of the flow rate and the used connection size (Sizes 150-200)
Connection sizes:
Pressure setting: P1: 8bar, P2: 3bar
DN 50 65 80 100 150 200
inch 2" 2 1/2" 3" 4" 6" 8" DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 DN150 DN200
Distance in mm (W*): 110 120 130 145 200 230 ● ≙ 10% of standard flow 1.4 m3/h 2.4 m3/h 3.6 m3/h 5.6 m3/h 12.7 m3/h 22.6 m3/h
* Required installation distances between the centerline of the pipework and the surrounding in dependency of the connection size. █ ≙ 1m/s flow rate 7 m3/h 12 m3/h 18 m3/h 28 m3/h 63 m3/h 113 m3/h
▲ ≙ 2m/s flow rate = QN 14 m3/h 24 m3/h 36 m3/h 56 m3/h 127 m3/h 226 m3/h
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS Flow rate 4m/s flow velocity 28 m3/h 48 m3/h 72 m3/h 112 m3/h 254 m3/h 452 m3/h
kvs-Values
DIMENSIONS
Connection sizes:
DN 50 65 80 100 150 200 Overview
Inch 2" 2 1/2" 3" 4" 6" 8"
DVGW registration number: requested NW-6330CN0112 n.a.
kvs-value (m3/h): 18 49 51 56 230 255
Pressure drop characteristics
∆p [bar]
0.60
0.50
0.40
0.30
0.20
0.10
Parameter Values
0.00
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 Connection sizes: Inch 2" 2 1/2" 3" 4" 6" 8"
flow [m³/h]
D15S-50A Nominal sizes: DN 50 65 80 100 150 200
D15S-65A Weight: kg 14 30.5 32 34.5 110 135
D15S-80A
Dimensions: L 230 290 310 350 480 600
D15S-100A
H 296 370 370 370 541 534
Fig. 2 Pressure drop within the valve in dependency of the flow rate and the used connection size (Sizes 50-100)
h 83 93 100 110 143 170
Pressure setting: P1: 8bar, P2: 3bar
F 165 185 200 220 285 340
037 038
D15S - Pressure Reducing Valve D15S - Pressure Reducing Valve
ORDERING INFORMATION Spare Parts

The following tables contain all the information you need to make an order of an item of your choice. When ordering, please Pressure Reducing Valve D15S, from 2012 onwards
Options
The valve is available in the following sizes: 2", 21/2", 3", 4", 6" and 8". DN50-DN200 DN50 0904175
• standard until 03/2020 DN65 - DN100 D15S-SET-OT
- not available as of 03/2020 DN65 - DN100 0904220
D15S-...A DN150 - DN200 0904139
Flanges: PN16, ISO 7005-2, EN 1092-2, face to face length acc. EN 558-1 • 2 Set of seals complete
Housing: Ductile cast iron (EN-GJS-400-15 EN 1563), • DN50 0904176
coated with PA (polyamide) DN65 - DN100 0904221
DN150 - DN200 0904140
Note: Ordering number example for 21/2" and type A valve: D15S-65A 3 Pressure gauge
0 - 10 bar M39M-A10
Accessories
4 Pressure gauge
Description Dimension Part No. 0 - 16 bar M39M-A16
EXF125-A
1
2
4
2
039 040
D22 - Pressure reducing valve with piston balanced seat


adjustment knob
material
D22
2 Housing Brass
3 Pressure gauge not included High-quality synthetic
(see accessories) material
Pressure reducing valve with piston balanced seat Not depicted components:
Standard pattern for compressed air Piston guide Brass
Valve piston Brass
Diaphragm NBR
APPLICATION O-rings and seals NBR
Pressure reducing valves of this type protect installations
against excessive pressure from the supply. They can be
used for industrial or commercial applications within the
range of their specification.
Should excessive pressure occur on the outside of the
pressure reducing valve and the downstream system needs
to be protected, a safety valve should be installed.
APPROVALS Spring loaded pressure reducing valves operate by means of Setup requirements
• Certified to Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU, a force equalising system. The force of a diaphragm
CE (only DN40 and DN50) operates against the force of an adjustment spring. If the
directed downwards
SPECIAL FEATURES water is drawn, the then greater force of the spring causes
• Inlet pressure balancing – no influence on outlet the valve to open. The outlet pressure then increases until • The installation location should be protected against
pressure by fluctuating inlet pressure the forces between the diaphragm and the spring are equal frost and be easily accessible
• Short installed length again. – Pressure gauge can be read off easily
• Screw with knob for setting pressure The inlet pressure has no influence in either opening or – Simplified maintenance and cleaning
• The adjustment spring is not in contact with the closing of the valve. Because of this, inlet pressure • Install downstream of the filter or strainer
medium fluctuation does not influence the outlet pressure, thus – This position ensures optimum protection for the
• Internal threaded connection providing inlet pressure balancing. pressure reducing valve against dirt
• Compact construction • Provide a straight section of pipework of at least five
• Light weight TECHNICAL DATA times the nominal valve size after the pressure reducing
valve
Media shortly before use.
• Requires regular maintenance
Medium: Air* The following parameters apply during transportation and
Connections/Sizes storage:
Connection sizes: 1/ " - 2"
4
Parameter Value
Pressure values
Outlet pressure: 1 - 10 bar
Preset outlet pressure: 1 bar
humidity:
humidity:
*non condensing
medium:
* As part of an installation being approved according to PED requirements,
this product must also be certified.

D22 - Pressure reducing valve with piston balanced seat D22 - Pressure reducing valve with piston balanced seat

Overview
10
5
0 bar 15
16
W*
1 2 3

1 Shut-off valve
2 Check valve
3 Pressure reducing valve Parameter Values
Connection sizes: Connection sizes: R 1/ 3/ " 1/ " 3/ " 11/4" 11/2"
4" 8 2 4 1" 2"
DN 8 10 15 20 25 32 40 50 Nominal size diameter: DN 8 10 15 20 25 32 40 50
inch 1/ " 3/ " 1/ " 3/ " 1" 11/4" 11/2" 2"
4 8 2 4
Weight: kg 0.3 0.3 0.45 0.6 1.35 1.8 2.9 3.8
Distance in mm (W*): 45 45 50 50 55 60 60 70 Dimensions: L 50 50 65 80 95 105 115 130
* Required installation distances between the centerline of the pipework and the surrounding in dependency of the connection size. H 90 90 105 105 150 160 200 210
h 34 34 36 42 57 57 72 72
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
PED 2014/68/EU: n.a. √ √
Δp (bar) Note: All dimensions in mm unless stated otherwise.
3.5
3.0
³
/�" ¹/�" ¹
/�" ³
/�" 1" 1¹/�" 1¹/�" 2" always state the type, the ordering or the part number.
Options
The valve is available in the following sizes: 1/4", 3/8", 1/2", 3/4", 1", 11/4", 11/2" and 2".
2.5
• standard
- not available
2.0 D22-...A
Connection size: Standard version •
1.5
Note: Ordering number example for 11/4" and type A valve: D22-11/4A
Note: Special Versions available on request
1.0 Accessories

M38K Pressure gauge
0.5
0.0
0.0 100.0 200.0 300.0 400.0 500.0 600.0
Flow (m³/h)
043 044
D22 - Pressure reducing valve with piston balanced seat
Spare Parts Pressure Regulator

Pressure Regulator D22, from 1968 onwards
Overview Description Dimension

1 Valve cone complete for D22
Part No.
Braukmann
1/ " + 3/ "
4
1/ "
2
3/ "
8 0903223
0903224 DR300
4 0903225
1 1" 0903226 Pressure regulator
1 1/4" 0903227
1 1/2" 0903228
2" 0903229
2 Diaphragm APPLICATION
1/ " + 3/ " 2202500
4 8 Pressure regulators of this type protect downstream
1/ " + 3/ " 2202700
2 4 installations against excessive supply pressure.
1" + 1 1/4" 2203300 Pressure regulators are used when the capacity of direct
1 1/2" + 2" 2204100 controlled pressure reducing valves are insufficient. Their
3 Spring bonnet complete compact construction makes them particularly suitable for
1/ " + 3/ " 0900272
4 8 installation in limited spaces, for example in ducts.
2 1/ " + 3/ "
2 4 0900273 By using a pressure regulator, pressurization damage is
1" + 1 1/4" 0900274 avoided and water consumption reduced.
1 1/2" + 2" 0900275 The set pressure is also maintained constant, even when
APPROVALS
• DVGW
• WRAS (up to 23 °C)
SPECIAL FEATURES
• High precision control during pressure variances and
low flow rates
3
• High flow capacity
• High control accuracy TECHNICAL DATA
• Powder-coated inside and outside - Powder used is Media
physiologically and toxicologically safe Medium: Drinking water
• Integral control circuit and ball valves Connections/Sizes
• No external energy required for operation Connection sizes: 2" - 18"
• Conforms to BSEN 1567 Nominal sizes: DN50 - DN450
Pressure values
Inlet pressure: 0.5 - 16 bar / 0.5 - 25 bar
Outlet pressure: 3 - 15 bar / 3-19 bar
Nominal pressure: PN16 / PN25
Preset outlet pressure: 4 bar
Min. pressure drop: 0.1 bar
medium:

DR300 - Pressure regulator DR300 - Pressure regulator
Overview Components Materials 2

1 Housing with flanges acc. to Ductile iron (ISO 1083),
ISO 7005-2 / EN 1092-2 powder-coated
2 Pilot valve Brass
3 Control circuit with integral High-quality synthetic
rinsable filter insert and ball material
valves on inlet and outlet
Cover plate Ductile iron (ISO 1083),
powder-coated
4
Diaphragm plate Ductile iron (ISO 1083),
powder-coated
Diaphragm EPDM
Spring Stainless steel
1 3
Regulating cone Stainless steel
Valve seat Stainless steel
Compression fittings Brass 1 Pressure reducing valve
Pilot valve housing Brass 2 High pressure area
Filter insert Stainless steel 3 Low pressure area
Seals EPDM 4 SV300 (optional)
Connection sizes: 2" 2 1/2" 3" 4" 6" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18"
METHOD OF OPERATION INSTALLATION GUIDELINES Distance in mm (W*): 100 110 120 130 160 190 220 250 270 310 330
At zero pressure the valve is closed. When the system is then Setup requirements * Required installation distances between the centerline of the pipework and the surrounding in dependency of the connection size.
put into operation, the water flows in and opens the
diaphragm valve. The outlet pressure is diverted via the link TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
• Install downstream of the strainer
pipework to the pilot valve, which then closes. If the pilot
– Protects against damage from coarse particles kvs-Values
valve is closed, the pressure in the chamber above the mem-
brane rises. The membrane surface area is larger than the – Note flow direction (indicated by arrow) Connection sizes: 50 65 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450
valve surface area and therefore the diaphragm valve closes. • The installation location should be protected against kvs-value (m3/h): 43 43 103 167 407 676 1160 1600 2000 3000 3150
When water is drawn from the outlet, the outlet pressure frost and be easily accessible Flow rate (Qmax) in m3/h - 40 40 100 160 350 620 970 1400 1900 2500 3100
falls, which in turn causes the pilot valve to open. As soon as – Pressure gauge can be read off easily V=5.5 m/s:
the opening of the pilot valve becomes greater than the
– Simplified maintenance and cleaning Pressure drop characteristics
cross sectional area of the opening in the fine regulation
valve, the pressure in the chamber above the diaphragm falls
times the nominal valve size after the pressure reducing �
and the inlet pressure opens the diaphragm valve.

In this way the pilot valve regulates the control pressure so
• Safety valve SV300 optional
that the diaphragm valve opens just the required amount
needed to maintain the outlet at constant pressure. • Requires regular maintenance in accordance with
EN 806-5
shortly before use.
storage:
Parameter Value
Min. ambient relative humidity: 25 % *
Max. ambient relative humidity: 85 % *
�
*non condensing
047 048
DR300 - Pressure regulator DR300 - Pressure regulator

Pressure Regulator DR300, from 2002 onwards
Overview
1 Replacement pilot valve
1 DN50 - CX-PR
DN450
2 2 Cartridge insert complete
3 DN50 0903750
DN65 0903751
DN80 0903752
bar
DN100 0903753
DN150 0903754
DN200 0903755
DN250 0903756
DN300 0903757
DN350 0903758
DN400 0903759
2 DN450 0903760
2 3 Pressure gauge
Parameter Values 0 - 16 bar M07M-A16
Connection sizes: DN 50 65 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 2
2
Weight with pilot valve: kg 14.0 15.0 24.0 39.0 82.0 159.0 247.0 407.0 512.0 824.0 947.0
Weight without pilot valve: kg 12.0 13.0 22.0 37.0 80.0 157.0 245.0 405.0 510.0 822.0 945.0
Dimensions: L 230 292 310 350 480 600 730 850 980 1100 1200
H 270 280 330 350 480 570 730 870 910 1150 1170
h 83 93 100 110 143 173 205 230 260 290 310
Options
The valve is available in the following sizes: DN50, 60, 80, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450.
• standard
- not available
DR300...A DR300...B
Connection type: Flange PN16, ISO 7005-2, EN 1092-2 • -
Flange PN25, ISO 7005-2, EN 1092-2 - •
Note: Ordering number example for DN50 and type A: DR300-50A
Accessories

EXF125-A
049 050
DU144 - Automatic Bypass Valve
Boiler Room Valves CONSTRUCTION

DU144A1001
Braukmann
1 Protection cap Red plastic
DU144
2 Housing with fittings Brass
Handwheel to preset Brass
differential pressure
Automatic Bypass Valve Bonnet with differential Brass
For Hydronic Heating Systems pressure setpoint marking
Spindle and spring Stainless steel
Seals NBR, EPDM
APPLICATION Valve Plug High-quality synthetic
The automatic bypass and differential pressure valve material
controls water flow in the heating circuit according to the
water pressure across it and is used to maintain a minimum
flow rate through the boiler and to limit circulation pressure
when other water paths are closed. A bypass circuit must be DU144A1002
installed if the Boiler manufacturer requires one, or specifies Overview Components Materials
that a minimum flow rate has to be maintained whilst the 1 Protection cap Red plastic
Boiler is firing. The use of automatic bypass valves becomes 2 Housing with fittings Brass
particularly important when heating systems include large Not depicted components:
numbers of thermostatic radiator valves (TRVs) - whilst the Handwheel to preset Brass
TRVs are open the automatic bypass valve remains closed, differential pressure
however, as the TRVs start to close, the automatic bypass Bonnet with differential Brass
valve starts to open maintaining the required water flow pressure setpoint marking
through the boiler. Spindle and spring Stainless steel
Using an automatic bypass valve is also likely to reduce Seals NBR, EPDM
noise in systems caused by excess water velocities. It also Valve Plug High-quality synthetic
helps to reduce the corrosion caused by flue gas material
condensation as the boiler return temperature is raised.
SPECIAL FEATURES
DU144A1003
• Maintain minimum flow through a boiler
• Minimises flow noise
TECHNICAL DATA 1 Protection cap Red plastic
• Hinders boiler corrosion 2 Housing with internal Brass
• Differential pressure finely adjustable using indicator Media threads
scale Medium: Water or water-glycol Not depicted components:
• Presetting covered by a protection cap mixture, quality to VDI 2035
Handwheel to preset Brass
pH-value: 8 - 9.5 differential pressure
• No external controls required
Operating temperatures Bonnet with differential Brass
Max. operating temperature 2 - 110 °C (36 - 230 °F) pressure setpoint marking
medium: Spindle and spring Stainless steel
Pressure values Seals NBR, EPDM
Max. operating pressure: 10 bar (145 psi) Valve Plug High-quality synthetic
Differential pressure 0.1 - 0.6 bar (1.45 - 8.7 psi) material
presetting range:
Specifications
kvs (cv)-values: 2.3 (2.7)
Factory setting: 0.2 bar (2.9 psi)

DU144 - Automatic Bypass Valve DU144 - Automatic Bypass Valve
)
METHOD OF OPERATION Installation Example
The automatic bypass and differential pressure valve is Pump Head
installed between the supply and return mains pipeline. The 3) Available head
5m TRV
differential pressure is set according to the minimum flow (example 4m)
4m
required for the boiler and the available pump head. When TRV
3m
the differential pressure is reached, for example because of Pump Speed
closing TRVs, the valve starts to open. As the differential 2m
pressure increases across the valve the valve is further 1m
TRV
opened and the flow increased. When the differential
pressure decreases, for example because TRVs are opening Flow l/h
TRV
again, the valve closes and the flow is redirected from the 2) 300 l/h Boiler min. flow DU144
bypass to the heating loop.
DU144
shortly before use.
storage:
Parameter Value Fig. 2 DU144 in system with stored hot water (left).
Environment: clean, dry and dust free 5) Available head Fig. 3 DU144 in system with combi boiler (right).
(example 4m)
Max. ambient temperature: 40 °C TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Max. ambient relative humidity: 75 % * Flow Chart
*non condensing
INSTALLATION GUIDELINES 4) Minimum flow

(example 300 l/h)
Setup requirements Fig. 1 Example: Minimum flow 300 l/h - Pump speed 3. Pump chart
• Commission and balance the Heating System – take indicates 4 m head (Use Pump Manufactures chart).
note of the selected pump speed. Using DU144 Setting Chart:
• Using the Boiler manufacturer’s instructions, find the 4m Head / Minimum Flow 300 l/h Result = Set DU144 to
minimum flow requirement for the Boiler. setting 0.35
• Using the Pump manufacturer‘s Pump curves
determine the available Pump head when operating at
the required minimum flow and the selected Pump
speed.
• Using the DU144 Setting chart, the calculated Pump
Head and the minimum Boiler Flow to find the optimum
setting for the DU144.
Note: To set the DU144, remove the protective cap and turn the setting
handle until the bottom of the handle crosses the corresponding
line on the DU144 stem.
Note: The cap is internally fixed with sealing wax during assembly. Turn V
firmly to break the seal.
Should persistent water velocity noise occur in the Heating System, gradually Fig. 4 Pressure drop in dependency on the flow rate.
turn the DU144 to a lower setting until the noise is eliminated.
053 054
DU144 - Automatic Bypass Valve
DIMENSIONS Filter Combinations

Overview
Braukmann
MiniPlus FK06
65.5
65.5
Filter combination
11/8x14
11/8x14
R3/4"
Ø33.2
Ø22.2
R3/4"
Ø33.2
Ø22.2
BS84
BS84
60 60
79 128
DU144A1001 DU144A1002
APPLICATION
MiniPlus FK06 rinsable filter combinations ensure a
continuous supply of filtered water. The fine filter prevents
the ingress of foreign bodies, for example rust particles,
65.5
strands of hemp and grains of sand and thus reduces the
probability of corrosion. The accumulation of foreign
particles in the base of the filter bowl can be easily removed
Rp3/4"
Rp3/4"
Ø33.2
Ø33.2
by rinsing the filter. The pressure reducing valve prevents

60 over-pressure damage and reduces the water consumption.
DU144A1003
The appliances correspond to DIN/DVGW requirements
Compact in size, these filters were designed to fit where
ORDERING INFORMATION space is limited.
always state the type, the ordering or the part number. APPROVALS
• DVGW
Options
The valve is available in the following sizes: 3/4" SPECIAL FEATURES
• standard • The set pressure is directly indicated on the set point
- not available scale
• The adjustment spring is not in contact with the drinking
DU144A1001 DU144A1002 DU144A1003
water
Connection sizes: Compression fittings for • – –
22mm copper pipes
3/ " external threads can be fully exchanged TECHNICAL DATA
4 – • –
3/ " internal threads • Filtered water supplied even during reverse rinsing
4 – – • Media
Pre-setting range: 0.1...0.6 bar (1.45...8.7 psi) Medium: Drinking water
Connections/Sizes
• Shock resistant clear synthetic material filter bowl
Connection sizes: 1/ - 11/4"
enables easy checking of filter contamination 2"
Pressure values
• Filter and complete filter bowl are replaceable
Max. operating pressure: 16 bar
• ACS certified
Inlet pressure: max. 16 bar
• All materials are KTW approved
• Approved by TÜV LGA for low noise, Group 1 without
limitations
Max. operating temperature 30 °C AA
medium accord. to EN 1567
(Plastic filter bowl):
Max. operating temperature 70 °C AAM
medium (10 bar/Metal filter
bowl):
Specifications
Installation position: Horizontal with filter bowl
downwards
Note: The filter is constructed for drinking water installations. In case of a
process water application the filter has to be proven individually.

MiniPlus FK06 - Filter combination MiniPlus FK06 - Filter combination
CONSTRUCTION INSTALLATION GUIDELINES

Overview Components Materials Setup requirements • The installation location should be protected against
1 Spring bonnet with High-quality synthetic • Install in horizontal pipework with filter bowl downwards frost
adjustment knob and setting material – This position ensures optimum filter efficiency • Related to the EN 806-2 it is recommended to install the
scale • Install shut-off valves filter immediately after the water meter
2 Threaded connections Brass • These filters are armatures which need to be maintained • In order to avoid flooding, it is recommended to arrange
3 Housing with pressure Dezincification-resistant regularly a permanent, professionally dimensioned wastewater
gauge connections on both brass connection
• Ensure good access
sides
– Degree of contamination can be easily seen with
4 Pressure gauge not included -
clear filter bowl
(see accessories)
– Simplifies maintenance and inspection
5 Fine filter in clear filter bowl Stainless steel, shock-
resistant, transparent Installation Example
synthetic material filter bowl
6 Ball valve Brass (Ball Valve body),
Stainless steel (ball), Plastic
(handle)
diaphragm and valve seat material, fibre-reinforced
NBR diaphragm
Seals NBR
Double wring wrench Plastic
METHOD OF OPERATION TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE

The filter combination integrates a pressure reducing valve Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them
and a rinsable fine filter cartridge in one appliance. shortly before use.
During normal operation, water flows through the filter mesh The following parameters apply during transportation and
to the body outlet. To rinse the filter, the ball valve is opened storage:
which discharges the dirt particles. A continous supply of
Parameter Value
filtered water is available also during the rinse cycle.
Environment: clean, dry and dust free TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
The integrated pressure-reducing valve functions according
Min. ambient temperature: 5 °C kvs-Values
to the force comparison principle. This means, in the
pressure-free state, the spring pushes downwards and the Max. ambient temperature: 55 °C
Connection sizes: 15 20 25 32
valve opens. If pressure builds up in the pressure-reducing Min. ambient relative humidity: 25 % *
kvs-value (m3/h): 2.5 2.9 6.0 6.2
valve of the downstream line, this acts on the membrane in a Max. ambient relative humidity: 85 % *
way that closes against the spring force. Pressure Pressure drop characteristics
*non condensing
fluctuations on the front side do not influence the back
pressure.
057 058
MiniPlus FK06 - Filter combination MiniPlus FK06 - Filter combination

M07M Pressure gauge
ZR06F Double ring wrench

For removing filter bowl
1/ " - 11/4" ZR06F
2

ZR06K

Solder connections
1/ " VST06-1/2B
2
3/ " VST06-3/4B
4
1" VST06-1B
Parameter Values 11/4" VST06-11/4B
Connection sizes: R 1/ " 3/ " 1" 11/4"
2 4
Dimensions: L 140 160 180 197
I 80 90 100 105
H 89 89 111 111
h 156 156 180 180
D 54 54 61 61
Weight: kg 0.7 1.0 1.5 1.7
DVGW registration number: NW-9311CM0410 -
Options
The filter combination is available in the following sizes: 1/2", 3/4", 1" and 11/4".
• standard
- not available
FK06-...AA
Connection type: Threaded union connectors, filter mesh size 100 μm •
Note: Ordering number example for 1" and type AA valve: FK06-1AA
059 060
MiniPlus FK06 - Filter combination
Spare Parts Filter Combinations

MiniPlus FK06 Filter Combinations from 2000 onwards
Dimension Part No.
Braukmann
11
1/
2" + 3/4"
1" + 11/4"
0901515
0901516 MiniPlus FK06-AAM
1/ " + 3/ "
2 4 D06FA-1/2 Filter combination with brass filter bow
1
1" + /4" D06FA-1B
22
44 3 Union seal washer (10 pcs.)
1/ " 0901443
2
3/ "
4 0901444 APPLICATION
33 9 1" 0901445 MiniPlus FK06-AAM rinsable filter combinations ensure a
11/4" 0901446 continuous supply of filtered water.
4 Blanking plug with O-ring R1/4" (5 pcs.) They prevent the ingress of foreign bodies such as particles
S06K-1/4 of rust, strands of hemp and grains of sand.
5 Clear filter bowl with sieve 100 μm and mesh carrier The accumulation of foreign particles in the base of the filter
included in 2 1/ " + 3/ " KF06-1/2A
2 4 bowl can be easily removed by rinsing the filter.
1" + 11/4" KF06-1A The pressure reducing valve prevents over-pressure damage
6 O-ring set for mesh carrier (10 pcs.) and reduces the water consumption.
1" + 11/4" 0903128 Compact in size, the device can be fitted even where space
1/ " + 3/ " 0903127
2 4 is limited.
66 7 Replacement filter insert 100 μm (5 pcs.)
100 μm 1/ " - 3/ "
2 4 AS06-1/2A SPECIAL FEATURES
77
100 μm 1
1" - 1 /4" AS06-1A • The set pressure is directly indicated on the set point
55 Replacement filter insert 50 μm (5 pcs.) scale
50 μm 1/ " - 3/ "
2 4 AS06-1/2C • The adjustment spring is not in contact with the potable
88 50 μm 1" - 11/4" AS06-1C water
8 O-ring set for filter bowl (10 pcs.) • The valve insert is of high-quality synthetic material and
1/ " + 3/ "
2 4 0901246 can be fully exchanged
1" + 11/4" 0901499 • Filtered water supply even during rinsing
9 Connection set threaded connection • Inlet pressure balancing - fluctuating inlet pressure
1/ " VST06-1/2A does not influence outlet pressure
2
3/ "
TECHNICAL DATA
4 VST06-3/4A • Meets KTW recommendations for potable water
1" VST06-1A Media
11/4" VST06-11/4A Medium: Drinking water
Connections/Sizes
2"
Pressure values
Max. operating pressure: 16.0 bar
Inlet pressure: max. 16.0 bar
Outlet pressure: 1.5 - 6.0 bar
Max. operating temperature 70 °C*
medium:
Specifications
downwards
Note: *max. operating pressure 10 bar

MiniPlus FK06-AAM - Filter combination with brass filter bow MiniPlus FK06-AAM - Filter combination with brass filter bow

scale
2 Threaded connections Brass
sides
4 Pressure gauge not included -
(see accessories)
5 Fine filter in brass filter bowl Stainless steel fine filter
Dezincification resistant
brass filter bowl
6 Ball valve -
Adjustment spring Spring steel kvs-Values
Valve insert complete with High-quality synthetic Connection sizes: 15 20 25 32
kvs-value (m3/h): 2.5 2.9 6.0 6.2
NBR diaphragm
Seals NBR Pressure drop characteristics

The filter combination integrates a pressure reducing valve Setup requirements
and a rinsable fine filter cartridge in one appliance.
• Install in horizontal pipework with filter bowl downwards
During normal operation, water flows through the filter mesh
– This position ensures optimum filter efficiency
to the body outlet. To rinse the filter, the ball valve is opened
filtered water is available also during the rinse cycle. • These filters are armatures which need to be maintained
regularly
The integral pressure reducing valve functions on a
balanced force principle whereby the force exerted by a • Ensure good access
diaphragm is balanced against the force of an adjustment – Degree of contamination can be easily seen with
spring. The inlet pressure has no influence on opening or clear filter bowl
closing of the valve. Inlet pressure fluctuation does not – Simplifies maintenance and inspection
therefore affect the outlet pressure. • The installation location should be protected against
frost
• Related to the EN 806-2 it is recommended to install the
filter immediately after the water meter
shortly before use.
• In order to avoid flooding, it is recommended to arrange
a permanent, professionally dimensioned wastewater
storage:
connection
Parameter Value
humidity:
humidity:
*non condensing
063 064
MiniPlus FK06-AAM - Filter combination with brass filter bow MiniPlus FK06-AAM - Filter combination with brass filter bow

M07M Pressure gauge
1/ " - 11/4" ZR06F
2

Solder connections
1/ " VST06-1/2B
2
3/ " VST06-3/4B
4
1" VST06-1B
11/4" VST06-11/4B
Parameter Values
2 4
Dimensions: L 140 160 180 197
I 80 90 100 105
H 89 89 111 111
h 156 156 180 180
D 54 54 61 61
Weight: kg 0.7 1.0 1.5 1.7
Options
The filter combination is available in the following sizes: 1/2", 3/4", 1" and 11/4".
• standard
- not available
FK06-...AAM
Connection type: Threaded union connectors, filter mesh size 100 μm •
Note: Ordering number example for 1" and type AAM valve: FK06-1AAM
065 066
MiniPlus FK06-AAM - Filter combination with brass filter bow
Spare Parts Filter

MiniPlus FK06-AAM Filter Combinations from 2002 onwards
Dimension Part No.
Braukmann
1/
2" + 3/4"
1" + 11/4"
0901515
0901516 MiniPlus FF06-AAM
2 Valve cartridge complete (without filter insert)
1 1/ " + 3/ "
2 4 D06FA-1/2 Rinsable fine filter with brass filter bowl
1
1" + 1 /4" D06FA-1B
3 Seal ring set (10 pcs.)
1/ " 0901443
2
3/ "
2 4 0901444 APPLICATION
4 1" 0901445 Rinsable MiniPlus FF06-AAM fine filters ensure a continous
11/4" 0901446 supply of filtered water.
4 Blanking plug with O-ring R1/4" (5 pcs.) The fine filter stops the flow of particulates, for example rust
S06K-1/4 particles, strands of hemp, or grains of sand. Sediment
3 5 O-ring set for carrier body (10 pcs.) collected at the bottom of the filter bowl can simply be
1/ " + 3/ " 0903127
2 4 removed by rinsing the filter.
1" + 11/4" 0903128 Compact in size, these filters were designed to fit where
6 Replacement filter insert space is limited.
8 1/ " + 3/ "
2 4 AS06-1/2A
1" + 11/4" AS06-1A SPECIAL FEATURES
7 O-ring set for filter bowl (10 pcs.) • Simple assembly
included in 2 1/ " + 3/ "
2 4 0901246 • Filtered water supply even during rinsing
1
1" + 1 /4" 0901499 • Filter bowl of brass - suitable for hot water installations
8 Connection set threaded connection • Filter and complete filter bowl are replaceable
1/ " VST06-1/2A
2 • Body with female and male threads
3/ " VST06-3/4A
4
1" VST06-1A
11/4" VST06-11/4A
5
6
TECHNICAL DATA
Media
7 Connections/Sizes
2"
Pressure values
medium:
Specifications
downwards

MiniPlus FF06-AAM - Rinsable fine filter with brass filter bowl MiniPlus FF06-AAM - Rinsable fine filter with brass filter bowl
CONSTRUCTION TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Overview Components Materials kvs-Values
1 Threaded connections Brass Connection sizes: 15 20 25 32
(option AA)
kvs-value (m3/h): 1.8 3.2 9.5 9.5
2 Housing with female and Dezincification resistant
male threads pressed brass Pressure drop characteristics
3 Fine filter in brass filter bowl Stainless steel [m3/h] 50
4 Ball valve - 40
Not depicted components: 30
Double wring wrench -
20
R 1 1/4″
10 R 1″
8
6
5
4
3 R 3/4″
2
R 1/2″
Flow rate
METHOD OF OPERATION INSTALLATION GUIDELINES 1
0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.8 1 [bar]
The fine filter is composed of a body and a rinsable fine filter Setup requirements Pressure drop p
insert.
• Install in horizontal pipework with filter bowl downwards
DIMENSIONS
to the body outlet. To rinse the filter, the ball valve is opened
• Install shut-off valves Overview
filtered water is available also during the rinse cycle. • These filters are armatures which need to be maintained
regularly
TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE • Ensure good access
Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them – Degree of contamination can be easily seen with
shortly before use. clear filter bowl
The following parameters apply during transportation and – Simplifies maintenance and inspection
storage: • The installation location should be protected against
Parameter Value frost
Environment: clean, dry and dust free • Related to the EN 806-2 it is recommended to install the
Min. ambient temperature: 5 °C filter immediately after the water meter
Max. ambient temperature: 55 °C • In order to avoid flooding, it is recommended to arrange
Min. ambient relative 25 % * a permanent, professionally dimensioned wastewater
humidity: connection
humidity:
Parameter Values
*non condensing
2 4
Installation Example 1/ " 3/ "
Internal threads: G 2 4 1" -
Dimensions: L 140 158 179 197
I 80 90 100 105
h 158 180 180 180
Weight: kg 1.4 1.46 1.76 1.5
Flow value at ∆p=0.5 bar: m3/h 1.27 2.27 6.7 6.7
4 6
2 8
0 bar
10
069 070
MiniPlus FF06-AAM - Rinsable fine filter with brass filter bowl MiniPlus FF06-AAM - Rinsable fine filter with brass filter bowl

The following tables contain all the information you need to make an order of an item of your choice. When ordering, please MiniPlus FF06-AAM Fine Filters from 1997 onwards
Options
1 O-ring set for mesh carrier (10 pcs.)
The filter is available in the following sizes: 1/2", 3/4", 1" and 11/4". 1/ " 0903127
2
• standard 3/ " - 1 1/ "
4 4 0903128
- not available 2 Replacement sieve
1/ " AS06-1/2A
FF06-...AAM 4 2
3/ " - 1 1/ " AS06-1A
Connection type: Threaded male connections, filter mesh size 100 μm • 4 4
3 O-ring set for filter bowl (10 pcs.)
1/ " 0901246
Note: Ordering number example for 1" and type AAM valve: FF06-1AAM 2
3/ " - 1 1/ " 0901499
4 4
Accessories
4 Connection set threaded connection
Description Dimension Part No. 1/ "
2 VST06-1/2A
VST06B Connection set 3/ "
4 VST06-3/4A
Solder connections 1" VST06-1A
1/ " VST06-1/2B 11/4" VST06-11/4A
2
3/ " VST06-3/4B 1
4
1" VST06-1B
11/4" VST06-11/4B
2
1/ " - 11/4" ZR06F
2 3
071 072
MiniPlus FF06 - Rinsable fine filter
Filter CONSTRUCTION
Braukmann 1 Threaded connections

(option AA)
Brass
MiniPlus FF06
2 Housing with female and Dezincification resistant
male threads, without pressed brass
threaded connection
Rinsable fine filter 3 Fine filter in clear filter bowl Stainless steel, shock-
resistant, transparent
synthetic material filter bowl
4 Ball valve Brass (Ball Valve body),
Stainless steel (ball), Plastic
APPLICATION (handle)
Rinsable MiniPlus FF06 fine filters ensure a continous Not depicted components:
supply of filtered water. The fine filter prevents the ingress of Double wring wrench Plastic
foreign bodies, for example rust particles, strands of hemp
and grains of sand and thus reduces the probability of
corrosion. Sediment collected at the bottom of the filter bowl METHOD OF OPERATION INSTALLATION GUIDELINES
can simply be removed by rinsing the filter.
The fine filter is composed of a body and a rinsable fine filter Setup requirements
Compact in size, these filters were designed to fit where insert.
space is limited. • Install in horizontal pipework with filter bowl downwards
APPROVALS to the body outlet. To rinse the filter, the ball valve is opened
• DVGW • These filters are armatures which need to be maintained
filtered water is available also during the rinse cycle.
regularly
SPECIAL FEATURES TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE • Ensure good access
• Simple assembly
Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them – Degree of contamination can be easily seen with
• Filtered water supplied even during reverse rinsing shortly before use. clear filter bowl
• Shock resistant clear synthetic material filter bowl The following parameters apply during transportation and – Simplifies maintenance and inspection
enables easy checking of filter contamination storage: • The installation location should be protected against
Parameter Value frost
• Body with female and male threads
TECHNICAL DATA Environment: clean, dry and dust free • Related to the EN 806-2 it is recommended to install the
• ACS certified filter immediately after the water meter
• All materials are KTW approved Media
• Approved by TÜV LGA for low noise, Group 1 without Medium: Drinking water a permanent, professionally dimensioned wastewater
limitations Connections/Sizes connection
1/ Max. ambient relative 85 % *
Connection sizes: 2" - 11/4"
humidity:
Pressure values
*non condensing
Operating temperatures Installation Example
Max. operating temperature 30 °C AA
Specifications
downwards

MiniPlus FF06 - Rinsable fine filter MiniPlus FF06 - Rinsable fine filter

Options
kvs-value (m3/h): 1.8 3.2 9.5 9.5
The filter is available in the following sizes: 1/2", 3/4", 1" and 11/4".
Pressure drop characteristics • standard
[m3/h] 50 - not available
40
FF06-...AA FF06-...EA
30
Connection type: Threaded male connections, filter mesh size 100 μm • -
20 Without connections, filter mesh size 100 μm - •
Note: Ordering number example for 1" and type AA valve: FF06-1AA
R 1 1/4″
10 R 1″ Accessories
8
6 Description Dimension Part No.

5 VST06B Connection set
4
Solder connections
3 R 3/4″
1/ " VST06-1/2B
2
3/ " VST06-3/4B
2 4
R 1/2″
1" VST06-1B
Flow rate
11/4" VST06-11/4B
1 ZR06F Double ring wrench
0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.8 1 [bar]
Pressure drop p For removing filter bowl
1/ " - 11/4" ZR06F
2
DIMENSIONS
Overview
L
I
R G
Parameter Values
2 4
Internal threads: G 1/ " 3/ " 1" -
2 4
Weight: kg 0.7 1.0 1.3 1.5
Dimensions: L 140 158 179 197
I 80 90 100 105
h 158 180 180 180
DVGW registration number: NW-9301CM0399 - -
075 076
MiniPlus FF06 - Rinsable fine filter
Spare Parts Filter

MiniPlus FF06 Fine Filters from 1997 onwards

1 Clear filter bowl with sieve 100 μm and mesh carrier Braukmann
1/ "
2
3/ " - 1 1/ "
4 4
KF06-1/2A
KF06-1A F76CS/FN76CS
2 O-ring set for mesh carrier (10 pcs.)
1/ "
2 0903127 Reverse rinsing fine filter with
clear filter bowl
3/ " - 1 1/ " 0903128
4 4
3 Replacement sieve (5 pcs.)
5 100 μm 1/ "
2 AS06-1/2A
100 μm 3/ " - 1 1/ "
4 4 AS06-1A APPLICATION
50 μm 1 /2" AS06-1/2C F76CS/FN76CS reverse rinsing filters ensure a continuous
50 μm 3/ " - 1 1/ "
4 4 AS06-1C supply of filtered water. The fine filter prevents the ingress of
4 O-ring set for filter bowl (10 pcs.) foreign bodies, for example rust particles, strands of hemp
1/ " 0901246
2 and grains of sand and thus reduces the probability of
3/ " - 1 1/ " 0901499 corrosion. The appliances correspond to the requirements of
4 4
5 Connection set threaded connection current DIN/DVGW specifications.
1/ " VST06-1/2A F76CS/FN76CS fine filters are especially suitable for
2
2 3/ "
4 VST06-3/4A retrofitting to, or upgrading of existing water systems.The
1" VST06-1A rotatable connector piece enables the unit to be fitted where
11/4" VST06-11/4A space is very restricted in either horizontal or vertical
pipework.
3 1
APPROVALS
• DVGW
approval for all filters with 100 μm mesh sizes
4
SPECIAL FEATURES
• Double Spin Technology:
– Cartridge with external rotor enabling simultaneous
cleaning in lower and upper filter areas
– Visual function check possible
• Filtered water supplied even during reverse rinsing TECHNICAL DATA
• Patented reverse rinsing system - fast and thorough
Media
cleaning of the filter with small amount of water
• Memory ring indicates when next manual reverse
Connections/Sizes
rinsing is due 3/
Connection sizes: 4" - 11/4"
• Automatic reverse rinsing actuator with bayonet
Pressure values
connector can be retrofitted
Operating pressure range: 1.5 - 16 bar
• Large filter surface
• Shock resistant clear synthetic material filter bowl Operating temperature 5 °C - 30 °C
enables easy checking of filter contamination range medium accord. to
• Filter and complete filter bowl are replaceable EN 1567:
• With a retrofit D06FB-1 pressure reducing valve, can be Specifications
converted to a filter combination Installation position: Horizontal or vertical, with
• Standardised discharge connection filter bowl downwards
• All materials are KTW approved Note: The filter is constructed for drinking water installations. In case of a
limitations

F76CS/FN76CS - Reverse rinsing fine filter with clear filter bowl F76CS/FN76CS - Reverse rinsing fine filter with clear filter bowl

2 Housing with pressure Red bronze
gauge
3 Fine filter in clear filter bowl Stainless steel
4 Ball valve with drain Brass (Ball Valve body),
connection Stainless steel (ball), Plastic-
durethan (drain adapter)
5 Rotatable connector piece Red bronze
(F76CS only)
Seals NBR
METHOD OF OPERATION INSTALLATION GUIDELINES TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

The filter insert is divided into two parts. In the "filtering" kvs-Values
Setup requirements
position, only the lower, larger section is rinsed through by
• Install in horizontal or vertical pipework with filter bowl Connection sizes: 20 25 32
water jets from outside to inside. The small upper section
downwards kvs-value (m3/h): 7.3 8.7 9.0
does not come in contact with unfiltered water. When the
ball valve is opened for reverse rinsing, then the whole filter Pressure drop characteristics
insert is pushed downwards until the water supply to the • Install shut-off valves
outer side of the main filter is stopped. Simultaneously, the • These filters are armatures which need to be maintained
water flow is opened to the upper part of the filter. The water regularly
needed for cleaning the filter passes through the upper filter • Ensure good access
section, then the rotating impeller and the main filter from – Pressure gauge can be read off easily
inside to outside, i.e. the filter is reverse rinsed with filtered
water. In that way the upper filter is also cleaned by jets from
clear filter bowl
the impeller. The filter automatically switches back to the
operating position when the ball valve is closed again.
• The installation location should be protected against
Filters with Double Spin Technology have turbine blades
frost
which circulate the water and thereby set the rotor on the
upper filter into a rotational motion. The internal impeller • Related to the EN 806-2 it is recommended to install the
rinses off particles that have adhered to the upper filter at filter immediately after the water meter
the intersecting points with the rotor. • In order to avoid flooding, it is recommended to arrange
TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE connection
shortly before use.
storage:
Parameter Value
*non condensing
079 080
F76CS/FN76CS - Reverse rinsing fine filter with clear filter bowl F76CS/FN76CS - Reverse rinsing fine filter with clear filter bowl

Z11S Automatic reverse rinsing actuator
For automatic filter cleaning at presettable intervals
230 V, 50/60 Hz, 10 with moulded Schuko electrical plug Z11S-A
24 V, 50/60 Hz, 10 without electrical plug Z11S-B
230 V, 50/60 Hz, 10 with moulded Type 12 electrical plug for Z11S-Z
Switzerland
0901517 Spring bonnet complete (with setting scale)

3/ " - 11/4" 0901517
4
D06FB Retrofit pressure reducing valve

For retrofitting to upgrade to a filter combination
D06FB-1A
Parameter Values VST06B Connection set

4 1" 11/4" Solder connections
3/ " VST06-3/4B
Nominal sizes: DN 20 25 32 4
Weight: kg 3.7 3.8 3.9 1" VST06-1B

Dimensions: L 158 179 197 11/4" VST06-11/4B
I 90 100 105
DA74C Rotatable connector piece
T 177 177 181
For connection of retrofit filters FN76CS.
t 95 95 99
3/ " DA74C-3/4A
4
H 442 453 463
1" DA74C-1A
h 363 363 363
11/4" DA74C-11/4A
D 97 97 97
Flow value at ∆p=0.2 bar: m3/h 3.1 8.7 3.8
DVGW registration number: NW-9301 AT2309
ZR10K Double ring wrench for removing the filter bowl
Double Spin Technology: Yes Yes Yes
3/ " -11/4" ZR10K-3/4
4
Options
The filter is available in the following sizes: 3/4", 1" and 11/4".
• standard
- not available
F76CS-...AA FN76CS-1A
Connection type: Threaded male connections, filter mesh size 100 μm - •
Threaded male connections, rotatable connector piece DA74C • -*
* Rotatable connector piece for FN76CS-1A has to be ordered separatly - see accessories
081 082
F76CS/FN76CS - Reverse rinsing fine filter with clear filter bowl
Spare Parts Filter

F76CS/FN76CS Filters from 1997 onwards
Overview
1
Description
Pressure gauge
Dimension Part No.
Braukmann
3a
2 Flange seal
0 - 16 bar
3/
M07M-A16
F76S
4" - 11/4" 5536400
1 3 Union seal washer (10 pcs.) Reverse rinsing fine filter
1/ " + 3/ " 0901444
2 4
3 1" 0901445
11/4" 0901446
3a Connection set threaded connection APPLICATION
3/ " VST06-3/4A
4 F76S reverse rinsing filters ensure a continuous supply of
1" VST06-1A filtered water. The fine filter prevents the ingress of foreign
11/4" VST06-11/4A bodies, for example rust particles, strands of hemp and
2 4 Filter insert complete*, for filters with Double Spin grains of sand and thus reduces the probability of corrosion.
Technology, Filter mesh 100 μm The appliances correspond to the requirements of current
* *
1" - 11/4" AF11DS-1A DIN/DVGW specifications.
4a Filter insert complete*, filter mesh 100 μm
1" - 11/4" AF11S-1A APPROVALS
5 Clear filter bowl • DVGW
4a 4 1/ " - 11/ " • SVGW
2 4 KF11S-1A
6 O-ring set (10 pcs.) approval for all filters with 100 μm mesh sizes
1/ " + 11/ " 0900747
2 4
7 Ball valve complete
SPECIAL FEATURES
1/ " - 2" KH11S-1A • Double Spin Technology for connection sizes
2
1/ "
to 11/4"
9 8 Drain connector 2
1/ " - 2" AA76-1/2A – Cartridge with external rotor enabling simultaneous

6 2
9 Spring
3/ " - 11/ " 2074900 – Visual function check possible
4 4
10 Red bronze filter bowl • Filtered water supplied even during reverse rinsing
3/ " - 11/ "
4 4 FT09RS-1A • Patented reverse rinsing system - fast and thorough
*The filter guide (either with double spin or without double cleaning of the filter with small amount of water
5 spin feature) is included in the packaging of the replacement • Memory ring indicates when next manual reverse TECHNICAL DATA
filter inserts (AF11DS and AF11S) only for the sizes 1/2" up to rinsing is due Media
11/4"! • Automatic reverse rinsing actuator with bayonet Medium: Drinking water
10 7 connector can be retrofitted Connections/Sizes
• Large filter surface Connection sizes: 1/
2" - 2"
• Shock resistant clear synthetic material filter bowl Pressure values
enables easy checking of filter contamination Max. operating pressure with 1.5 - 16 bar
• Filter and complete filter bowl are replaceable clear filter bowl:
• Also available without connections Max. operating pressure with 1.5 - 25 bar
8
• Standardised discharge connection red bronze filter bowl:
• ACS certified Operating temperatures
Operating temperature 5 °C - 30 °C
range medium accord. to
EN 1567:
limitations
medium (clear filter bowl):
medium (red bronze filter
bowl):
Specifications
Installation position: Horizontal, with filter bowl
downwards

F76S - Reverse rinsing fine filter F76S - Reverse rinsing fine filter

gauge brass
(versions AA and AAM)
3 Fine filter in clear filter bowl Stainless steel fine filter, red
(versions AA and EA) bronze or shock-resistant,
Filter in red bronze filter bowl clear transparent synthetic
(version AAM) material filter bowl
Seals NBR
kvs-Values
METHOD OF OPERATION INSTALLATION GUIDELINES Connection sizes: 15 20 25 32 40 50
The filter insert is divided into two parts. In the "filtering" Setup requirements kvs-value (m3/h): 4.8 7.2 9.8 10.7 21.0 22.0
position, only the lower, larger section is rinsed through by
• Install in horizontal pipework with filter bowl downwards Pressure drop characteristics
water jets from outside to inside. The small upper section
does not come in contact with unfiltered water. When the
ball valve is opened for reverse rinsing, then the whole filter • Install shut-off valves
insert is pushed downwards until the water supply to the • These filters are armatures which need to be maintained
outer side of the main filter is stopped. Simultaneously, the regularly
water flow is opened to the upper part of the filter. The water • Ensure good access
needed for cleaning the filter passes through the upper filter – Pressure gauge can be read off easily
section, then the rotating impeller and the main filter from
inside to outside, i.e. the filter is reverse rinsed with filtered
clear filter bowl
water. In that way the upper filter is also cleaned by jets from
the impeller. The filter automatically switches back to the
operating position when the ball valve is closed again. • The installation location should be protected against
frost
which circulate the water and thereby set the rotor on the • Related to the EN 806-2 it is recommended to install the
upper filter into a rotational motion. The internal impeller filter immediately after the water meter
rinses off particles that have adhered to the upper filter at • In order to avoid flooding, it is recommended to arrange
the intersecting points with the rotor. a permanent, professionally dimensioned wastewater
connection
shortly before use.
storage:
Parameter Value
*non condensing
085 086
F76S - Reverse rinsing fine filter F76S - Reverse rinsing fine filter

Switzerland

Solder connections
1/ " VST06-1/2B
2
3/ " VST06-3/4B
4
1" VST06-1B
11/4" VST06-11/4B
11/2" VST06-11/2B
2" VST06-2B
FT09RS Red-bronze filter bowl
For temperatures up to 70°C and operating pressures up to 25.0 bar
1/ " - 1 1/ " FT09RS-1A
2 4
Parameter Values 11/2" - 2" FT09RS-11/2A

2 4
Nominal sizes: DN 15 20 25 32 40 50
Weight: kg 2.9 2.9 3.1 3.3 4.0 4.8
Dimensions: L 170 178 209 222 246 267
DDS76 Differential pressure switch
I 110 110 130 130 150 150 1/ "
2 + 3/4" DDS76-1/2
H 449 449 453 453 532 532
1" + 11/4" DDS76-1
h 350 350 351 351 417 417
11/2" + 2" DDS76-1 1/2
D 97 97 97 97 120 120
Flow value at ∆p=0.5 bar: m3/h 3.8 5.5 7.5 8.9 15.6 16.5 ZR10K Double ring wrench for removing the filter bowl
DVGW registration number: NW-9301 AT 2308 1/ " +3/ " ZR10K-3/4
2 4
Double Spin Technology: Yes Yes Yes Yes No No 1" + 11/4" ZR10K-1
Note: All dimensions in mm unless stated otherwise. 11/2" + 2" ZR10K-11/2
Options
The filter is available in the following sizes: 1/2", 3/4", 1", 11/4", 11/2" and 2".
• standard
- not available
F76S-...AA F76S-...AAM F76S-...EA

Connection type: Threaded male connections, filter mesh size • - -
100 μm
Red bronze filter bowl, threaded male - • -
connections, filter mesh size 100 μm
Without connections, filter mesh size 100 μm - - •
Note: Ordering number example for 1" and type AA valve: F76S-1AA
Note: Filters with other mesh widths available on request
087 088
F76S - Reverse rinsing fine filter
Spare Parts
F76S Fine Filters from 2007 onwards
Overview
1
Description
Pressure gauge
Dimension Part No.
Braukmann
1 0 - 16 bar
2a Connection set threaded connection
1/ "
M76K-A16
F74CS/FN74CS
VST06-1/2A
Reverse rinsing fine filter
2
2 3/ "
4 VST06-3/4A
1" VST06-1A
11/4" VST06-11/4A
22a 11/2" VST06-11/2A
without Double Spin with Double Spin
Technologie Technologie 2" VST06-2A
* * 2 Union seal washer (10 pcs.) APPLICATION
1/ " + 3/ " 0901444
2 4 The reverse rinsing filters ensure a continuous supply of
1" 0901445 filtered water. The fine filter prevents the ingress of foreign
11/4" 0901446 bodies, for example rust particles, strands of hemp and
1
1 /2" 0901447 grains of sand and thus reduces the probability of corrosion.
33 44
2" 0901448 The fine filters are used in systems where an existing
3 Filter insert complete*, filter mesh 100 μm pressure reducing valve is fitted or where one is not required.
1/ " - 3/ "
2 4 AF11S-1/2A Both horizontal and vertical installation is possible.
1
1" - 1 /4" AF11S-1A
11/2" - 2" AF11S-11/2A
APPROVALS
• DVGW
10 4 Filter insert complete*, for filters with Double Spin
Technology, Filter mesh 100 μm • SVGW
7
7
1/ " - 3/ " approval for all filters with 100 μm mesh sizes and with
2 4 AF11DS-1/2A
1
1" - 1 /4" AF11DS-1A rotatable connection piece
5 Clear filter bowl
1/ " - 11/ "
SPECIAL FEATURES
2 4 KF11S-1A
• Filtered water supplied even during reverse rinsing
11/2" - 2" KF11S-11/2A
55 • Patented reverse rinsing system - fast and thorough
6 Red bronze filter bowl
1/ " - 11/ " cleaning of the filter with small amount of water
2 4 FT09RS-1A
6 • Memory ring indicates when next manual reverse
11/2" - 2" FT09RS-11/
rinsing is due
2A
99
7 O-ring set (10 pcs.) • Automatic reverse rinsing actuator with bayonet TECHNICAL DATA
1/ " + 11/ " connector can be retrofitted
2 4 0900747 Media
11/2" + 2" 0900748 • Large filter surface
8 Drain connector • Shock resistant clear synthetic material filter bowl
Connections/Sizes
1/ " - 2" AA76-1/2A enables easy checking of filter contamination
2 Connection sizes: 1/2"
- 11/4" (with rotatable
88 9 Ball valve complete • Filter insert fully replaceable
connector piece)
1/ " - 2"
2 KH11S-1A • All materials are ACS approved Pressure values
10 Spring • All materials are KTW approved Max. operating pressure: 1.5 - 16.0 bar
1/ " - 11/ "
2 4 2074900 • Approved by TÜV LGA for low noise, Group 1 without Max. inlet pressure: 16 bar
1
1 /2" - 2 " 2159400 limitations (up to 12.0 bar long-term*)
*The filter guide (either with double spin or without double Operating temperatures
spin feature) is included in the packaging of the replacement
Max. operating temperature 5 - 30 °C
filter inserts (AF11DS and AF11S) only for the sizes 1/2" up to
medium:
11/4"!
Specifications
Installation position: Horizontal or vertical, with
filter bowl downwards
* For maintaining the measuring accuracy of the manometer, a continuous
maximum pressure load of 12.0 bar is permitted.
Note: The filter is constructed for drinking water installations. In case of
a process water application the filter has to be proven individually.

F74CS/FN74CS - Reverse rinsing fine filter F74CS/FN74CS - Reverse rinsing fine filter

1 Housing with pressure High-quality synthetic
gauge material
2 Rotatable connector piece, Dezincification-resistant
flange sealing, connecting brass
nuts and fittings (F74CS
only)
3 Clear filter bowl Shock-resistant, clear
transparent synthetic
material
4 Fine filter Stainless steel
Not depicted components
Memory ring Plastic TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Allen key WS6 Stainless steel kvs-Values
Wrench for filter bowl and Plastic
spring bonnet Connection sizes: 15 20 25 32
Covers and reverse rinsing Synthetic material filter kvs-value (m3/h): 5.3 7.9 9.0 10.0
handle mesh carrier, reverse rinsing Pressure drop characteristics
handle and covers
Diaphragm Fibre-reinforced NBR [m3/h] DN32
Sealing washers EPDM
DN25
8
7 DN20
6
METHOD OF OPERATION INSTALLATION GUIDELINES 5 DN15
4
The filter insert comprises an upper part and a lower Setup requirements 3
combination section. When in the „filtering“ position, the
• The installation site has to be frost-proof and the
small upper filter is closed so that the water can only pass 2
protection of the device from chemicals, paints,
through the main filter from outside to inside. When the ball
detergents, solvents and their vapours and
valve is opened for reverse rinsing, the filter is pushed
environmental influences must be guaranteed 1
downwards until the water supply to the outer side of the 0.9
• Install in horizontal or vertical pipework with filter bowl 0.8
main filter is stopped. Simultaneously, the water flow is 0.7
downwards 0.6
opened to the upper part of the filter. The water needed for 0.5
cleaning the filter passes through the upper sieve, the – This position ensures optimum filter efficiency 0.4
rotating impeller and the main filter from inside to outside. • Install shut-off valves 0.3
By this means, the filter is fully cleaned over its whole surface • These filters are armatures which need to be maintained 0.2
area at the full inlet pressure. The filter automatically regularly
switches over to the operating position when the ball valve is • Ensure good access
closed again. 0.1
– Pressure gauge can be read off easily 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 1 [bar]
TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE – Degree of contamination can be easily seen with

clear filter bowl
shortly before use. – Simplifies maintenance and inspection
The following parameters apply during transportation and • It is recommended that a straight section of pipework at
storage: least five times the nominal valve size is provided after
the filter (according to DIN EN 806-2)
Parameter Value • Fit immediately after water meter
Environment: clean, dry and dust free • Related to the EN 806-2 it is recommended to install the
Min. ambient temperature: 5 °C filter immediately after the water meter
Min. ambient relative 25 % * a permanent, professionally dimensioned wastewater
humidity: connection
humidity
*non condensing
091 092
F74CS/FN74CS - Reverse rinsing fine filter F74CS/FN74CS - Reverse rinsing fine filter
DIMENSIONS Description Dimension Part No.

DA74 Rotatable connector piece
Overview
For connection of retrofit filters and filter combinations
D74CS 1/2" DA74CS-1/2A
B 3/4"
D74C DA74C-3/4A
b
D74C 1" DA74C-1A
t D74C 11/4" DA74C-11/4A
Z74S-AN Automatic reverse rinsing actuator

Z74S-AN
h R H
D06FR Retrofit pressure rudicing valve insert set
For retrofitting to upgrade to a filter combination
D06FR
ØT ZR74CS Double ring wrench for removing the filter bowl

1/2" + 11/4" ZR74CS
Parameter Values
Connection sizes: R 1/2" 3/4" 1" 11/4"
Nominal sizes: DN 15 20 25 32
Weight: kg 2.1 2.1 2.3 2.6
Dimensions: H 353 353 353 353
h 298 298 298 298
L 150 158 179 197
I 90 90 100 105
B 178 178 178 182
b 150 150 150 150
t 92 92 92 96
ØT 50 50 50 50
Flow value at ∆p=0.2 bar m3/h 2.4 3.4 3.9 4.4
DVGW registration number: NW-9301 CL 0456
Options
The valve is available in the following sizes: 1/2", 3/4", 1" and 11/4".
• standard
- not available
F74CS-...AA F74CS-AC F74CS-...AD FN74CS-1A

Connection type: With rotatable connector piece, filter mesh • - - -
size 100 μm
With rotatable connector piece, filter mesh - • - -
size 50 μm
With rotatable connector piece, filter mesh - - • -
size 200 μm
Retrofit version without rotatable connector - - - •
piece, filter mesh size 100 μm
Note: ... = space holder for connection size Accessories
093 094
F74CS/FN74CS - Reverse rinsing fine filter

F74CS/FN74CS Fine filters from 2010 onwards
1 Filter insert complete

Dimension Part No.
Braukmann
100 μm
50 μm
1/2"
1/2"
- 11/4"
- 11/4"
AF74-1A
AF74-1C
FK74CS/FKN74CS
1/2" - 11/4"
33
5 200 μm
2 Clear filter bowl
AF74-1D
Filter combination
1/2" - 11/4" KF74CS-1A with pressure reducing valve and reverse rinsing fine filter
4
3 Pressure gauge rear connection thread G1/4"
6 0 - 16 bar M74CS-A16
1 4 Connection set threaded connection APPLICATION
3/4" VST06-3/4A The filter combinations comprise reverse rinsing filter and
1" VST06-1A pressure reducing valve in one appliance. They ensure a
22 11/4" VST06-11/4A continuous supply of filtered water. The fine filter stops the
5 Union seal washer (10 pcs.) ingress of foreign bodies, for example rust particles, strands
3/4" 0901444 of hemp and grains of sand and thus reduces the probability
of corrosion. The pressure reducing valve prevents pressure
1" 0901445
damage and reduces water consumption.
11/4" 0901446
The filter combinations are fitted in systems where a
6 Flange seal
3/4" - 11/4"
pressure reducing valve is required. Both horizontal and
33 5975900
vertical installation is possible.
APPROVALS
• DVGW
approval for all filters with 100 μm mesh sizes and with
rotatable connection piece
1
1 SPECIAL FEATURES
• LEAD-FREE: Pb content of all materials less than 0.1 %
• Integral pressure reducing valve with balanced seat
2 2
• Filtered water supplied even during reverse rinsing TECHNICAL DATA
Media
• Memory ring indicates when next manual reverse
Connections/Sizes
rinsing is due 1/
Connection sizes: 2" - 2" (with rotatable
• Automatic reverse rinsing actuator with bayonet connector piece)
Pressure values
• Large filter surface Operating pressure range: 1.5 - 16 bar
• Shock resistant clear synthetic material filter bowl Max. inlet pressure: 16 bar
enables easy checking of filter contamination
(up to 12 bar long*-term)
• Filter insert fully replaceable Outlet pressure: 1.5 - 6 bar adjustable
• Standardised discharge connection Operating temperatures
• ACS certified Operating temperature 5 - 30 °C
• All materials are KTW approved range medium accord. to
• Approved by TÜV LGA for low noise, Group 1 without EN 1567:
limitations Specifications
Installation position: Horizontal or vertical, with
filter bowl downwards
* For maintaining the measuring accuracy of the manometer, a continuous
maximum pressure load of 12 bar is permitted.

FK74CS/FKN74CS - Filter combination FK74CS/FKN74CS - Filter combination
CONSTRUCTION TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE INSTALLATION GUIDELINES

Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them Setup requirements
shortly before use.
1 Adjustment handle High-quality synthetic material • The installation site has to be frost-proof and the
The following parameters apply during transportation and protection of the device from chemicals, paints,
2 Spring bonnet with internal High-quality synthetic material
storage: detergents, solvents and their vapours and
adjustment screw
3 Housing with pressure gauge FK74CS-xx/xxLF 1/2" - 11/4": Parameter Value environmental influences must be guaranteed
High-quality synthetic material Environment: clean, dry and dust free • Install in horizontal or vertical pipework with filter bowl
1/ " Min. ambient temperature: 5 °C downwards
FK74CS-xxLF 1 2 - 2":
Max. ambient temperature: 55 °C – This position ensures optimum filter efficiency
Lead-free brass
4 Rotatable connector piece, FK74CS-xx/xxLF 1/2" - 11/4": Min. ambient relative 25 % * • Install shut-off valves
flange sealings, connecting Dezincification-resistant brass humidity: • These filters are armatures which need to be maintained
nuts and fittings (FK74CS only) (rotatable connection piece, Max. ambient relative 85 % * regularly
tail pieces, connection nuts), humidity: • Ensure good access
unitec 300 (flange sealing) *non condensing – Pressure gauge can be read off easily
FK74CS-xxLF 1/ " - 2": – Degree of contamination can be easily seen with
2
Lead-free brass (rotatable clear filter bowl
connection piece, tail pieces, – Simplifies maintenance and inspection
connection nuts), unitec 300 • It is recommended that a straight section of pipework at
(flange sealing) least five times the nominal valve size is provided after
5 Clear filter bowl Shock-resistant, clear the filter (according to DIN EN 806-2)
transparent synthetic material • Fit immediately after water meter
6 Fine filter Stainless steel • Related to the EN 806-2 it is recommended to install the
7 Ball valve with drain connection Lead-free brass (Ball Valve filter immediately after the water meter
body), Lead-free material (ball),
Plastic-durethan (drain
adapter)
connection
Memory ring Plastic Installation Example
Allen key Stainless steel FK74CS-xx/xxLF 1/2" - 11/4"
FK74CS-xx/xxLF 1/2" - 11/4":
WS6
FK74CS-xxLF 1 1/2" - 2":
WS8
Valve insert complete with High-quality synthetic material
diaphragm and valve seat
Wrench for filter bowl and spring Plastic
bonnet
Covers and reverse rinsing Synthetic material
handle
Diaphragm Fibre-reinforced NBR
METHOD OF OPERATION
FK74CS-xxLF 1 1/2" - 2"
The filter combination combines reverse rinsing filter and The integral pressure reducing valve functions on a
pressure reducing valve in one appliance. balanced force principle whereby the force exerted by a
The filter insert comprises an upper part and a lower diaphragm is balanced against the force of an adjustment
combination section. When in the „filtering“ position, the spring. The inlet pressure has no influence on opening or
small upper filter is closed so that the water can only pass closing of the valve. Inlet pressure fluctuation does not
through the main filter from outside to inside. When the ball therefore affect the outlet pressure.
valve is opened for reverse rinsing, the filter is pushed
downwards until the water supply to the outer side of the
main filter is stopped. Simultaneously, the water flow is
opened to the upper part of the filter. The water needed for
cleaning the filter passes through the upper sieve, the
rotating impeller and the main filter from inside to outside.
By this means, the filter is fully cleaned over its whole surface
area at the full inlet pressure. The filter automatically
switches over to the operating position when the ball valve is
closed again.
097 098
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS DIMENSIONS

kvs-Values Overview
Connection sizes: 15 20 25 32 40 50 B B
kvs-value (m3/h): 4.5 5.8 6.2 6.5 11.5 11.5 b b
t
Pressure drop characteristics t
[m3/h]
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30 H
H h R R
20
DN50 h
DN40
10
9
8 DN32
7 DN25
6 DN20
5
DN15
4 ØT
3
FK74CS-xx/xxLF 1/2" - 11/4" FK74CS-xxLF 11/2" - 2"
2
Parameter Values
Connection sizes: R 1/ 3/ 11/4" 11/2"
2" 4" 1" 2"
1 Nominal sizes: DN 15 20 25 32 40 50
0.9
0.8 Weight: kg 2.3 2.3 2.6 2.9 9.753 10.652
0.7
0.6 Dimensions: H 415 415 415 415 590 590
0.5
h 298 298 298 298 416 416
0.4
L 150 158 179 197 246 267
0.3
I 90 90 100 105 150 150
0.2 B 178 178 178 182 216 216
b 150 150 150 150 187 187
t 92 92 92 96 130 130
0.1
0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 1 [bar] ØT 50 50 50 50 50 50
DVGW registration number: NW-9311 CM 0032
099 100
ORDERING INFORMATION Accessories

The following tables contain all the information you need to make an order of an item of your choice. When ordering, please Description Dimension Part No.
always state the type, the ordering or the part number. DA74 Rotatable connector piece
Options For connection of retrofit filters and filter combinations
The filter combination is available in the following sizes: 1/ ", 3/ ", 11/2", 11/ 1/ "
2 4 4", 1" and 2". 2 DA74CS-1/2A
3/ " DA74C-3/4A
• standard 4
- not available 1" DA74C-1A

for connection sizes 1/2" - 1 1/4" 11/4" DA74C-11/4A
lead-free 1/ " DA74CS-1/2LFA
2
FK74CS-...AA FK74CS-...AC FK74CS-...AD FKN74CS-1A FKN74-1C lead-free 3/ "
4 DA74CS-3/4LFA
Connection With rotatable connector piece, • - - - - lead-free 1" DA74CS-1LFA
type: filter mesh size 100 μm lead-free 11/4" DA74CS-11/4LFA
With rotatable connector piece, - • - - - lead-free 11/2" DA74CS-11/2LFA
filter mesh size 50 μm lead-free 2" DA74CS-2LFA
With rotatable connector piece, - - • - - lead-free, no connection parts 1/ " - 3/ "
2 4 DA74CS-1/2LFE
filter mesh size 200 μm lead-free, no connection parts 1" DA74CS-1LFE
Retrofit version without rotatable - - - • - lead-free, no connection parts 11/4" DA74CS-11/4LFE
connector piece, filter mesh size
lead-free, no connection parts 11/2" - 2" DA74CS-2LFE
100 μm
ZR74CS Double ring wrench for removing the filter bowl
Retrofit version without rotatable - - - - • 1/ " + 11/ "
2 4 ZR74CS
connector piece, filter mesh size
50 μm
11/2" + 2" ZR10K-11/2
for connection sizes 1/2" - 2"
FK74CS-...LFAA FKN74CS-1LFA FKN74CS-2LFA

Connection With rotatable connector piece, filter mesh size • - - Z74S-AN for Automatic reverse rinsing actuator
type: 95/110 μm, lead-free materials - 11/4" For automatic filter cleaning at presettable intervals
1/ "
2
Retrofit version without rotatable connector piece, filter - • - Z74S-AN
mesh size 95/110 μm, lead-free materials (for
DA74CS-xxLFA rotatable connections 1/2" - 1 1/4")
Retrofit version without rotatable connector piece, filter - - •
mesh size 95/110 μm, lead-free materials (for
Z11S for Automatic reverse rinsing actuator
DA74CS-xxLFA rotatable connections 1 1/2" - 2")
1 1/2" - 2" For automatic filter cleaning at presettable intervals
Note: Ordering number example for 2" and type LFAA valve: FK74CS-2LFAA
230 V, 50/60 Hz, 10 with moulded Type 12 electrical plug Z11S-Z
for Switzerland
101 102
FK74CS/FKN74CS - Filter combination

Filter combinations FK74CS / FKN74CS from 2010 onwards
Dimension Part No.
Braukmann
1
/2" - 11/4" 50 μm
100 μm
1/ " - 1 1/ "
2 4
1/ " - 1 1/ "
2 4
AF74-1C
AF74-1A FK76CS/FKN76CS
200 μm 1/ " - 1 1/ "
2 4 AF74-1D
20 μm 11/2" - 2" AF11S-11/2B Reverse rinsing filter combination
50 μm 1
1 /2" - 2" AF11S-11/2C with rotatable connector flange
100μm 11/2" - 2" AF11S-11/2A
200 μm 11/2" - 2" AF11S-11/2D
2 Clear filter bowl APPLICATION
5 1/ " - 1 1/ " KF74CS-1A
3 81 2 4 The filter combinations comprise reverse rinsing filter and
lead-free 1/ " - 1 1/ " KF11SB-1A
2 4 pressure reducing valve in one appliance. They ensure a
4 lead-free 11/2" - 2" KF11SB-2A continuous supply of filtered water. The fine filter stops the
6 3 Pressure gauge rear connection thread G1/4" ingress of foreign bodies, for example rust particles, strands
1 0 - 16 bar M74CS-A16 of hemp and grains of sand and thus reduces the probability
4 Connection set threaded connection of corrosion. The pressure reducing valve prevents pressure
1/ "
2 VST06-1/2AR damage and reduces water consumption.
7 2
11/2" - 2" 3/ "
4 VST06-3/4A All individual units correspond to the requirements of
1" VST06-1A current DIN/DVGW specifications. Technical features of
11/4" VST06-11/4A each unit also apply to the combination assembly.
5
lead-free 1/ " VST74CS-1/2LFA
2
3/ "
APPROVALS
4 lead-free 4 VST06-3/4LFA
• DVGW
6 lead-free 1" VST06-1LFA
lead-free 11/4" VST06-11/4LFA
lead-free 11/2" VST74CS-11/2LFA SPECIAL FEATURES
8 1
lead-free 2" VST06-2LFA
• Double Spin Technology
3 5 Union seal washer (10 pcs.)
3/ "
– Cartridge with external rotor enabling simultaneous
4 0901444
1" 0901445
– Visual function check possible
2 11/4" 0901446
7 1 • Balanced seat valve
1 /2" 0901447
• Filtered water supplied even during reverse rinsing
2" 0901448 TECHNICAL DATA
6 Flange seal • Patented reverse rinsing system - fast and thorough
3/ " - 1 1/ " cleaning of the filter with small amount of water Media
4 4 5975900
1 • Memory ring indicates when next manual reverse Medium: Drinking water
1 /2" - 2" 5975901
rinsing is due Connections/Sizes
7 Ball valve complete
• Automatic reverse rinsing actuator with bayonet 4"
lead-free KH11S-1LFA
connector can be retrofitted Pressure values
1/ " - 1 1/ " • Shock resistant clear synthetic material filter bowl Operating pressure range: 1.5 - 16 bar
2 4 D06FA-1B
1/ " - 1 1/ " enables easy checking of filter contamination Max. inlet pressure with clear 16 bar
lead-free 2 4 D06FA-1LF
• Inlet pressure balancing – no influence on outlet filter bowl:
lead-free 2" D06FA-11/2LF
pressure by fluctuating inlet pressure Outlet pressure: 1.5 - 6 bar
• Valve and filter inserts fully interchangeable Operating temperatures
• Large filter surface Operating temperature 5 °C - 30 °C
range medium accord. to EN
1567:
• Standardised discharge connection
Specifications
• All materials are KTW approved Installation position: Horizontal or vertical, with
• Approved by TÜV LGA for low noise, Group 1 without filter bowl downwards
limitations Note: The filter is constructed for drinking water installations. In case of a

FK76CS/FKN76CS - Reverse rinsing filter combination FK76CS/FKN76CS - Reverse rinsing filter combination

scale
3 Rotatable connector piece Red bronze
(FK76CS only)
gauge
5 Fine filter in clear filter bowl Shock-resistant, clear
material filter bowl, stainless
steel fine filter
diaphragm and valve seat material, fibre-reinforced TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
NBR diaphragm kvs-Values
Seals NBR Connection sizes: 15 20 25 32
kvs-value (m3/h): 4.5 5.8 6.2 6.5
METHOD OF OPERATION INSTALLATION GUIDELINES Pressure drop characteristics
The filter combination combines reverse rinsing filter and Setup requirements
pressure reducing valve in one appliance.
• Install in horizontal or vertical pipework with filter bowl
The downstream reverse rinsing fine filter holds back any downwards
dirt particles in the water. These particles are then
completely flushed out by reverse rinsing.
• These filters are armatures which need to be maintained
which circulate the water and thereby set the rotor on the
regularly
upper filter into a rotational motion. The internal impeller
rinses off particles that have adhered to the upper filter at • Ensure good access
the intersecting points with the rotor. – Pressure gauge can be read off easily
The integral pressure reducing valve functions on a – Degree of contamination can be easily seen with
balanced force principle whereby the force exerted by a clear filter bowl
diaphragm is balanced against the force of an adjustment – Simplifies maintenance and inspection
spring. The inlet pressure has no influence on opening or • The installation location should be protected against
closing of the valve. Inlet pressure fluctuation does not frost
therefore affect the outlet pressure.
• Fit immediately after water meter
TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE • Related to the EN 806-2 it is recommended to install the
filter immediately after the water meter
shortly before use. • In order to avoid flooding, it is recommended to arrange
connection
storage:
Parameter Value
humidity:
*non condensing
105 106
FK76CS/FKN76CS - Reverse rinsing filter combination FK76CS/FKN76CS - Reverse rinsing filter combination

Switzerland
ZA76C Connector piece

For conversion of the fine filters with rotatable connector pieces (11/4" and 11/2")
into retrofit filter combinations (Converts 63 mm hole centres to 45 mm hole
centres)
3/ " ZA76C-3/4A
4
1 ZA76C-1A
11/4" ZA76C-11/4A
Solder connections
1/ " VST06-1/2B
2
3/ " VST06-3/4B
4
1" VST06-1B
11/4" VST06-11/4B
11/2" VST06-11/2B
2" VST06-2B
DA74C Rotatable connector piece
Parameter Values For connection of retrofit filters FN76CS.
Connection sizes: R 3/ " 1" 11/4"
4 3/ " DA74C-3/4A
4
Nominal sizes: DN 20 25 32 1" DA74C-1A
Weight: kg 3.9 4.0 4.1 11/4" DA74C-11/4A
Dimensions: L 158 179 197
T 177 177 181
t 95 95 99 ZR10K Double ring wrench for removing the filter bowl
H 493 493 493 1/ " +3/ "
2 4 ZR10K-1/2
h 363 363 363 1" + 11/4" ZR10K-1
D 97 97 97 11/2" + 2" ZR10K-11/2
DVGW registration number: NW-9311AT2317
Options
The filter combination is available in the following sizes: 3/4", 1" and 11/4".
• standard
- not available
FK76CS-...AA FKN76CS-1A
Connection type: Filter mesh size 100 μm, incl. rotatable connector piece • -
DA74C with threaded male connections
Filter mesh size 100 μm, rotatable connector piece DA74C has - •
to be ordered separately - see accessories
107 108
FK76CS/FKN76CS - Reverse rinsing filter combination
Spare Parts Filter

Filter combinations FK76CS / FKN76CS from 1997 onwards
Overview
1
Description Dimension
Spring bonnet complete with setting scale
Part No.
Braukmann
1 3/ " - 1 1/ "
4
2 Valve insert complete (without sieve)
4
3/ " - 1 1/ "
0901517
F78TS
4 4 D06FA-1A
3a 3 Union seal washer (10 pcs.) Reverse rinsing fine filter with flanges
22 3/ "
4 0901444
1" 0901445
44 33
11/4" 0901446
3a Connection set threaded connection APPLICATION
3/ " VST06-3/4A
4 F78TS flanged reverse rinsing filters are for installations
1" VST06-1A with high water demand. They can be used in large
55 11/4" VST06-11/4A residential buildings, for central water supply and in
4 Pressure gauge commercial or industrial applications.
0 - 16 bar M07M-A16 F78TS flanged filters have the same highly efficient reverse
5 Flange seal rinsing filtering system as the range of household fine filters.
3/ " - 1 1/ " 5536400 The F78TS can be retrofitted with the Z11AS fully automatic
4 4
6 Filter insert complete*, for filters with Double Spin reverse rinsing actuator and the DDS76 differential pressure
6a 66 Technology, Filter mesh 100 μm switch.
3/ " - 1 1/ " AF11DS-1A The fine filter prevents the ingress of foreign bodies, for
4 4
6a Filter insert complete*, filter mesh 100 μm example rust particles, strands of hemp and grains of sand
3/ " - 1 1/ "
4 4 AF11S-1A and thus reduces the probability of corrosion.
7 Spring
7 3/ " - 1 1/ " APPROVALS
8 4 4 2074900
9 • DVGW (for connection sizes DN65-DN100 with 100 μm
8 Clear filter bowl
3/ " - 1 1/ " mesh size)
4 4 KF11S-1A
• WRAS
9 O-ring set (10 pcs.)
3/ " - 1 1/ " 0900747
4 4 SPECIAL FEATURES TECHNICAL DATA
78 10 Ball valve complete
12 3/ " - 1 1/ "
4 4 KH11S-1A Media
• Filtered water supplied even during reverse rinsing Medium: Drinking water
11 Drain connector
10
10 3/ " - 1 1/ " • Filter insert fully replaceable Connections/Sizes
4 4 AA76-1/2A
• Patented reverse rinsing system - fast and thorough Flange connection PN16 acc. to EN 1092-2
3/ " - 1 1/ " cleaning of the filter Single filter: DN65 - DN100
4 4 FT09RS-1A
*The filter guide (either with double spin or without double • Fully automatic reverse rinsing with retrofittable DN125 with 2 extension
spin feature) is included in the packaging of the replacement automatic reverse rinsing actuator flanges EXF125-A
11
9
• Differential pressure switch can be retrofitted
filter inserts (AF11DS and AF11S) only for the sizes 1/2" up to 2 filters parallel: 2 x DN80, 2 x DN100
11/4"! • Memory ring indicates when next manual reverse Pressure values
rinsing is due Max. operating pressure: 1.5 - 16 bar
• Polyamide coating gives high level of corrosion Nominal pressure: PN16
protection Operating temperatures
• Forced flow provides optimal water exchange in the filter Max. operating temperature 30 °C
bowl medium accord. to EN 1567:
• ACS certified Max. operating temperature 65 °C (max. operating
• All materials are KTW approved medium: pressure 6 bar)
• DM174 conform Specifications
• Discharge of the reverse rinsed water according Installation position: Horizontal, with filter bowl
EN 1717 downwards

F78TS - Reverse rinsing fine filter with flanges F78TS - Reverse rinsing fine filter with flanges

Overview Components Materials Setup requirements
1 2 pressure gauges (1x inlet, Metal • Install in horizontal pipework with filter bowl downwards
1x outlet including memory – This position ensures optimum filter efficiency
indicator) • Install shut-off valves
2 Housing with pressure Ductile cast iron (EN-GJS- • These filters are armatures which need to be maintained
gauge ports (1x inlet, 2x 400-15 EN 1563), coated regularly
outlet) with PA (polyamide)
3 Filter bowl Ductile cast iron (EN-GJS-
– Pressure gauge can be read off easily
400-15 EN 1563), coated
with PA (polyamide) – Simplifies maintenance and inspection
4 Ball valve with lever and drain Ball Valve body: Brass • The installation location should be protected against
funnel chrome-plated frost
Ball: Brass chrome-plated • Related to the EN 806-2 it is recommended to install the
Drain adapter: Plastic filter immediately after the water meter
5 Extension flanges for the Ductile Cast Iron • In order to avoid flooding, it is recommended to arrange
connection size DN125 a permanent, professionally dimensioned wastewater
Not depicted components: connection
Inner parts Stainless steel, red bronze, Installation Example
brass and plastic
Fine filter Stainless steel
* Extension flanges for the connection size DN125: F78TS DN125 = 1 pcs.F78TS-100FA/FB/FC/FD + 2 pcs. EXF125-A. The extension flanges have to be ordered
separately.

The filter insert is divided into two parts. In the „filtering“ Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them
position, only the lower, larger section is used for filtering. shortly before use.
The small upper section does not come in contact with The following parameters apply during transportation and
unfiltered water. An oscillating flap integrated in the sieve storage:
prevents the deposition of dirt particles on the upper part of
the filter. When the ball valve is opened for reverse rinsing, Parameter Value
then the whole filter insert is pushed downwards until the Environment: clean, dry and dust free
water supply to the outer side of the main filter is stopped. Min. ambient temperature: 5 °C
Simultaneously, the water flow is opened to the upper part of Max. ambient temperature: 55 °C
the filter. The water needed for cleaning the filter passes Min. ambient relative humidity: 25 % *
through the upper filter section, then the rotating impeller Max. ambient relative humidity: 85 % *
with jets and the main filter from inside to outside, i.e. the
*non condensing
filter is reverse rinsed with filtered water. The filter
automatically switches back to the operating position when 1 Single filter
the ball valve is closed again. 2 2 filters parallel 45°
3 2 filters parallel 90°
kvs-Values
Single filter 2 filters parallel

Connection sizes: 65 80 100 125 80 100
kvs-value (m3/h): 69 113 145 145 226 290
111 112
F78TS - Reverse rinsing fine filter with flanges F78TS - Reverse rinsing fine filter with flanges
Pressure drop characteristics ORDERING INFORMATION

[m 3/h]
1000 2xDN100* always state the type, the ordering or the part number.
2xDN80*
500 Options
DN100/125
DN80 The filter is available in the following sizes: DN65, DN80 and DN100.
DN65 • standard
- not available
100
F78TS-...FA F78TS-...FB F78TS-...FC F78TS-...FD
50
Connection type: Filter mesh size 100 μm • - - -
Filter mesh size 20 μm - • - -
Filter mesh size 50 μm - - • -
10 Filter mesh size 200 μm - - - •
5 Note: ... = space holder for connection size
Note: Ordering number example for DN65 and type FA valve: F78TS-65FA
Flow rate
Accessories
1
0,01 0,05 0,1 0,5 1 5 10 [bar]
Pressure drop Description Dimension Part No.
Z11AS Automatic reverse rinsing actuator
* 2 filters parallel
For automatic reverse rinsing of the filter at presettable intervals
DIMENSIONS 230 V, 50/60 Hz, 10 W with moulded Schuko electrical plug Z11AS-1A
24 V, 50/60 Hz, 10 W without electrical plug Z11AS-1B
Overview
230 V, 50/60 Hz, 10 W with moulded Type 12 electrical plug for Z11AS-1Z
DN65-DN100 DN125
Switzerland

DN65/80/100 DDS76-1
DN
F

H

h

EXF125-A
D
L L
Parameter Values
Single filter* 2 filters parallel
Nominal sizes: DN 65 80 100 125 80 100
Weight: kg 25 35 43 65 n.a n.a
Dimensions DN65-DN100: L 290 310 350 420 n.a n.a
H 581 665 767 767 n.a n.a
h 434 508 610 610 n.a n.a
D 193 230 247 247 n.a n.a
F 185 200 220 250 n.a n.a
Flow value at ∆p=0.2 bar: m3/h 30 48 60 60 96 120
Flow value at ∆p=0.5 bar: m3/h 48 78 100 100 156 200
DVGW registration number: NW-9301CR0186 - - -
* DN125 with 2 pcs. extension flanges (2 x EXF125-A to be ordered separately)
113 114
F78TS - Reverse rinsing fine filter with flanges

F78TS Fine Filters with Flanges from 2015 onwards
Dimension Part No.
Braukmann
Filter mesh 100 μm
Filter mesh 100 μm
DN65
DN80
AF78TS-065A
AF78TS-080A HS10S
Filter mesh 100 μm DN100 AF78TS-100A
Filter mesh 50 μm DN65 AF78TS-065C Combination water supply unit
Filter mesh 50 μm DN80 AF78TS-080C
Filter mesh 200 μm DN65 AF78TS-065D
Filter mesh 200 μm DN80 AF78TS-080D APPLICATION
Filter mesh 200 μm DN100 AF78TS-100D HS10S combination water supply units integrate a check
2 Replacement sieve valve with test point, reverse rinsing fine filter, pressure
Filter mesh 100 μm DN65 ES78TS-065A reducing valve and shut-off valve in one appliance. They
Filter mesh 100 μm DN80 ES78TS-080A ensure a continuous supply of filtered water. The fine filter
Filter mesh 100 μm DN100 ES78TS-100A prevents the ingress of foreign bodies, for example rust
Filter mesh 20 μm DN65 ES78TS-065B particles, strands of hemp and grains of sand and thus
Filter mesh 20 μm DN80 ES78TS-080B reduces the probability of corrosion. The check valve
Filter mesh 20 μm DN100 ES78TS-100B protects the mains water system against back pressure,
Filter mesh 50 μm DN65 ES78TS-065C backflow and back syphonage of health threatening liquids.
The pressure reducing valve prevents over-pressure damage
Filter mesh 50 μm DN80 ES78TS-080C
and reduces water consumption.
All individual units correspond to the requirements of
Filter mesh 200 μm DN65 ES78TS-065D
current DIN/DVGW specifications. Technical features of
each unit also apply to the combination assembly.
Filter mesh 500 μm DN65 ES78TS-065F APPROVALS
Filter mesh 500 μm DN80 ES78TS-080F • DVGW
Filter mesh 500 μm DN100 ES78TS-100F • SVGW
3 Pressure gauge
0 - 16 bar, G1/4" M78M-A16
0 - 16 bar, G1/4" M78M-A16MR SPECIAL FEATURES
with memory • Double Spin Technology for connection sizes
indicator 1/ "
TECHNICAL DATA
2to 11/4"
4 Seal set complete – Cartridge with external rotor enabling simultaneous Media
DN65 SOS78TS-065 cleaning in lower and upper filter areas Medium: Drinking water
DN80 SOS78TS-080 – Visual function check possible Connections/Sizes
DN100 SOS78TS-100 Connection sizes: 1/
2" - 2"
• Especially compact because pressure reducing valve,
5 Ball valve fine filter, check valve and shut-off valve are combined in Pressure values
5622100 one unit Operating (dynamic) 1.5 bar
• Filtered water supplied even during reverse rinsing pressure:
Max. inlet pressure with clear 16 bar
filter bowl:
Max. inlet pressure with red 25 bar
• Automatic reverse rinsing actuator with bayonet
bronze filter bowl:
• Shock resistant clear synthetic material filter bowl
enables easy checking of filter contamination
• Filter and complete filter bowl are replaceable medium (10 bar/brass filter
• The valve insert is of high-quality synthetic material and bowl):
can be fully exchanged Specifications
• ACS certified Installation position: Horizontal with filter bowl
• All materials are KTW approved downwards
• Approved by TÜV LGA for low noise, Group 1 without Note: The filter is constructed for drinking water installations. In case of a
limitations

HS10S - Combination water supply unit HS10S - Combination water supply unit

Overview Components Materials Setup requirements
1 Spring bonnet with High-quality synthetic • Install in horizontal pipework with filter bowl downwards • Related to the EN 806-2 it is recommended to install the
adjustment knob and setting material – This position ensures optimum filter efficiency filter immediately after the water meter
scale • Install shut-off valve at the inlet • In order to avoid flooding, it is recommended to arrange
2 Threaded male connections Brass • These filters are armatures which need to be maintained a permanent, professionally dimensioned wastewater
(Options AA and AAM) regularly connection
3 Housing with inlet and outlet Dezincification-resistant • Ensure good access
pressure gauges brass
4 Fine filter in clear filter bowl Stainless steel fine filter, red
bronze or shock-resistant,
clear filter bowl
clear transparent synthetic
material filter bowl – Simplifies maintenance and inspection
5 Ball valve with drain Brass (Ball Valve body), Installation Example
connection Stainless steel (ball), Plastic
Shut-off valve Brass
Check valve on inlet High-grade synthetic
material
Test point for check valve High-grade synthetic
material
NBR diaphragm
Seals NBR

The combination water supply unit combines check valve, Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them
reverse rinsing fine filter, pressure reducing valve and shut- shortly before use.
off valve in one appliance. The following parameters apply during transportation and
Water flows first through the check valve. This causes the storage: TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
valve stem to push against the spring force and open the kvs-Values
Parameter Value
valve.
Environment: clean, dry and dust free Connection sizes: 15 20 25 32 40 50
The downstream reverse rinsing fine filter holds back any
Min. ambient temperature: 5 °C kvs-value (m3/h): 2.7 3.2 7.6 8.9 12.6 13.0
dirt particles in the water. These particles are then
completely flushed out by reverse rinsing. Max. ambient temperature: 55 °C Pressure drop characteristics
which circulate the water and thereby set the rotor on the Max. ambient relative humidity: 85 % *
upper filter into a rotational motion. The internal impeller *non condensing
rinses off particles that have adhered to the upper filter at
the intersecting points with the rotor.
The integral pressure reducing valve functions on a
balanced force principle whereby the force exerted by a
diaphragm is balanced against the force of an adjustment
spring. The inlet pressure has no influence on opening or
closing of the valve. Inlet pressure fluctuation does not
therefore affect the outlet pressure.
117 118

Switzerland

Solder connections
1/ " VST06-1/2B
2
3/ " VST06-3/4B
4
1" VST06-1B
11/4" VST06-11/4B
11/2" VST06-11/2B
2" VST06-2B
1/ " + 3/4" DDS76-1/2
2
1" + 11/4" DDS76-1
11/2" + 2" DDS76-1 1/2

Parameter Values 1/ " +3/ "
2 4 ZR10K-3/4
2 4 1" + 11/4" ZR10K-1
Nominal size diameter: DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 11/2" + 2" ZR10K-11/2
Dimensions: L 255 268 305 327 370 408
I 110 110 130 130 150 150
H 439 439 493 493 590 590
h 350 350 353 353 417 417
D 97 97 97 97 120 120
Weight: kg 4.0 4.1 5.7 6.3 8.1 10
DVGW registration number: DW-9321 AT 2318
Double Spin Technology: Yes Yes Yes Yes No No
Options
The water station is available in the following sizes: 1/2", 3/4", 1", 11/4" 11/2" and "2.
• standard
- not available
HS10S-...AA HS10S-...AAM
Connection type: Threaded male connections, filter mesh size 100 μm • -
Red bronze filter bowl, threaded male connections, - •
filter mesh size 100 μm
Note: Ordering number example for 1" and type AA valve: HS10S-1AA
119 120
Spare Parts
HS10S Filter Combinations from 2007 onwards
Overview Description Dimension Part No. 1/ " - 1 1/ "
2 4 FT09RS-1A
1 Spring bonnet complete with setting scale 1 11/2" - 2" FT09RS-11/2A
1/ " + 3/ "
2 4 0901515 11 O-ring set (10 pcs.)
1/ " + 11/ " 0900747
1" + 11/4" 0901516 2 4
1
1 /2" + 2" 0900748
1 11/2" + 2" 0901518
2 Valve insert complete (without filter) 12 Drain connector
1/ " + 3/ " 1/ " - 2" AA76-1/2A
2 4 D06FA-1/2 2
6 1" + 1/4" D06FA-1A 13 Ball valve complete

1/ " - 2" KH11S-1A
11/2" + 2" D06FA-11/2 2
2 3 Union seal washer (10 pcs.) 14 Clear filter bowl

1/ " + 3/ " 1/ " - 1 1/ "
KF11S-1A
2 4 0901444 9
2 4
4
1" 0901445 11/2" - 2"KF11S-11/2A
11/4" 0901446 15 Double ring wrench for removing the filter bowl
11/2" 0901447 (no fig.)
3 9
1/ " - 3/ " ZR10K-3/4
2" 0901448 2 4
4 Check valve cartridge 1" - 11/4" ZR10K-1

5 1/ "
2 2166200 11/2" - 2" ZR10K-11/2
3/ "
4 2110200 16 Spring
8 1/ " - 1 1/ "
1" 2164400 2 4 2074900
11/4" 2164500 11/2" - 2 " 2159400
Note: 1 - 9 see on page 6
11/2" 2164600
7 8
2" 2164700
5 Test valve ble Spin Spin
1/ " - 2" 2421100 T chnology
Te T chnology
Te
2 16
6 Pressure gauge
0 - 10 bar M38K-A10 11
without Double Spin with Double Spin
Technology Technology
16
0 - 16 bar M38K-A16
0 - 25 bar M38K-A25
11 7 Filter insert complete*, filter mesh 100 μm
1/ " - 3/ " AF11S-1/2A
2 4
1 14
1" - 1 /4" AF11S-1A
11/2" - 2" AF11S-11/2A
8 Filter insert complete*, for filters with Double Spin 10
13
14 Technology, Filter mesh 100 μm
1/ " - 3/ " AF11DS-1/2A
2 4
10 1
1" - 1 /4" AF11DS-1A
13
9 Shut-off valve (not included in HS10S-ZS)
1/ " 2192900
2
3/ " 2193100 12
4
1" 2193200
11/4" 2193300
12 11/2" 2193400
2" 2193500
*The filter guide (either with double spin or without double
spin feature) is included in the packaging of the replacement
filter inserts (AF11DS and AF11S) only for the sizes 1/2" up to
11/4"!
Note: 10 - 16 see on page 7
121 122
HS10S-FA - Water station
Filter Combinations CONSTRUCTION

Check valve:
Braukmann Overview
1
Components
Housing and housing end
Materials
Grey cast iron coated with PA
HS10S-FA casing with flanges

Check valve insert
(polyamide)
Stainless steel
Water station Test and drain plugs Stainless steel
Screws and nuts Stainless steel
Disc Stainless steel
Lip seal ring EPDM
APPLICATION
Water stations of this type are suitable for installations with
high water demand.
They can be used in large residential buildings, for central
water supply as well as in commercial, industrial or similar
applications.
The unit consists of all recommended devices for protection
as check valve, reverse rinsable filter and pressure reducing
valve. The check valve protects the mains water system Fine filter:
against back pressure, backflow and back syphonage of
health threatening liquids. Overview Components Materials
The reverse rinsable flange filter prevents the ingress of 1 Pressure gauge Metal
foreign bodies, for example rust particles, strands of hemp 2 Housing and filter bowl Ductile cast iron (EN-GJS-
and grains of sand and thus reduces the probability of 400-15 EN 1563), coated
corrosion. It contains a highly efficient reverse rinsing with PA (polyamide)
filtering system and can be retrofitted with the Z11AS fully 3 Fine filter Stainless steel
automatic reverse rinsing actuator and the DDS76 4 Ball valve with lever and drain Ball Valve body: Brass
differential pressure switch. connection chrome plated
The pressure reducing valves protects installations against Ball: Brass chrome plated
TECHNICAL DATA
excessive pressure from the supply. Pressurisation damage Drain adapter: Plastic
is avoided and water consumption is reduced. Additional Media Not depicted components:
reduction of the operating pressure and maintaining it at a Medium: Drinking water Inner parts Stainless steel, brass and
constant level minimizes flow noise in the installation. Connections/Sizes plastic
Connection sizes: DN65 - DN100
APPROVALS Pressure values
• All components are DVGW certified
Operating pressure range: 2 - 16 bar
SPECIAL FEATURES Outlet pressure: 1.5 - 7.5 bar
Inlet pressure: max. 16 bar
• Filter insert fully replaceable
• Filtered water supplied even during reverse rinsing Pressure reducing valve:
• Patented reverse rinsing system - fast and thorough Overview Components Materials
Opening pressure check ca. 0.05 bar
cleaning of the filter with small amount of water 1 Housing with PN16 flanges Ductile cast iron (EN-GJS-
valve:
• Fully automatic reverse rinsing with retrofittable per ISO 7005-2, EN 1092-2 400-15 EN 1563), coated
Max. diaphragm pressure 9 bar
automatic reverse rinsing actuator Z11AS and with PA
loading:
differential pressure switch 2 Pressure gauge -
• Powder-coated cast iron gives high level of corrosion Not depicted components:
Max. operating temperature 65°C (max. operating
protection Adjustment spring Spring steel
medium: pressure 6 bar)
• Standardised discharge connection Max. operating temperature 30 °C Cartridge insert Completely of low-lead (<2.2
• Non-rising stem for setting outlet pressure and position medium accord. to EN 1567: % acc. to DIN 50930-6)
indicator on spring bonnet on pressure reducing valve Specifications brass with stainless steel
• The adjustment spring is not in contact with the drinking Installation position: Horizontal with filter bowl valve spindle
water downwards Diaphragm and seals EPDM
• Inlet pressure balancing – no influence on outlet Flanges on inlet and outlet: Flanges PN16 acc. to Groove ring and sealing disc High-quality PU
pressure by fluctuating inlet pressure DIN 86021 / ISO 7005-2, Thread rod and nuts Stainless steel
EN 1092-2 Spring bonnet with Ductile cast iron (EN-GJS-
adjustment screw 400-15 EN 1563), coated
with PA

HS10S-FA - Water station HS10S-FA - Water station
METHOD OF OPERATION TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE DIMENSIONS

Spring loaded check valves have a moving seal disc which is Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them
Overview
lifted off the seat by a greater or lesser amount depending shortly before use.
on the flow rate through the valve. If the flow falls towards The following parameters apply during transportation and
zero, then the spring pushes the disc back onto the seat and storage:
seals the waterway.
Parameter Value
To ensure continuing correct function it is recommended
that check valves be regularly checked and maintained (as Environment: clean, dry and dust free
specified in EN 1717). Min. ambient temperature: 5 °C
The filter insert is divided into two parts. In the „filtering“ Max. ambient temperature: 55 °C
position, only the lower, larger section is used for filtering. Min. ambient relative humidity: 25 % *
The small upper section does not come in contact with Max. ambient relative humidity: 85 % *
unfiltered water. An oscillating flap integrated in the sieve *non condensing
prevents the deposition of dirt particles on the upper part of
the filter. When the ball valve is opened for reverse rinsing, INSTALLATION GUIDELINES
then the whole filter insert is pushed downwards until the Setup requirements
water supply to the outer side of the main filter is stopped. • Install in horizontal pipework with test and drain plugs
Simultaneously, the water flow is opened to the upper part of and filter bowl downwards and spring bonnet upwards
the filter. The water needed for cleaning the filter passes
– This position ensures optimum draining and filter Parameter Values
through the upper filter section, then the rotating impeller
efficiency Nominal size diameter: DN 65 80 100
with jets and the main filter from inside to outside, i.e. the
filter is reverse rinsed with filtered water. The filter • Install shut-off valves Dimensions: L 820 880 1000
automatically switches back to the operating position when – Shut-off valves provide optimal serviceability H 804 878 980
the ball valve is closed again. • Ensure good access h 434 508 610
Spring loaded pressure reducing valves operate by means of – Pressure gauge can be read off easily F 185 200 220
a force equalising system. The force of a diaphragm – Simplifies maintenance and inspection I1 175 225 250
operates against the force of an adjustment spring. If the • The installation location should be protected against Weight: kg 58 99 146
outlet pressure and therefore diaphragm force fall because frost Test and drain plug: R 1/ "
2
1/ "
2
1/ "
2
water is drawn, the then greater force of the spring causes DVGW registration number: Check valve NW - 6310 BU 0492
• Fit immediately after water meter
the valve to open. The outlet pressure then increases until Filter NW-9301CR0186
the forces between the diaphragm and the spring are equal – Corresponds to EN 806-5
Pressure reducing valve NW-6330CN0112
again. • Provide a straight section of pipework of at least five
The inlet pressure has no influence in either opening or times the nominal valve size after the pressure reducing
closing of the valve. Because of this, inlet pressure ORDERING INFORMATION
fluctuation does not influence the outlet pressure, thus The following tables contain all the information you need to make an order of an item of your choice. When ordering, please
providing inlet pressure balancing. always state the type, the ordering or the part number.
Installation Example Options
The water station is available in the following sizes: DN65, DN80 and DN100.
• standard
- not available
HS10S-...FA
Connection type: Standard version with flanges PN16, filter mesh size 100 μm •
Note: Ordering number example for DN65 and type FA valve: HS10S-65FA
kvs-Values
Connection sizes: 65 80 100

kvs-value (m3/h): 47 70 110
125 126
HS10S-FA - Water station HS10S-FA - Water station
Accessories
Description Dimension Part No. 5 Filter insert complete
Z11AS Automatic reverse rinsing actuator Filter mesh 100 μm DN65 AF78TS-065A
For automatic reverse rinsing of the filter at presettable intervals Filter mesh 100 μm DN80 AF78TS-080A
230 V, 50/60 Hz, 10 W with moulded Schuko electrical plug Z11AS-1A Filter mesh 100 μm DN100 AF78TS-100A
24 V, 50/60 Hz, 10 W without electrical plug Z11AS-1B Filter mesh 200 μm DN65 AF78TS-065D
230 V, 50/60 Hz, 10 W with moulded Type 12 electrical plug for Z11AS-1Z Filter mesh 200 μm DN80 AF78TS-080D
Switzerland Filter mesh 200 μm DN100 AF78TS-100D
DDS76 Differential pressure switch Filter mesh 50 μm DN65 AF78TS-065C
DN65/80/100 DDS76-1 Filter mesh 50 μm DN80 AF78TS-080C
6 Replacement sieve
Filter mesh 100 μm DN65 ES78TS-065A
Spare Parts Filter mesh 100 μm DN80 ES78TS-080A
Water station with flanges HS10S-FA from 2019 onwards Filter mesh 100 μm DN100 ES78TS-100A
1 Valve disc guide Filter mesh 200 μm DN100 ES78TS-100D
DN65 2240065 Filter mesh 50 μm DN65 ES78TS-065C
DN80 2240080
22 11 DN100 2240100
2 Lip seal ring Filter mesh 500 μm DN65 ES78TS-065F
DN65 2241065 Filter mesh 500 μm DN80 ES78TS-080F
44 DN80 2241080 Filter mesh 500 μm DN100 ES78TS-100F
DN100 2241100 7 Pressure gauge
3 3 Hexagonal blanking plug 0 - 16 bar, G1/4" M78M-A16
DN65 - DN100 2240000 0 - 16 bar, G1/4" M78M-A16MR
4 4 4 Seal ring with memory
3 DN65 - DN100 2166600 indicator
3 8 Seal set complete
DN65 SOS78TS-065
DN80 SOS78TS-080
DN100 SOS78TS-100
9 Ball valve
5622100
127 128
HS10S-FA - Water station
Overview Description Dimension Part No. Domestic Water Centre

11 Set of seals complete

DN65 - DN100 0904122
Braukmann
12 Pressure gauge
DN65 - DN100 0904121
0 - 10 bar M39M-A10
PrimusCenter DWC7000
13 Pressure gauge Domestic water centre
0 - 16 bar M39M-A16
APPLICATION
PrimusCenter is a compact product solution that brings
together the complete spectrum of domestic water
installation technology: Backflow preventer, backwashable
filter, pressure-reducing valve, drinking water distribution for
storage tank and domestic water installation, and tank
safety group.
SPECIAL FEATURES
• All components are DVGW certified
• Modular construction
• Ready for connecting a water-softening unit
• Ready for connecting a heating fill or refill unit
• Expandable with additional cold water connections
11
11
• Two water pressure strengths: The filtered water is
10
10 available unreduced for the garden and garage water
connection, or reduced for comfortable water usage in
the house*
• User-friendly - users only need to open the view window
to carry out reverse rinsing
13 11
11 • Elegant - domestic water installation is brought
together in one insulated housing
12
11
• Connection to the drinking water heater consists of a
11
11 shut-off valve, a testable backflow preventer, and a
safety valve
• Reverse rinsing actuator can be easily and quickly
retrofit with bayonet connection
• Both pressure gauges of the filter combination and the
dripping water of the safety valve are easy to inspect
because of the transparent view window
• Red indicator on the view window for setting the next
reverse rinsing
• 3-point installation system so that unevenness and
sloping walls can be offset
• Supply line connection can be changed from left to right
connection if required
• Connection option for sampling valve available
• Front and back pressure gauges are end point resilient
*DWC7000-1AAOA: the filtered and non reduced connection port is closed by
a plug; retrofitting with the complete connection set (SOV70-3/4AA) is
possible

PrimusCenter DWC7000 - Domestic water centre PrimusCenter DWC7000 - Domestic water centre
TECHNICAL DATA CONSTRUCTION

This product is solely suitable for distributing drinking water
according to DIN EN 806/DIN 1988 in single and multi-
1 Safety valve Brass housing, EPDM
family houses of up to 4 parties. It must not be used to
diaphragm, PA6 cap
distribute process water or liquids other than drinking water.
2 Replacement seals including -
Media mounting grease
Medium: Drinking water 3 Insulation shell with integrated 3- Expandable polypropylene
Max. flow rate kvs (∆p= 1 bar): 4.2 m3/h point installation system, drain
Connections/Sizes funnel, clear window and adapter
Safety valve connection size- Rp 3/4" in the shell
inlet: 4 Pressure reducing valve Dezincification-resistant
Safety valve connection size- Rp 3/ "
4
brass housing,
outlet: Synthetic material spring
Filter mesh size: 100 μm bonnet, guide piece, valve
insert, filter mesh carrier,
Pressure values
adjustment knob and
Operating pressure: 1.5 - 16 bar
reverse rinsing handle, fibre-
reinforced NBR diaphragm,
Max. outlet filtered, not 16 bar EPDM sealing washers
pressure reduced*:
5 FK7000 filter combination with -
Check valve EA Type up to approx. 0.01 bar pressure reducing valve and 2
liquid category 2, opening pressure gauges on the input and
pressure: output sides
Pressure reducing valve Inlet 1.5 bar – 16 bar 6 Installation instructions, -
pressure: operating manual
Pressure reducing valve 1.5 bar – 6 bar 7 Fine filter Stainless steel
Outlet pressure:
Shock-resistant,
Max. operating temperature 5 °C to 30 °C material filter bowl
medium:
8 R1 filter connection fitting with -
Specifications backflow preventer
Pressure reducing valve 2.3m3/h with ∆p = 1.1 bar 9 Check valve Dezincification-resistant
Required nominal load Qn brass
acc. to DIN EN 1567:
10 3 supply discharge lines with -
Pressure reducing valve kvs - 5.8 m3/h emptying and drain out functions
value outlet filtered, not
10a • 1x filtered and not reduced
pressure reduced:
with check valve
Safety valve capacity of hot up to 1000 l
10b • 1x filtered and pressure
water tank:
reduced
Safety valve max. heat input: 100 kW
10c • 1x filtered and pressure-
reduced with check valve and
10 bar safety valve for the
closed drinking water heater
11 Inscription labels for segments -
12 Shut-off valves Brass
EPDM sealing washers
Installation wrench for filter bowl Plastic
Accessories for wall fastening -
Drilling template -
G1 sealing cap incl. flat seal -
Inscription labels for segments -
Piping Dezincification-resistant
brass
T-piece, spacer, eccentric,
segments with drain valves,
threaded nipple, and angle
with brass drain valve
131 132
METHOD OF OPERATION TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE Installation Example

The domestic water centre combines in one appliance, Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them
backflow preventer, backwashable filter, pressure-reducing shortly before use.
valve, drinking water distribution for storage tank and The following parameters apply during transportation and
domestic water installation, and tank safety group. storage:
Check valve Parameter Value
The check valve is a mechanical securing system and only Environment: clean, dry and dust free
allows flow-through in one direction. It opens automatically Min. ambient temperature: 5 °C
if the pressure on the supply side is greater than the pressure
on the filter combination. If there is greater pressure on the
filter combination than on the supply line, then the check
humidity:
valve automatically closes because of the action force. In
this way, no water can flow back out of the building if the
humidity:
public water supply lacks line pressure.
*non condensing
Filter combination
The filter combination combines reverse rinsing filter and INSTALLATION GUIDELINES
pressure reducing valve in one appliance. Setup requirements Fig. 1 Installation example for DWC7000-1AA
The fine filter set consists of an upper part and a lower part. • Install in horizontal pipework with discharge and filter
In the"Filtering" operating status, the small top filter is closed bowl downwards
so that the water can only flush the main filter from outside
to inside. When the ball valve is opened for "backwashing",
the filter is pushed downwards until the water supply to the • These domestic water centres are armatures which need
outside of the main filter is interrupted. to be maintained regularly
The water flow through the top filter is simultaneously • Ensure good access
opened. During backwashing, the top screen is flushed from – Pressure gauge can be read off easily
the outside to the inside; the rotating impeller and the main – Degree of contamination can be easily seen with
filter are flushed from the inside to the outside. This clear filter bowl
guarantees effective filter cleaning with full prepressure – Simplifies maintenance and inspection
along the entire screen area. When the ball valve is closed, • The installation location should be protected against
the filter switches automatically back to operating position. frost
The integrated pressure-reducing valve functions according • Related to the EN 806-2 it is recommended to install the
to the force comparison principle. This means, in the device immediately after the water meter
pressure-free state, the spring pushes downwards and the
valve opens. If pressure builds up in the pressure-reducing Fig. 2 Installation example for DWC7000-1AAOA
valve of the downstream line, this acts on the membrane in a
connection
way that closes against the spring force. Pressure
fluctuations on the front side do not influence the back
pressure.
Safety valve
At heating water in the service water tank, the heated liquid
expands and the pressure rises in the system. If the
maximum permitted system pressure is exceeded, spring
and membrane inside the integrated safety valve are pushed
backwards.
Liquid is drained until the pressure in the system has sunk
back under the maximum permitted pressure.
Fig. 3 Installation example for DWC7000-1AAHR
133 134

Connection sizes: 25
Options
kvs-value (m3/h): 4.2
The Domestic Water Centre is available in DN25.
DIMENSIONS • standard
Overview - not available
210
DWC7000- DWC7000- DWC7000-
395
G3/4 i 1AA 1AAOA 1AAHR
G3/4 i
Connection type: Domestic water centre for single or multifamily houses of • – –
up to 4 parties
G1/4 i
G3/4 i Domestic water centre for single or multifamily houses of – • –
up to 4 parties. Without the filtered and non-reduced
connection.This port is closed by a plug. Retrofitting with
* the complete connection set (SOV70-3/4AA) is possible
665
760
Domestic water centre for single or multifamily houses of – – •
up to 4 parties incl. NK300S refilling combination with
matching connection set and Z74S-AN reverse rinsing
R1
actuator
270
Accessories

95
DN70
Z74S-AN Automatic reverse rinsing actuator
* DWC7000 - 1AA and DWC7000 - 1AAHR only Z74S-AN
Parameter Values
Nominal size diameter: DN 25
Dimensions: W 395
H 760
CK70HN Connection set for refilling combination
D 210
For direct connection of refilling combinations CK70HN-3/4A
Adjustment range for wall distance of filter 65 - 115
combination
Weight: kg 11.0
CK70WS Connection set for softening unit

Installation components for additional CK70WS-3/4A
connection of softening units
SOV70 Extension set for additional drinking water connection

Retrofit closing valve set for cold water: valve and SOV70-3/4K
connection piece
SOV70 Extension set for DWC7000-1AAOA

Retrofit valve set for filtered and non-reduced SOV70-3/4AA
outlet incl. connection set
135 136
PrimusCenter DWC7000 - Domestic water centre
Spare Parts Actuators for Filters

Domestic Water Centre DWC7000, from 2012 onwards

Part No.
Braukmann
8
6
1" + 1/4" D06FA-1B
Z11AS
100 μm 1/ " - 1 1/ "
2 4 AF74-1A
5 4
50 μm 1/ " - 1 1/ "
2 4 AF74-1C Reverse rinsing actuator
1 200 μm 1 1
/2" - 1 /4" AF74-1D for fully automatic filter cleaning
5 3 Clear filter bowl
1/ " - 1 1/ " KF74CS-1A
9 2 4
4 Double ring wrench for removing the filter bowl and APPLICATION
7 spring bonnet
2 The Z11AS automatic reverse rinsing actuator provides fully
ZR70K-1 automatic cleaning for all reverse rinsing filters, filter
3 5 Pressure gauge combinations, water supply units and water distributor
0-10 bar M70AF- units. The reverse rinsing intervals are adjustable in sixteen
A10MR steps between four minutes and three months. The
0-16 bar M70AF-A16 Z11AShas an emergency running function in the event of
6 Safety valve power failure (only when batteries are fitted) and offers the
Opening SM150-1/2A possibility of manual operation of the reverse rinsing
pressure 6 bar function. Connection options are available for differential
Opening SM150-1/2B pressure switching, remote control and remote monitoring.
pressure 8 bar
Opening SM150-1/2C
SPECIAL FEATURES
pressure • Push buttons give easy setting of intervals
10 bar • Push button for manual operation of reverse rinsing
7 Check valve R1xG1 • Digital indicator of time interval set
RV7000-1A • Digital indicator of number of reverse rinsing cycles
8 Shut-off valve cold water carried out
SOV70-3/4K • Facility to indicate time remaining before next
9 Shut-off valve cold water for the filtered and not programmed reverse rinsing cycle
reduced outlet with connection piece! • Reset button enables resetting of counter TECHNICAL DATA
SOV70-3/4AA • Settings are maintained even when electrical power fails Operating temperatures
Sealing set (Not depicted components) • Set during manufacture to 45 day interval Max. water temperature: 70 °C
DS70-3/4A
• Can be set to 16 different reverse rinsing intervals Specifications
• Automatic battery 1) run-on if mains supply fails Mains cable: 1.5 metres
• Manufactured with integral electrical suppression Batteries: Four LR6-1.5 V-Mignon/AA
• Additional PG 9 cable entry for connection of remote size alkali-manganese
operation, remote monitoring or differential pressure batteries1)
control Battery life: Approximately 3 years
• Can be connected for differential pressure switch, Time intervals: 4 minutes to 3 months
remote operation or remote monitoring Ambient conditions: 5 - 90 % relative humidity,
0 - 60 °C
Protection class: DIN VDE 0700-T1/EN
60335-1
Protection type: IP 55 sprayed water
1) Batteries are not supplied with the appliance. Batteries are not necessary if
automatic run-on in the event of power failure is not required. When batteries
are fitted, the appliance should not be left unplugged for long periods.

Z11AS - Reverse rinsing actuator Z11AS - Reverse rinsing actuator
CONSTRUCTION Installation Example Additional connection options

The Z11AS can be remotely actuated by:
a) A volt-free switching circuit
1 Ball valve Nickel-plated brass
b) Via an open-collector output
2 Housing High-quality synthetic
material In both cases the minimum holding period is one second.
3 Mains cable - Reverse rinsing occurs when the inputs “Start” and “U+” have
been separated.
The reverse rinsing function can be actuated according to
demand using the DDS76 differential pressure switch with
voltage free switching. It is recommended that the
differential pressure be set to 1.0 bar. Operation occurs
when the inputs “Start” and “U+” have been separated, that
Fig. 1 Remote control analogous
is, after the differential pressure has fallen below the set
value. Through this it is guaranteed that a maximum
quantity of water is available for reverse rinsing. If reverse
rinsing starts immediately irrespective of the duration of the
differential pressure signal, then the inputs should be
METHOD OF OPERATION INSTALLATION GUIDELINES connected instead to “U+” and “SIGN”.
The Z11ASopens or closes the ball valve according to the set Setup requirements The DDS76 differential pressure switch can only be used
time interval. The opening of the ball valve causes a where F76 / F76S / F76S-F fine filters are also installed.
• In case the mains supply fails during the backwash the
differential pressure within the filter which activates the For remote monitoring of the open/closed position of the
batteries (if they are fitted) provide the energy for
reverse rinsing function. The ball valve closes again at the ball valve the installation of a building management system
closing the backwash ball valve. The battery charge
end of the reverse rinsing period. Four batteries (not with 0 to 10 V input is recommended. The maximum current
should be checked regularly. At the latest after two years
supplied) provide back-up protection. The batteries close is 10 mA. With a current of 0.5 V the ball valve is open and
exchange the batteries with new ones
the ball valve if power fails during reverse rinsing function, Fig. 2 Remote control digital with a value between 5 V and 6 V the ball valve is closed.
thus preventing unwanted water loss.
REVERSE RINSING connection
Reverse rinsing duration when mains electrical operation
approximately 25 sec.
Reverse rinsing quantity at 4.0 bar operating pressure.
Filter size Drain connection Reverse rinsing

quantity (litres)
1/ "+ 3/4" DN50 12
2
1" + 11/4" DN70 15
11/2" + 2" DN70 18
DN65 - DN100 DN100 150 Fig. 3 Differential pressure switch

shortly before use.
storage:
Parameter Value
Min. ambient relative humidity: 5%* Fig. 4 Remote monitoring
*non condensing
139 140
Z11AS - Reverse rinsing actuator
DIMENSIONS Actuators for Filters

Overview
Braukmann
Z74S-AN
Reverse rinsing actuator with bayonet connection
for fully automatic filter cleaning
APPLICATION
The Z74S-AN automatic reverse rinsing actuator provides
fully automatic cleaning for Resideo filters F74CS, FN74CS
and filter combinations FK74CS, FKN74CS. A bayonet
Cable length approx. 1.5 m
connection enables fitting the Z74S-AN without tools. The
reverse rinsing interval can be set to 8 different intervals.
Parameter Values
SPECIAL FEATURES
Filter size: R R 1/2" - R 2" DN65 - DN100 • Bayonet connection enables fitting without tools
Dimensions: G 1/ "
2 1" • 8 reverse rinsing intervalls
H 150 160 • Main voltage or battery operation
L 59 81 • Manufactured with integral electrical suppression
Weight: kg 1.2 1.7
Options
The actuator is available in the following sizes: 1/2", 3/4", 1", 11/4", 11/2" and 2".
TECHNICAL DATA
• standard
For fully automatic reverse rinsing of Resideo filters F74CS,
- not available
FN74CS and filter combinations FK74CS, FKN74CS.
For filters and filter combinations HS10, F76, F76C, FK76C, FKN76C, FN76C and FN09 (up to 1996):
Media
Z11AS-1/2A Z11AS-1/2B Z11AS-1/2Z Medium: Drinking water
Connection type: 230 V, 50/60 Hz, 10 W with moulded Schuko electrical plug • - - Operating temperatures
24 V, 50/60 Hz, 10 W without electrical plug - • - Max. water temperature: 30 °C
230 V, 50/60 Hz, 10 W with moulded Type 12 electrical plug - - • Specifications
for Switzerland
Ambient conditions: 5 - 80 % non-condensing,
Note: From 1997 onwards: Use reverse rinsing actuator Z11AS for filters and filter combinations HS10S, F76S, F76CS, FK76CS, FKN76CS, FN76CS and 0 - 40 °C
FN09S.
Reverse rinsing interval 1 hour/1 day/6 days/
For filters with flanges F76-F and F76S-F:
adjustable to: 15 days/30 days/45 days/
Z11AS-1A Z11AS-1B Z11AS-1Z 2 months/3 months
Connection type: 230 V, 50/60 Hz, 10 W with moulded Schuko electrical plug • - - Open/closing time: 20 s
24 V, 50/60 Hz, 10 W without electrical plug - • - Battery operation: 4.5 VDC +5/-20 % (3x
230 V, 50/60 Hz, 10 W with moulded Type 12 electrical plug - - • battery 1.5 V DURACELL
for Switzerland MN1500 AA)
Power supply unit: ADAPTER 230 V/50 Hz 6 V/
500 mA
Battery display: LED – flashes when voltage
is under 3.6 V
Protection type: IP42

Z74S-AN - Reverse rinsing actuator with bayonet connection Z74S-AN - Reverse rinsing actuator with bayonet connection
CONSTRUCTION DIMENSIONS
Overview Components Materials Overview
1 Drive -
Power supply unit -
72
LR6 AA batteries (3 pcs) -
d 30d 45
15 d
2M
6d
3M T
1d
E
1h ST
OFF
Ø10,1+0,2
120
15,8
Z74S-AN
4,5V = (3 x LR6)
Cycle time: 20s
IP42

After the set time has expired, the Z74S-AN opens the ball Setup requirements
valve. In the filter, a differential pressure is generated by this 19,1
• The installation site has to be frost-proof and the
opening procedure, which in turn starts the reverse rinsing
protection of the device from chemicals, paints, 32,5 65
mechanism. At the end of the reverse rinsing interval, the
detergents, solvents and their vapours and
ball valve closes again. An additional safety function Note: All dimensions in mm unless stated otherwise.
environmental influences must be guaranteed
prevents the ball valve from being opened if the battery
voltage is too low. This ensures that unwanted loss of water
• In case the mains supply fails during the backwash the ORDERING INFORMATION
batteries (if they are fitted) provide the energy for The following tables contain all the information you need to make an order of an item of your choice. When ordering, please
is avoided. The end of the battery service life is indicated by
closing the backwash ball valve. The battery charge always state the type, the ordering or the part number.
the flashing of the LEDs.
should be checked regularly. At the latest after two years
Z74S-AN
REVERSE RINSING exchange the batteries with new ones
• In order to avoid flooding, it is recommended to arrange Connection type: with bayonet connection •
Filter size Discharge Reverse rinsing a permanent, professionally dimensioned wastewater
connection volume* connection
1/ " + 3/4" DN50 10
2
1" + 11/4" DN70 12
* at 4 bar inlet pressure and 20 seconds reverse rinsing duration

shortly before use.
storage:
Parameter Value
Min. ambient relative humidity: 5%*
*non condensing
143 144
Z74S - Reverse rinsing actuator
Actuators for Filters CONSTRUCTION

Braukmann 1 Housing PA66 High-quality synthetic

material, black/blue
Z74S
Reverse rinsing actuator
for fully automatic filter cleaning
APPLICATION
The Z74S automatic reverse rinsing actuator provides fully
automatic cleaning for all Resideo reverse rinsing filters,
filter combinations and water supply units with bayonet
connection. A bayonet connection enables fitting the Z74S METHOD OF OPERATION INSTALLATION GUIDELINES
without tools. The reverse rinsing interval is set permanently The Z74Sopens or closes the ball valve according to the set Setup requirements
to 45 days. time interval. The opening of the ball valve causes a
• The battery charge should be checked regularly. At the
The Z74S automatic reverse rinsing actuator has a safety differential pressure within the filter which activates the
latest after one year exchange the batteries with new
function which prevents the ball valve from opening when reverse rinsing function. The ball valve closes again at the
ones
the battery voltage is too low and notifies this through an end of the reverse rinsing period. Four batteries (not
acoustic signal for approx. 2 days. • In order to avoid flooding, it is recommended to arrange
supplied) provide back-up protection. The batteries close
the ball valve if power fails during reverse rinsing function,
SPECIAL FEATURES thus preventing unwanted water loss.
connection
• Bayonet connection enables fitting without tools
• With locking mechanism which prevents the ball valve REVERSE RINSING
from opening, if the battery voltage is too low to carry Reverse rinsing duration approximately 30 sec.
out the closing Reverse rinsing quantity at 4.0 bar operating pressure.
• Set during manufacture to 45 day interval
Filter size Drain connection Reverse rinsing
• Battery operation
quantity (litres)
• Manufactured with integral electrical suppression 1/ " + 3/4" DN50 12
2
TECHNICAL DATA 1" + 11/4" DN70 15
11/2" + 2" DN70 18
Max. water temperature: 40 °C TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE
Specifications Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them
Battery operation: Three LR6-1.5 V-Mignon/AA shortly before use.
size alkali-manganese The following parameters apply during transportation and
batteries storage:
Battery life: Approximately 1 year
Time intervals: 45 days Parameter Value
Ambient conditions: 5 - 80 % relative humidity, Environment: clean, dry and dust free
0 - 40 °C Min. ambient temperature: 0 °C
Protection type: IP40/VDE 0470/EN 60529 Max. ambient temperature: 40 °C
Min. ambient relative humidity: 5%*
*non condensing

Z74S - Reverse rinsing actuator
DIMENSIONS Backflow preventers

Overview
Braukmann
BA095 miniBA
Backflow Preventer
APPLICATION
Backflow preventers of this type are suitable for the
protection of drinking water systems against back pressure,
backflow and back syphonage.
They are used mainly for OEM-applications, but can also be
used for commercial and industrial purposes within the
scope of their specification.
Fluids up to and including liquid category 4 to EN 1717 are
Note: All dimensions in mm unless stated otherwise. protected.
ORDERING INFORMATION APPROVALS
The following tables contain all the information you need to make an order of an item of your choice. When ordering, please • DVGW
• NF
Z74S-A
Connection type: with bayonet connection • SPECIAL FEATURES
• Optimal protection of the drinking water supply system
• Integrated inlet strainer
• Inlet check valve and discharge valve are combined in
one cartridge
• Minimal maintenance required, because the valve
cartridge is completely replaceable
• Optimized design prevents water stagnation in normal
operation TECHNICAL DATA
• Compact construction Media
• Low pressure loss and high flow rate Medium: Drinking water
• ACS certified Connections/Sizes
Connection size: 1/ 3/ "
• All materials are KTW approved 2", 4
• Approved by TÜV LGA for low noise, Group 1 without Nominal size diameter: DN10
limitations Discharge pipe connection: DN40
Pressure values
Inlet pressure: 1.5 bar - 10 bar
Max. operating temperature 65°C
medium:
Specifications
Installation position: Horizontal with discharge
valve downwards

BA095 miniBA - Backflow Preventer BA095 miniBA - Backflow Preventer

1 Housing Brass
2 Discharge connection High-quality synthetic
material
Valve cartridge with integral High-quality synthetic
check valve and discharge material
valve
Check ball valves -
Outlet check valve High-grade synthetic
material
Integral sieve on inlet Stainless steel
Sealing elements Elastomer materials suitable
for drinking water

BA type backflow preventers are divided into three pressure Pressure drop characteristics
Setup requirements
zones. The pressure in zone is higher than in zone  ,
• Install shut-off valves before and after backflow
which in turn is higher than in zone  . A discharge valve is 1.6
preventer
connected to zone  which opens at the latest when the
• Install in horizontal pipework with the discharge valve 1.5
differential pressure between zones  and  drops to
downwards
0.14 bar. The water from zone  discharges to atmosphere, 1.4
both check valves close and therefore separate zone  from • Ensure good access
zone  and  . In this way the danger of back pressure or – Simplifies maintenance and inspection 1.3
back syphonage into the supply network is prevented. The • If a fine filter is not installed in the drinking water system, 1.2
pipework connection is interrupted and the drinking water the installation of a filter with a mesh width of 100 μm is
network is protected. recommended in front of the backflow preventer 1.1
• In the case of fluctuating pre-pressure or an input 1
TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE pressure over 10 bar, we recommend the insertion of a
Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them pressure regulator in front of the backflow preventer 0.9
shortly before use.
• Do not install in places where flooding can occur 0.8
• The installation environment should be protected
storage: 0.7
against frost and ventilated well
Parameter Value • Install discharge pipework which has adequate capacity 0.6
Environment: clean, dry and dust free • Thoroughly flush pipework
Max. ambient temperature: 55 °C a permanent, professionally dimensioned wastewater 0.4
Min. ambient relative humidity: 25 % * connection
0.3
• These armatures need to be maintained regularly
humidity: 0.2
*non condensing
0.1
0
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6
149 150

Backflow preventer BA095, from 2012 onwards
Overview
L 1 Cartridge insert complete
3/ " KE195
8
1 2 Check valve insert complete
2 3/ " RVE095
8
3 Discharge connection
AT095
h 3
Parameter BA095 - 3/8E BA095-3/8EZ

Connection size: R 1/ " 3/ "
2 4
Nominal size diameter: R 3/ " 3/ "
8 8
Weight: kg 0.7 0.7
Dimensions: L 90 100
H 169 169
h 134 134
DVGW registration number: NW-6305C00320
NF Approval number: 413 - 16/1
Note: 1 to 3 see chapter Method of operation
Options
The backflow preventer is available in the following sizes: 3/8" and 1/2".
• standard
- not available
BA095-3/8EZ BA095-3/8E
Connection type: Special version with external thread 3/4" on housing • -
Standard version with external threads 1/2" on housing - •
Accessories

TKA295 Test kit
Analogue pressure measuring device with differential pressure display. With case
and accessories, ideal for inspection and maintenance of backflow preventer type
BA.
TKA295
WS195 Maintenance Set

Maintenance Set for backflow preventers for use with Test kit TK295 resp. TKA295
WS195
151 152
BA195 miniBA - Backflow Preventer
CONSTRUCTION
Braukmann
1 Inlet/Outlet check valves High-quality synthetic
material or red bronze
2 Housing Dezincification-resistant
BA195 miniBA 3 Discharge connection

brass
material
Backflow Preventer Not depicted components:
Integral strainer, mesh size Stainless steel
approx. 0.5 mm
APPLICATION valve
Backflow preventers of this type are suitable for the Check ball valves
They are used mainly for OEM-applications, but can also be
used for commercial and industrial purposes within the
scope of their specification.
BA type backflow preventers are divided into three pressure Setup requirements
protected. • Install shut-off valves before and after backflow
which in turn is higher than in zone  . A discharge valve is
preventer
APPROVALS connected to zone  which opens at the latest when the
• Install in horizontal pipework with the discharge valve
• DVGW downwards
0.14 bar. The water from zone  discharges to atmosphere,
• SVGW • Ensure good access
both check valves close and therefore separate zone  from
• NF zone  and  . In this way the danger of back pressure or • If a fine filter is not installed in the drinking water system,
• BELGAQUA back syphonage into the supply network is prevented. The the installation of a filter with a mesh width of 100 μm is
• WRAS pipework connection is interrupted and the drinking water recommended in front of the backflow preventer
• KIWA network is protected. • In the case of fluctuating pre-pressure or an input
pressure over 10 bar, we recommend the insertion of a
SPECIAL FEATURES TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE pressure regulator in front of the backflow preventer
• Optimal protection of the drinking water supply system Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them • Do not install in places where flooding can occur
shortly before use.
• Integrated inlet strainer • The installation environment should be protected
The following parameters apply during transportation and against frost and ventilated well
• Inlet check valve and discharge valve are combined in TECHNICAL DATA storage:
one cartridge • Install discharge pipework which has adequate capacity
• Minimal maintenance required, because the valve Media Parameter Value • Thoroughly flush pipework
cartridge is completely replaceable Medium: Drinking water Environment: clean, dry and dust free • In order to avoid flooding, it is recommended to arrange
• Optimized design prevents water stagnation in normal Connections/Sizes Min. ambient temperature: 5 °C a permanent, professionally dimensioned wastewater
Connection size: 1/2" connection
operation Max. ambient temperature: 55 °C
Nominal size diameter: 3/8"
• Compact construction Min. ambient relative humidity: 25 % * • These armatures need to be maintained regularly
• Low pressure loss and high flow rate Discharge pipe connection: DN50 Max. ambient relative humidity: 85 % *
• ACS certified Pressure values *non condensing
Max. operating temperature 65 °C (WRAS 60 °C)
limitations
medium:
Specifications
valve downwards

DIMENSIONS
Overview
1 2 3
h
Fig. 1 Standard installation example for the backflow preventer
L
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS Parameter Values

Pressure drop characteristics Connection size: R 1/2"
Nominal size diameter: R 3/8"

1.6
Δp [bar]
Weight: kg 0.47
1.5 Dimensions: L 173
1.4 I 113
1.3 H 204
h 136
1.2
DVGW registration number: NW-6305BS0408
1.1 NF Approval number: 08 ACC LY 319
1 Note: All dimensions in mm unless stated otherwise.
0.9
0.8 ORDERING INFORMATION

0.7 The following tables contain all the information you need to make an order of an item of your choice. When ordering, please
0.6
Options
0.5
The backflow preventer is available in the following sizes: 3/8" and 1/2".
0.4
• standard
0.3 - not available
0.2
BA195-3/8E BA195-1/2A
0.1 Connection type: Standard version with connection thread 3/4" on housing • -
0 Standard version with tailpieces connection size 1/2" - •
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9
flow [m³/h]
155 156
BA195 miniBA - Backflow Preventer
Accessories

TKA295 Test kit
BA. Braukmann
BA295CS
TKA295

Maintenance Set for backflow preventers for use with Test kit TK295 resp. TKA295 Backflow Preventer
WS195 Compact construction with integrated shut-off valves
Spare Parts APPLICATION

Backflow preventer BA195, from 2006 onwards Backflow preventers of this type are suitable for the
Overview Description Dimension Part No. backflow and back syphonage.
1 Cartridge insert complete They can be used for residential buildings, industrial and
3/8" KE195 commercial purposes within the scope of their specification.
2 2 Check valve insert Fluids up to and including liquid category 4 to EN 1717 are
3/8" 2110200 protected.
3 Discharge connection
AT295STN
SPECIAL FEATURES
• Approved according to EN 12729 except BA295CS-1B
• Integrated shut-off valves on inlet and outlet
one cartridge
1 • Low maintenance effort - cartridge insert and valve
insert are completely replaceable
operation
• Compact construction
3
• Easy access to all internal components TECHNICAL DATA
• Low pressure loss and high flow rate
Media
• All materials are UBA conform
Connections/Sizes
Connection size: 1/2" - 2"
Discharge pipe connection: DN50 for connection sizes
1/2" - 11/4"
DN70 for connection sizes

11/2" - 2"
Pressure values
Inlet pressure: 1.5 bar - 10.0 bar
medium:
Specifications
valve downwards

BA295CS - Backflow Preventer BA295CS - Backflow Preventer

1 Three ball valves for the Brass
connection of a differential
pressure gauge
2 Inlet and outlet shut-off Brass
valve
brass
4 Discharge connection High-grade synthetic
material
approx. 200 μm
Valve cartridge with integral High-grade synthetic
valve
material
Fig. 1 Standard installation example for the backflow preventer
for drinking water TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
METHOD OF OPERATION INSTALLATION GUIDELINES Pressure drop characteristics
BA type backflow preventers are divided into three pressure Setup requirements Δp [bar]
• Install in horizontal pipework with the discharge valve 1.7
downwards
connected to zone  which opens at the latest when the 1.6
differential pressure between zones  and  drops to 1.5
0.14 bar. The water from zone  discharges to atmosphere, – Simplifies maintenance and inspection 1.4
both check valves close and therefore separate zone  from • If a fine filter is not installed in the drinking water system, 1.3
zone  and  . In this way the danger of back pressure or the installation of a filter with a mesh width of 100 μm is
1.2
back syphonage into the supply network is prevented. The recommended in front of the backflow preventer
pipework connection is interrupted and the drinking water • In case of inlet-pressure fluctuations or a inlet pressure
1.1
network is protected. over 10 bar, we recommend to install a pressure 1
reducing valve upstream of the backflow preventer 0.9

TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE • Do not install in places where flooding can occur 0.8
• The installation environment should be protected 0.7
shortly before use.
against frost and ventilated well 0.6
• Install discharge pipework which has adequate capacity
storage: 0.5
• In order to avoid flooding, it is recommended to arrange 0.4
Parameter Value a permanent, professionally dimensioned wastewater
0.3
Environment: clean, dry and dust free connection
0.2
Min. ambient temperature: 5 °C • These armatures need to be maintained regularly
Min. ambient relative humidity: 25 % * 0
Max. ambient relative humidity: 85 % * 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36

flow [m³/h]
*non condensing
159 160
BA295CS - Backflow Preventer BA295CS - Backflow Preventer
Overview
TKA295 Test kit
H and accessories, ideal for inspection and maintenance of backflow preventer type
BA.
R
TKA295
h Spare Parts
Backflow preventer BA295CS

1 Cartridge insert complete
ØD 1/2", 3/4", 1" 0904141
11/4" 0904142
I
L
11/2", 2" 0904143
Parameter Values 2 Check valve
1/2" 3/4" 1/2", 3/4", 1" 0904144
Connection size: R 1", B-version 11/4" 11/2" 2" 1 2
Nominal size: DN 50 50 50 50 70 70 11/4" 0904146
Weight: kg 2.1 2.3 3.0 5.2 7.9 10.5 11/2" 0904147
Dimensions: L 312 326 353 410 481 530 2" 0904148
l 135 140 146 180 226 231 3 Shut-off valve
1/2" 2192900
H 88 88 88 103 126 126
3/4" 2193100
h 143 143 143 174 217 217
1" 2193200
Note: 1 to 3 see chapter Method of operation 11/4" 2193300
3 11/2" 2193400
ORDERING INFORMATION 2" 2193500
Options
The backflow preventer is available in the following sizes: 1/2", 3/4", 1", 11/4" 11/2" and 2".
• standard
- not available
BA295CS-...A BA295CS-1B
Connection type: Version with shut-off valve, threaded connections • -
1/ 2", 3/ 4", 11/ 4", 11/ 2", 2"
Version with shut-off valve, threaded connections 1" - •

Note: Ordering number example for 1" and type A valve:BA295CS-1A
161 162
BA295D-1/2ASC - Backflow Preventer
CONSTRUCTION
1 Upper housing part with Dezincification-resistant
integrated shut-offfacility brass, chrome-plated
Braukmann 2
and test socket incl. plug
Complete tested High-quality synthetic
BA295D-1/2ASC
replacement unit with material valve cartridge,
• Rotatable lower housing high-grade synthetic
part with test socket incl. material check valve
Backflow Preventer •
plug
Strainer (mesh size
rotatable, with integrated shut-off facility, chrome-plated 0.5 mm)
• Valve cartridge with
integral check valve and
APPLICATION discharge valve
Backflow preventers of this type are suitable for the • Outlet check valve
protection of drinking water systems against back pressure, • Retaining clip
backflow and back syphonage. • Seal brackets
They are used to protect taps. 3 Two test sockets (third is High-quality synthetic
Fluids up to and including liquid category 4 to EN 1717 are integrated in the blindplug material
protected. of the optionally available
maintenance set
APPROVALS WS295STN)
• DVGW Not depictedcomponents:
Threaded adapter Dezincification-resistant
SPECIAL FEATURES brass, chrome-plated
• High speed maintenance: replacement kit, all BA Sealing elements Elastomer materials suitable
functional parts in one housing, replacement/ for drinking water
maintenance without timeconsuming test procedure
• High speed installation: easy and quick installation/ METHOD OF OPERATION INSTALLATION GUIDELINES
retrofit BA type backflow preventers are divided into three pressure Setup requirements
• Due to integrated shut-off facility installation directly zones. The pressure in zone is higher than in zone  ,
• Direct installation to 1/2" wall socket with discharge
into the pipework possible which in turn is higher than in zone  . A discharge valve is connection downwards
• Optimized outlet position, thereby bending of the connected to zone  which opens at the latest when the
• Backflow preventers of this type have an integral
connected flexible tube is prevented differential pressure between zones  and  drops to
strainer which protects the device from the ingress of
• Integrated inlet strainer 0.14 bar. The water from zone  discharges to atmosphere,
dirt. With highly polluted water a fine filter should be
TECHNICAL DATA both check valves close and therefore separate zone  from
installed upstream to ensure the correct function of the
zone  and  . In this way the danger of back pressure or
• Inlet check valve and discharge valve are combined in Media device
back syphonage into the supply network is prevented. The
one cartridge Medium: Drinking water pipework connection is interrupted and the drinking water • The installation location should be protectedagainst
• Rotatable housing - connection always in the right Connections/Sizes network is protected. frost. For use on outside taps, the backflow preventer
position Connection size: 1/2" has to be dismounted if there may be danger of frost
• Minimal maintenance required, because the valve Discharge pipe connection: DN40 TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE • In orderto avoid flooding, it is recommended to arrange
cartridge is completely replaceable Pressure values Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them a permanent, professionally dimensioned wastewater
• Low maintenance effort, because the strainer and the Inlet pressure: 1.5 bar - 10 bar shortly before use. connection
valve cartridge are completely replaceable without Operating temperatures The following parameters apply during transportation and • These armatures need to be maintained regularly
draining the system Max. operating temperature 65 °C storage:
• Optimized design prevents water stagnation in normal medium: Parameter Value
operation Specifications
• Compact construction Installation position: Vertical with discharge valve Min. ambient temperature: 5 °C
• Low pressure loss and high flow rate downwards
• Triple security - two check valves and a discharge valve Min. ambient relative humidity: 25 % *
separate the backflow preventer into three pressure Max. ambient relative humidity: 85 % *
zones
*non condensing
• Meets KTW regulations for drinking water

BA295D-1/2ASC - Backflow Preventer BA295D-1/2ASC - Backflow Preventer
Options
The valve is available in the following sizes: 1/2".
• standard
- not available
BA295D-1/2ASC
Connection type: Standard version with R1/2" (ISO 2999) threaded connection on inlet and G1" •
(ISO 228-1) threaded connection on outlet , 1" IG to 3/4" AG threaded adapter
included, chrome-plated, discharge pipe connection
Accessories

TKA295 Test kit
BA.
TKA295

Maintenance-set for BA295STN and BA295D type backflow preventers for use
Note: Wall mounted
with Test kit TK295 resp. TKA295
DIMENSIONS WS295STN
Overview
124
70
1
2
R1/2
123
3
153
52
Parameter Values
Connection size: G 1"
Nominal size: R 1/2"
Weight: kg 1.1
DVGW registration number: NW-6373CQ0046
165 166
BA295D-1/2ASC - Backflow Preventer
Spare Parts
Backflow preventer BA295D-1/2ASC, from 2013 onwards
Braukmann
1 Replacement unit
5 6
2 Strainer

S295D
BA295D-1/2AS
Backflow Preventer
1/2" 0903733
4 Check valve insert
2 1/2" 2110200 rotatable, with integrated shut-off facility
5 Set of blanking plugs
PS295STN
1
6 Shut-off facility APPLICATION
AS295D Backflow preventers of this type are suitable for the
3 protection of drinking water systems against back pressure,
7 Seal brackets (10pcs.) backflow and back syphonage.
8 They are used to protect taps.
PS295D
8 Retaining clip (10 pcs.) Fluids up to and including liquid category 4 to EN 1717 are
HK295D protected.
7 APPROVALS
• DVGW
7
SPECIAL FEATURES
• High speed maintenance: replacement kit, all BA
4 functional parts in one housing, replacement/
maintenance without timeconsuming test procedure
• High speed installation: easy and quick installation/
retrofit
• Due to integrated shut-off facility installation directly
into the pipework possible
• Optimized outlet position, thereby bending of the
connected flexible tube isprevented
TECHNICAL DATA
• Inlet check valve and discharge valve are combined in Media
one cartridge Medium: Drinking water
• Rotatable housing - connection always in the right Connections/Sizes
position Connection size: 1/2"
• Minimal maintenance required, because the valve Discharge pipe connection: DN40
cartridge is completely replaceable Pressure values
• Low maintenance effort, because the strainer and the Inlet pressure: 1.5 bar - 10 bar
valve cartridge are completely replaceable without Operating temperatures
draining the system Max. operating temperature 65 °C
• Optimized design prevents water stagnation in normal medium:
operation Specifications
• Compact construction Installation position: Vertical with discharge valve
• Low pressure loss and high flow rate downwards
• Triple security - two check valves and a discharge valve
separate the backflow preventer into three pressure
zones
• Meets KTW regulations for drinking water
• Easy and quick installation/retrofit

BA295D-1/2AS - Backflow Preventer BA295D-1/2AS - Backflow Preventer

1 Upper housing part with Dezincification-resistant
integrated shut-offfacility brass
and test socket incl. plug
2 Complete tested High-quality synthetic
replacement unit with material valve cartridge,
• Rotatable lower housing high-grade synthetic
part with test socket incl. material check valve
plug
• Strainer (mesh size
0.5 mm)
discharge valve
• Outlet check valve
• Retaining clip
• Seal brackets
3 Two test sockets (third is xx
integrated in the blindplug
of the optionally available
maintenance set
WS295STN)
Not depictedcomponents: Note: Wall mounted
Threaded adapter Dezincification-resistant
brass
DIMENSIONS
Sealing elements Elastomer materials suitable Overview
for drinking water
METHOD OF OPERATION INSTALLATION GUIDELINES 124

70
BA type backflow preventers are divided into three pressure 1
Setup requirements 2
• Direct installation to 1/2" wall socket with discharge
R1/2
connection downwards
strainer which protects the device from the ingress of
both check valves close and therefore separate zone  from dirt. With highly polluted water a fine filter should be
installed upstream to ensure the correct function of the
123
device 3
pipework connection is interrupted and the drinking water • The installation location should be protectedagainst
153
network is protected. frost. For use on outside taps, the backflow preventer
has to be dismounted if there may be danger of frost
TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE • In orderto avoid flooding, it is recommended to arrange
Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them a permanent, professionally dimensioned wastewater
shortly before use. connection
The following parameters apply during transportation and • These armatures need to be maintained regularly
storage:
Parameter Value 52
Parameter Values
Connection size: G 1"
Min. ambient relative humidity: 25 % * 1/2"
Nominal size: R
Weight: kg 1.1
*non condensing
DVGW registration number: NW-6373CQ0347
169 170
BA295D-1/2AS - Backflow Preventer BA295D-1/2AS - Backflow Preventer

Backflow preventer BA295D-1/2AS, from 2013 onwards
Options
The valve is available in the following sizes: 1/2". 1 Replacement unit
• standard AE295D
55 66 2 Strainer
- not available
S295D
BA295D-1/2AS 3 Cartridge insert complete
Connection type: Standard version with R1/2" (ISO 2999) threaded connection on inlet and G1" • 1/2" 0903733
(ISO 228-1) threaded connection on outlet , 1" IG to 3/4" AG threaded adapter 4 Check valve insert
included 1/2" 2110200
Accessories 5 Set of blanking plugs
PS295STN
Description Dimension Part No. 2
6 Shut-off facility
TKA295 Test kit
AS295D
Analogue pressure measuring device with differential pressure display. With case 7 Seal brackets (10pcs.)
PS295D
BA.
3 8 Retaining clip (10 pcs.)
TKA295 1
HK295D

7 8 7
WS295STN
171 172
BA295D-3/4WHD - Retrofit Backflow Preventer
Backflow Preventer CONSTRUCTION

Braukmann 1 Pressure reducing valve

insert with adjustment knob
material
BA295D-3/4WHD
2 Upper housing part with test Dezincification-resistant
socket incl. plug brass
3 Pressure gauge High-quality synthetic
Retrofit Backflow Preventer 4 Lower housing part with
material
for tap fittings and armatures • Test socket incl. plug material BA cartridge and
• Pressure gauge check valve, housing
dezincification-resistant
• Strainer (mesh size
APPLICATION brass
0.5 mm)
discharge valve
They are used to protect the water tapping of household
• Outlet check valve
taps, outside garden taps or filling taps.
• Retaining clip
protected. • Seal brackets
5 Threaded adapter G3/4 to G1 Dezincification-resistant
SPECIAL FEATURES brass
• Integrated pressure reducing valve ensures constant
outlet pressure
• Rotatable housing - connection always in the right
position • Direct installation under distributor or water tap with
• High speed maintenance: replacement kit, all BA discharge connection downwards
functional parts in one housing, replacement/ • Backflow preventers of this type have an integral
maintenance without time consuming test procedure strainer which protects the device from the ingress of
for the backflow preventer dirt. With highly polluted water a fine filter should be
• High speed installation: easy and quick installation/ installed upstream to ensure the correct function of the
retrofit device
• Optimized outlet position, thereby bending of the pipework connection is interrupted and the drinking water • The installation location should be protected against
connected flexible tube is prevented network is protected. frost. For use on outside taps, the backflow preventer
• Integrated inlet strainer TECHNICAL DATA has to be dismounted if there may be danger of frost

TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE • Do not install in places where flooding can occur
Media
Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them • Install discharge pipework which has adequate capacity
• Inlet check valve and discharge valve are combined in Medium: Drinking water
shortly before use. • Requires regular maintenance in accordance with
one cartridge Connections/Sizes
3/ The following parameters apply during transportation and EN 806-5
• Strainer and the valve cartridge are completely Connection sizes: 4"
storage:
replaceable without draining the system Discharge pipe connection: DN40
• Optimized design prevents water stagnation in normal Pressure values Parameter Value
operation Max. inlet pressure: 10 bar Environment: clean, dry and dust free
• Compact construction Min. pressure drop: 1.5 bar Min. ambient temperature: 5 °C
• Low pressure loss and high flow rate Outlet pressure: 1 - 4 bar adjustable Max. ambient temperature: 55 °C
• Meets KTW regulations for drinking water Preset outlet pressure: 1.5 bar ± 0.3 bar Min. ambient relative humidity: 25 % *
• Each tapping can be protected separately Operating temperatures Max. ambient relative humidity: 85 % *
• Pivoted top connection Max. operating temperature 65 °C *non condensing
medium:
Specifications
Installation position: Vertical with discharge valve
downwards

BA295D-3/4WHD - Retrofit Backflow Preventer BA295D-3/4WHD - Retrofit Backflow Preventer

Overview
1"
G
Fig. 1 Standard installation example for the backflow preventers L

Pressure drop characteristics 4
Nominal size diameter: DN 20
BA295D-3/4WHD Weight: kg 1.2
1.6
Dimensions: L 52
1.4 H 232
DVGW registration number: requested
1.2 Note: All dimensions in mm unless stated otherwise.
1
0.8
Pressure drop Δ p [bar]
Options
0.6 The valve is available in the following sizes: 3/4".
• standard
0.4 - not available
BA295D-3/4WHD
0.2
Connection type: Standard version •
0 with G 3/4" (ISO 228-1) threaded connection on inlet and

0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5 G 1" (ISO 228-1) threaded connection on outlet,
Flow [m3/h] 1" IG to 3/4" AG threaded adapter included,
chrome plated housing, with discharge pipe connection
175 176
BA295D-3/4WHD - Retrofit Backflow Preventer
Accessories

TKA295 Test kit
and accessories, ideal for inspection and maintenance of backflow preventer type Braukmann
BA.
TKA295 BA295D-3/4WH
BA295D-3/4WHS
Maintenance-set for BA295STN and BA295D type backflow preventers for use Retrofit Backflow Preventer
with Test kit TK295 resp. TKA295 for tap fittings and armatures
WS295STN
APPLICATION
Spare Parts
Backflow preventer BA295D-3/4WHD, from 2016 onwards
Overview Description Dimension Part No. backflow and back syphonage.
They are used to protect the water tapping of household
1 Replacement unit
taps, outside garden taps or filling taps.
8 AE295D-C
2 Strainer
protected.
S295D
5
5
3 Cartridge insert complete APPROVALS
0903733 • DVGW
• VA (ETA)
3/
4" 2110200
5 Set of blanking plugs (5 pcs.) SPECIAL FEATURES
2 S06K-1/4 • High speed maintenance: replacement kit, all BA
6 Seal brackets (10pcs.) functional parts in one housing, replacement/
3 PS295D maintenance without timeconsuming test procedure
7 Retaining clip (10 pcs.) • High speed installation: easy and quick installation/
1 HK295D retrofit
9 8 Valve insert complete • Optimized outlet position, thereby bending of the
TECHNICAL DATA
1/
2" 0904177 connected flexible tube is prevented
9 Pressure gauge • Integrated inlet strainer Media
7 M18K-A04 • Optimal protection of the drinking water supply system Medium: Drinking water
6
• Inlet check valve and discharge valve are combined in Connections/Sizes
6 Connection size: 3/4"
one cartridge
4 • Rotatable housing - connection always in the right Discharge pipe connection: DN40
position Pressure values
• Minimal maintenance required, because the valve Inlet pressure: 1.5 bar - 10 bar
cartridge is completely replaceable Operating temperatures
• Low maintenance effort, because the strainer and the Max. operating temperature 65 °C
valve cartridge are completely replaceable without medium:
draining the system Specifications
• Optimized design prevents water stagnation in normal Installation position: Vertical with discharge valve
operation downwards
• Low pressure loss and high flow rate
• Approved by TÜV LGA for low noise, Group 2
• Each tapping can be protected separately
• Pivoted top connection

BA295D-3/4WHS - Retrofit Backflow Preventer BA295D-3/4WHS - Retrofit Backflow Preventer

BA295D-3/4WH Setup requirements
• Direct installation under distributor or water tap with • The installation location should be protectedagainst
1 Upper housing part with test Chrome-plated discharge connection downwards frost. For use on outside taps, the backflow preventer
socket incl. plug dezincification-resistant has to be dismounted if there may be danger of frost
brass
strainer which protects the device from the ingress of • In orderto avoid flooding, it is recommended to arrange
2 Retaining clip Plastic
dirt. With highly polluted water a fine filter should be a permanent, professionally dimensioned wastewater
3 Rotatable lowerhousing part Chrome-plated installed upstream to ensure the correct function of the connection
with test socket incl.plug dezincification-resistant device • These armatures need to be maintained regularly
brass
4 Drain adapter High-quality synthetic Installation Example
material
5 Threaded adapter /4"-1"
3 Chrome-plated
dezincification-resistant
brass
6 Test plug High-quality synthetic
material
valve
Outlet check valve High-quality synthetic
material
Strainer (mesh size 0.5 mm) Stainless steel
for drinking water
BA295D-3/4WHS
Fig. 1 BA295D-3/4WH on tap
1 Upper housing part with test Dezincification-resistant
socket incl. plug brass TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
2 Test plug Dezincification-resistant
brass
3 Retaining clip Plastic BA295D-3/4WH
1.6
4 Rotatable lowerhousing part Plastic BA295D-3/4WHS
with test socket incl. plug
1.4
Valve cartridge with integral High-quality synthetic 1.2
valve 1
material 0.8
Strainer (mesh size 0.5 mm) Stainless steel
Sealing elements Elastomer materials suitable 0.6
Pressure drop ⊗ p [bar]

for drinking water
0.4
BA type backflow preventers are divided into three pressure Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them 0.2
zones. The pressure in zone is higher than in zone  , shortly before use.
which in turn is higher than in zone  . A discharge valve is The following parameters apply during transportation and 0
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5
connected to zone  which opens at the latest when the storage:
Flow [m3/h]
0.14 bar. The water from zone  discharges to atmosphere, Parameter Value Fig. 2 Pressure drop within the valve in dependency of the flow rate and the used connection size
both check valves close and therefore separate zone  from Environment: clean, dry and dust free
zone  and  . In this way the danger of back pressure or Min. ambient temperature: 5 °C
back syphonage into the supply network is prevented. The Max. ambient temperature: 55 °C
pipework connection is interrupted and the drinking water Min. ambient relative humidity: 25 % *
network is protected. Max. ambient relative humidity: 85 % *
*non condensing
179 180
BA295D-3/4WHS - Retrofit Backflow Preventer BA295D-3/4WHS - Retrofit Backflow Preventer

TKA295 Test kit
R Analogue pressure measuring device with differential pressure display. With case
GI
BA.
TKA295

WS295STN
Spare Parts
Backflow preventer BA295D-3/4WH, BA295D-3/4WHS, from 2014 onwards
L Overview Description Dimension Part No.
1 Replacement unit
Parameter Values
8 Brass rough AE295D
BA295D-3/4WH BA295D-3/4WHS
5 Chrome-plated AE295D-C
Inlet connection size GI: R 1" 1"
2 Strainer
Outlet connection size GO: G 3/4" 1"
S295D
Weight: kg 0.9 0.8
Dimensions: L 52 52
0903733
H 195 142 without discharge connection 2
DVGW registration number: NW-6373CQ0347 NW-6365CQ0349
2110200
Note: All dimensions in mm unless stated otherwise. 1
5 Set of blanking plugs (5 pcs.)
ORDERING INFORMATION 3 Plastic for BA295D-3/4WH S06K-1/4
Brass for BA295D-3/4WHS PS295STN
always state the type, the ordering or the part number. 7 6 Seal brackets (10pcs.)
PS295D
Options
6 7 Retaining clip (10 pcs.)
The backflow preventer is available in the following inlet connection sizes: 3/4" 6 HK295D
• standard 8 Seal brackets for tap
- not available PS295D-Z
BA295D-3/4WH BA295D-3/4WHS 4
Connection type: Standard version • -

with G 3/4" (ISO 228-1) threaded connection on inlet
and G 1" (ISO 228-1) threaded connection on outlet,
1" IG to 3/4" AG threaded adapter included,
chrome-plated housing, with discharge pipe
connection
Standard version - •
with G1" (ISO 228-1) threaded connection on inlet
and G1" (ISO 228-1) threaded connection on outlet
181 182
BA295I - Stainless Steel Backflow Preventer
CONSTRUCTION
1 Three ball valves for the Stainless steel
Braukmann 2
pressure gauge
Connection fittings Stainless steel
BA295I
3 Housing Stainless steel
4 Discharge connection DN15 - 25
Stainless Steel Backflow Preventer material
DN32 - 50
Red bronze
APPLICATION approx. 200 μm
Backflow preventers of this type are suitable for the Valve cartridge with integral High-quality synthetic
protection of drinking water systems against back pressure, check valve and discharge material
backflow and back syphonage. valve
They can be used for residential buildings, industrial and Seals NBR, EPDM
commercial purposes within the scope of their specification. Outlet check valve High-quality synthetic
Fluids up to and including liquid category 4 to EN 1717 are material or stainless steel
protected.
APPROVALS BA type backflow preventers are divided into three pressure Setup requirements
• DVGW zones. The pressure in zone is higher than in zone  ,
• KIWA which in turn is higher than in zone  . A discharge valve is
preventer
• BELGAQUA connected to zone  which opens at the latest when the
• SVGW downwards
SPECIAL FEATURES both check valves close and therefore separate zone  from
zone  and  . In this way the danger of back pressure or – Simplifies maintenance and inspection
• Stainless steel construction
back syphonage into the supply network is prevented. The • Backflow preventers of this type have an integral
pipework connection is interrupted and the drinking water strainer which protects the device from the ingress of
• Integrated inlet strainer network is protected. dirt
• Inlet check valve and discharge valve are combined in • Do not install in places where flooding can occur
one cartridge TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE
• Minimal maintenance required, because the valve TECHNICAL DATA Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them
cartridge is completely replaceable shortly before use.
Media • Install discharge pipework which has adequate capacity
• Optimized design prevents water stagnation in normal The following parameters apply during transportation and
Medium: Drinking water • In order to avoid flooding, it is recommended to arrange
operation storage:
Connections/Sizes a permanent, professionally dimensioned wastewater
• Easy access to all internal components Parameter Value connection
• Low pressure loss and high flow rate Environment: clean, dry and dust free • These armatures need to be maintained regularly
• ACS certified Min. ambient temperature: 5 °C
1/2" - 1"
• All materials are KTW approved Max. ambient temperature: 55 °C
• Approved by TÜV LGA for low noise, Group 1 without 11/4" - 2" Min. ambient relative humidity: 25 % *
limitations Pressure values Max. ambient relative humidity: 85 % *
Inlet pressure: 1.5 bar - 10 bar *non condensing
medium:
Specifications
valve downwards

BA295I - Stainless Steel Backflow Preventer BA295I - Stainless Steel Backflow Preventer
DIMENSIONS
Overview
Pressure drop characteristics DN
Parameter Values
Connection size: R 1/2" 3/4" 1" 11/4" 11/2" 2"
(with connection set)
Nominal size: RBA 1" 2"
(without connection set)
Weight: kg 1.6 5.0
Dimensions: L 225 225 225 327 348 348
I 146 146 146 231 231 231
H 99 99 99 153 153 153
h 137 137 137 172 172 172
DVGW registration number: NW-6305 BN 0290
Fig. 1 Pressure drop within the valve in dependency of the flow rate and the used connection size The following tables contain all the information you need to make an order of an item of your choice. When ordering, please
Options
• standard
- not available
BA295I-...A
Connection type: Standard version with threaded male connections •
Note: Ordering number example for 1" and type A valve:BA295I-1A
185 186
BA295I - Stainless Steel Backflow Preventer
Accessories

TKA295 Test kit
BA.
Braukmann
TKA295
BA295S-LF
Spare Parts Backflow Preventer
Backflow preventer BA295I, from 2006 onwards Compact construction with threaded connectors
1 Cartridge insert complete APPLICATION
1/2" - 1" KE295I-1/2 Backflow preventers of this type are suitable for the
11/4" - 2" KE295I-11/4 protection of drinking water systems against back pressure,
1 2 2 Check valve insert complete backflow and back syphonage.
1/2" - 1" RV295I-1/2 They can be used for residential buildings, industrial and
11/4" - 2" RV295I-11/4 commercial purposes within the scope of their specification.
protected.
APPROVALS
• DVGW in progress
• NF in progress
• WRAS in progress
• KIWA in progress
• BELGAQUA in progress
• VR in progress
SPECIAL FEATURES
one cartridge TECHNICAL DATA
• Lead-free material
Media
• Low maintenance effort - cartridge insert and valve
insert are completely replaceable Medium: Drinking water
Connections/Sizes
operation
• Compact construction Discharge pipe connection: DN50 for connection sizes
1/2" - 11/4"
• Easy access to all internal components
• Low pressure loss and high flow rate 11/2" - 2"
• REACH and RoHS conform Pressure values
• ACS certified Inlet pressure: 1.5 bar - 10.0 bar
• All materials are KTW approved Operating temperatures
• Approved by TÜV LGA for low noise, Group 1 without Max. operating temperature 65 °C
limitation medium: (WRAS 60 °C)
Specifications
valve downwards

BA295S-LF - Backflow Preventer BA295S-LF - Backflow Preventer

1 Three ball valves for the Lead-free brass
pressure gauge
2 Connection fittings Lead-free brass
3 Housing Lead-free brass
material
approx. 200 μm
valve
material
for drinking water
BA type backflow preventers are divided into three pressure Δp [bar]
Setup requirements
zones. The pressure in zone is higher than in zone  , 1,7
which in turn is higher than in zone  . A discharge valve is 1,6
preventer
connected to zone  which opens at the latest when the 1,5
differential pressure between zones  and  drops to 1,4
downwards
0.14 bar. The water from zone  discharges to atmosphere, 1,3
both check valves close and therefore separate zone  from • Ensure good access
1,2
zone  and  . In this way the danger of back pressure or – Simplifies maintenance and inspection
back syphonage into the supply network is prevented. The • If a fine filter is not installed in the drinking water system,
1,1
pipework connection is interrupted and the drinking water the installation of a filter with a mesh width of 100 μm is 1
network is protected. recommended in front of the backflow preventer 0,9
• In case of inlet-pressure fluctuations or a inlet pressure 0,8

TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE over 10 bar, we recommend to install a pressure 0,7
Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them reducing valve upstream of the backflow preventer 0,6
shortly before use.
• Do not install in places where flooding can occur 0,5
• The installation environment should be protected 0,4
storage:
against frost and ventilatedwell 0,3
Parameter Value • Install discharge pipework which has adequate capacity 0,2
Environment: clean, dry and dust free • In orderto avoid flooding, it is recommended to arrange 0,1
Min. ambient temperature: 5 °C a permanent, professionally dimensioned wastewater 0
Max. ambient temperature: 55 °C connection 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36
Min. ambient relative humidity: 25 % * • These armatures need to be maintained regularly flow [m³/h]
Max. ambient relative humidity: 85 % * Fig. 1 Pressure drop within the valve in dependency of the flow rate and the used connection size
*non condensing
189 190
BA295S-LF - Backflow Preventer BA295S-LF - Backflow Preventer
TKA295 Test kit
H and accessories, ideal for inspection and maintenance of backflow preventer type
BA.
R TKA295
h
3 Shut-off valve
1/2" 2192900
3/4" 2193100
1" 2193200
1 1/4" 2193300
ØD 1 1/2" 2193400
2" 2193500
I
Spare Parts
Parameter Values Backflow preventer BA295S
Connection size: R 1/2" 3/4" 1", B-version 1", A-version 11/4" 11/2" 2" Overview Description Dimension Part No.
Nominal size: DN 50 50 50 50 50 70 70
kvs-value: m3/h 2.4 3.5 3.5 5.8 8.5 13.5 21.0
1/2", 3/4", 1" 0904141
Weight: kg 1.6 1.8 2.1 2.8 3.3 5.9 7.2
B-Version
Dimensions: L 195 208 225 247 272 322 348
1" A-Version, 0904142
I 135 140 146 168 180 226 231
11/4"
H 88 88 88 103 103 126 126
11/2", 2" 0904143
h 143 143 143 174 174 217 217
2 Check valve
Note: All dimensions in mm unless stated otherwise. 1/2", 3/4", 1" 0904144
B-Version
ORDERING INFORMATION 1
1" A-Version 0904145
11/4" 0904146
always state the type, the ordering or the part number. 2
11/2" 0904147
Options
2" 0904148
• standard
- not available
BA295S-...LFA BA295S-1LFB
Connection type: Standard version acc. EN 12729 with threaded • -
connections 1/2" - 2"
Special version with threaded connections 1" - •
Note: Ordering number example for 1" and type LFA valve: BA295S-1LFA
For more information

homecomfort.resideo.com/europe
191 192
BA295S - Backflow Preventer
CONSTRUCTION
Braukmann
pressure gauge
2 Connection fittings Brass
BA295S
brass
Backflow Preventer material
Compact construction with threaded connectors Integral strainer, mesh size Stainless steel
approx. 200 μm
APPLICATION check valve and discharge material
Backflow preventers of this type are suitable for the valve
protection of drinking water systems against back pressure, Outlet check valve High-grade synthetic
backflow and back syphonage. material
They can be used for residential buildings, industrial and Sealing elements Elastomer materials suitable
commercial purposes within the scope of their specification. for drinking water
protected. METHOD OF OPERATION INSTALLATION GUIDELINES
APPROVALS zones. The pressure in zone is higher than in zone  ,
• DVGW which in turn is higher than in zone  . A discharge valve is
preventer
• NF connected to zone  which opens at the latest when the
• WRAS downwards
• KIWA • Ensure good access
• BELGAQUA zone  and  . In this way the danger of back pressure or – Simplifies maintenance and inspection
• VR back syphonage into the supply network is prevented. The • If a fine filter is not installed in the drinking water system,
pipework connection is interrupted and the drinking water the installation of a filter with a mesh width of 100 μm is
SPECIAL FEATURES network is protected. recommended in front of the backflow preventer
• Approved according to EN 12729 except BA295S-1B • In case of inlet-pressure fluctuations or a inlet pressure
• Optimal protection of the drinking water supply system TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE over 10 bar, we recommend to install a pressure
• Integrated inlet strainer Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them reducing valve upstream of the backflow preventer
shortly before use.
• Inlet check valve and discharge valve are combined in • Do not install in places where flooding can occur
one cartridge The following parameters apply during transportation and
storage:
• Low maintenance effort - cartridge insert and valve against frost and ventilated well
insert are completely replaceable TECHNICAL DATA Parameter Value • Install discharge pipework which has adequate capacity
• Optimized design prevents water stagnation in normal Environment: clean, dry and dust free • In order to avoid flooding, it is recommended to arrange
Media
operation Min. ambient temperature: 5 °C a permanent, professionally dimensioned wastewater
• Compact construction Max. ambient temperature: 55 °C connection
Connections/Sizes
• Easy access to all internal components 1/2"
Min. ambient relative 25 % * • These armatures need to be maintained regularly
Connection size: - 2"
• Low pressure loss and high flow rate humidity:
• ACS certified 1/2" - 11/4"
humidity:
• All materials are KTW approved DN70 for connection sizes
11/2" - 2" *non condensing
limitation Pressure values
medium:
Specifications
valve downwards

BA295S - Backflow Preventer BA295S - Backflow Preventer
DIMENSIONS
Overview
ØD
I
Parameter Values
Connection size: R 1/2" 3/4" 1", B-version 1", A-version 11/4" 11/2" 2"
Nominal size: DN 50 50 50 50 50 70 70
Pressure drop characteristics kvs-value: 2.4 3.5 3.5 5.8 8.5 13.5 21.0
m3/h
Weight: kg 1.6 1.8 2.1 2.8 3.3 5.9 7.2
Δp [bar]
Dimensions: L 195 208 225 247 272 322 348
1,7
I 135 140 146 168 180 226 231
1,6
H 88 88 88 103 103 126 126
1,5
h 143 143 143 174 174 217 217
1,4
1,3
1,2 ORDERING INFORMATION

1,1 The following tables contain all the information you need to make an order of an item of your choice. When ordering, please
1 always state the type, the ordering or the part number.
0,9 Options
0,8 The backflow preventer is available in the following sizes: 1/2", 3/4", 1", 11/4" 11/2" and 2".
0,7 • standard
0,6 - not available
0,5
BA295S-...LFA BA295S-1LFB BA295S-...AGB
0,4
Connection type: Standard version acc. EN 12729 with • - -
threaded connections 1/2" - 2"
0,3
Special version with threaded connections 1" - • -

0,2
0,1
Standard version acc. EN 12729, all materials - - •
0 acc. WRAS, with threaded connections 1/2" - 2"
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36
Flow [m³/h] Note: ... = space holder for connection size
Note: Ordering number example for 1" and type A valve: BA295SLFA-1A
195 196
BA295S - Backflow Preventer
Accessories

TK295 Test kit
Electronic pressure measuring device with digital indicator, battery-operated. With
case and accessories, ideal for inspection and maintenance of backflow preventer
type BA.
Braukmann
TK295
BA295STN-11/2A
Spare Parts
Backflow Preventer
Backflow preventer BA295S
for standpipes
1/2", 3/4", 1"B-Version 0904141 APPLICATION
1" A-Version, 11/4" 0904142 Backflow preventers of this type are suitable for the
11/2", 2" 0904143 protection of drinking water systems against back pressure,
2 Check valve backflow and back syphonage.
1/2", 3/4", 1"B-Version 0904144 They are used to protect the temporary water tapping of
1" A-Version 0904145 standpipes on events or construction sites.
11/4" 0904146 Fluids up to and including liquid category 4 to EN 1717 are
11/2" 0904147 protected.
2" 0904148
1 APPROVALS
• DVGW
2
SPECIAL FEATURES
one cartridge
• Minimal maintenance required, because the valve
cartridge is completely replaceable
operation
TECHNICAL DATA
• Low pressure loss and high flow rate Media
• Triple security - two check valves and a discharge valve Medium: Drinking water
separate the backflow preventer into three pressure Connections/Sizes
zones Connection size: 11/2"
• Meets KTW recommendations for drinking water Discharge pipe connection: DN40
• Each tapping can be protected separately Pressure values
medium:
Specifications
Installation position: Vertical with discharge valve
downwards

BA295STN-11/2A - Backflow Preventer BA295STN-11/2A - Backflow Preventer

1 Two test sockets (Third is Lead-free brass
integrated in the optionally
available blind plug)
2 Integral shut-off and check -
valve on outlet
3 Housing Lead-free brass
4 C-coupling on outlet Lead-free brass
approx. 0.6 mm
valve
material and red bronze
shut-off facility with check
valve
for drinking water

zones. The pressure in zone is higher than in zone  , TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
• Thoroughly flush pipework before installing the
which in turn is higher than in zone  . A discharge valve is Pressure drop characteristics
backflow preventer
• The backflow preventer and the distributor head must
be connected to one another non-detachably with an - 2
Differential pressure ⊗ p [bar]

0.14 bar. The water from zone  discharges to atmosphere, 1.9
according to the local drinking water standards -
both check valves close and therefore separate zone  from 1.8
approved glue!
zone  and  . In this way the danger of back pressure or 1.7
back syphonage into the supply network is prevented. The • Directly connected to distributor
1.6
pipework connection is interrupted and the drinking water • Backflow preventers of this type have an integral 1.5
network is protected. strainer which protects the device from the ingress of 1.4
dirt. With highly polluted water a fine filter should be 1.3
TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE installed upstream to ensure the correct function of the 1.2
Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them device 1.1
shortly before use. • The installation location should be protected against 1
The following parameters apply during transportation and frost 0.9
storage: • In order to avoid flooding, it is recommended to arrange 0.8
a permanent, professionally dimensioned wastewater 0.7
Parameter Value 0.6
connection
Environment: clean, dry and dust free 0.5
• These armatures need to be maintained regularly
Min. ambient relative humidity: 25 % * 0.2
0.1
0
*non condensing 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
Flow rate [m 3/h]
199 200
BA295STN-11/2A - Backflow Preventer BA295STN-11/2A - Backflow Preventer

Overview Backflow preventer BA295STN-A, from 2010 onwards

1 Cartridge insert complete*
11/2" / DN40 0903745
2 Shut-off facility complete
11/2" / DN40 AE295STN-11/2A
3 Sieve
11/2" / DN40 S295STN-11/2
+
4 Sealing set
3 11/2" / DN40 DS295STN-11/2
* Wearing parts are excluded from warranty!
K
Parameter Values
Connection size Inlet: R G2"
Connection size Outlet: R C-Coupling 2
Nominal size: DN 11/2" / DN40
Weight: kg 3.8
Dimensions: L 252
H 255
h 165
DVGW registration number: DW-6365CN0098
Options
The backflow preventer is available in the following sizes: 11/2".
• standard
- not available
BA295STN-11/2A
Connection type: Standard version with C-coupling on outlet •
Accessories

TKA295 Test kit
BA.
TKA295
BS295ST Blind plug C-coupling

N With integrated test socket for checking standpipe-BA
BS295STN-
11/2A
201 202
BA298I-F - Reduced-pressure-zone backflow preventers with flanged connections - Industrial model
CONSTRUCTION
1 Three ball valves for the Stainless steel
Braukmann 2
pressure gauge
BA298I-F
Housing Stainless steel
3 Discharge connection Stainless steel
Reduced-pressure-zone backflow preventers with Inlet/Outlet check valves

Diaphragm
Stainless steel
EPDM
flanged connections - Industrial model Sealing washers EPDM
Pressure control line Stainless steel
APPLICATION
protected. METHOD OF OPERATION INSTALLATION GUIDELINES
They can be used for residential buildings, industrial and BA type backflow preventers are divided into three pressure Setup requirements
commercial purposes within the scope of their specification. zones. The pressure in zone is higher than in zone  ,
The stainless steel housing provides increased corrosion which in turn is higher than in zone  . A discharge valve is
protection. preventer
APPROVALS 0.14 bar. The water from zone  discharges to atmosphere,
downwards
• DVGW both check valves close and therefore separate zone  from • Ensure good access
• SVGW zone  and  . In this way the danger of back pressure or – Simplifies maintenance and inspection
• BELGAQUA back syphonage into the supply network is prevented. The • In order to avoid flooding, it is recommended to arrange
pipework connection is interrupted and the drinking water a permanent, professionally dimensioned wastewater
SPECIAL FEATURES network is protected. connection
• Optimal protection of the drinking water supply system • The installation environment should be protected
TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE against frost and ventilated well
• Easy Maintenance due to optimized construction • Install discharge pipework which has adequate capacity
shortly before use.
• Triple security - two check valves and a discharge valve • These armatures need to be maintained regularly
zones
TECHNICAL DATA storage:
• Few individual parts Media Parameter Value

• Light weight Medium: Drinking water Environment: clean, dry and dust free
• Standardised discharge connection Connections/Sizes Min. ambient temperature: 5 °C
• All materials are KTW approved Nominal size diameter: DN65 - DN150 Max. ambient temperature: 55 °C
Discharge pipe connection: DN150 Min. ambient relative 25 % *
Pressure values humidity:
Min. inlet pressure: 1.5 bar Max. ambient relative 85 % *
Max. operating pressure: 10 bar humidity:
Operating temperatures *non condensing

medium:
Specifications
valve downwards

BA298I-F - Reduced-pressure-zone backflow preventers with flanged connections - Industrial model BA298I-F - Reduced-pressure-zone backflow preventers with flanged connections - Industrial model
DIMENSIONS
Overview
h1
3
1 2
h2
Connection sizes:
DN: 65 80 100 150
Min. clearance above the middle of the piping: 650 mm 650 mm 650 mm 670 mm
Clearance from wall: 160 mm 160 mm 160 mm 200 mm
Parameter Values
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS Connection size: DN 65 80 100 150
Pressure drop characteristics Weight: kg 32 32.5 33 57
Dimensions: L 559 559 559 695
H 310 310 310 350
h1 245 245 245 270
h2 265 265 265 280
T 75 75 75 75
Nominal flow rate at Δp = 1.0 bar: m /h
3 45 54 85 191
Discharge flow rates in the event of m3/h 35 35 35 35
failure:
DIN/DVGW Registration No.: NW-6305CO0318
Options
The backflow preventers are available in the following sizes: DN65, DN80, DN100 and DN150.
• standard
- not available
BA298I-...FA BA298I-...FZ
Fig. 1 Pressure drop within the valve in dependency of the flow rate and the used connection size Connection type: Standard version with PN10 flanges, • -
connection sizes DN65 - DN150
Special version, drill pattern on flanges according to - •
ANSI150, connection sizes DN65 - DN150
205 206
BA298I-F - Reduced-pressure-zone backflow preventers with flanged connections - Industrial model
Accessories
Backflow Preventers
Braukmann
TKA295 Test kit
BA300
BA.
TKA295
Backflow Preventer
WBA298 Check valve replacement tool with flanged connections
WBA298-100 for connection sizes DN65 - DN100
WBA298-150 for connection size DN150
WBA298 APPLICATION
Spare Parts protection of drinking water systems against back pressure,
Backflow Preventer BA298I-F, from 2008 onwards backflow and back syphonage.
The backflow preventer protects drinking water for fluids up
to and including liquid category 4 to EN 1717.
1 Discharge valve They can be used for residential buildings, industrial and
4
DN65 - DN150 0901855 commercial purposes within the scope of their specification.
2 Inlet check valve The powder-coated ductile iron housing provides increased
DN65 - DN100 0901652 corrosion protection.
DN150 0901656
3 Outlet check valve APPROVALS
DN65 - DN100 0901653 • DVGW
5 DN150 0901657 • BELGAQUA
4 Ball valve • NF
6 DN65 - DN150 0901662 • KIWA
5 5 Sealing set • WRAS
DN65 - DN100 0904031 • SVGW
DN150 0904032 • VdS (BA300-80ZVDS)
3
6 Clamp complete
4 • VA-ETA
DN65 - DN100 0904033
DN150 0904034 SPECIAL FEATURES TECHNICAL DATA
4
2 • LEAD-FREE: Pb content of all materials less than 0.1 %
Media
Connections/Sizes
5 • Powder-coated inside and outside - Powder used is
Connection size: DN65 - DN200
physiologically and toxicologically safe
Discharge pipe connection: DN150
• Easy Maintenance due to optimized construction
Pressure values
• Triple security - two check valves and a discharge valve
Min. inlet pressure: 1.5 bar
zones
5 1 • Few individual parts
• Light weight medium:
• Standardised discharge connection Specifications
• ACS certified Installation position: Horizontal with discharge
• All materials are KTW approved valve downwards
• Approved by OTH (Hungary)

BA300 - Backflow Preventer BA300 - Backflow Preventer

pressure gauge
2 Inlet/Outlet check valves Stainless Steel
3 Housing Ductile iron, powder-coated
with polyamide
4 Discharge valve CW626N with stainless steel
seat
5 Pressure control line Polyethylene with stainless Connection sizes:
steel braid DN: 65 80 100 150 200
(BA300-80ZVDS stainless inch: 21/2" 3" 4" 6" 8"
steel) Min. clearance above backflow 650 mm 650 mm 650 mm 650 mm 650 mm
Not depicted components: preventer:
Diaphragm EPDM Clearance from wall: 160 mm 160 mm 160 mm 200 mm 200 mm
DN65 DN80 DN100 DN150

1.6
1.5
BA type backflow preventers are divided into three pressure Setup requirements 1.4
• Install shut-off valves before and after backflow 1.3
preventer 1.2
• Install backflow preventer downstream of the filter or
differential pressure between zones  and  drops to 1.1 DN200
strainer
0.14 bar. The water from zone  discharges to atmosphere, 1
both check valves close and therefore separate zone  from – This protects the appliance against dirt
0.9
zone  and  . In this way the danger of back pressure or • Install in horizontal pipework with the discharge valve
Pressure drop in valve Δp [bar]

0.8
back syphonage into the supply network is prevented. The downwards
0.7
pipework connection is interrupted and the drinking water • Ensure good access
0.6
network is protected. – Simplifies maintenance and inspection
0.5
TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE 0.4
Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them 0.3
connection
shortly before use. 0.2
The following parameters apply during transportation and 0.1
storage: 0
• Install discharge pipework which has adequate capacity
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360
Parameter Value • These armatures need to be maintained regularly Flow V [m3/h]
Min. ambient temperature: 5 °C Fig. 1 Pressure drop within the valve in dependency of the flow rate and the used connection size
humidity:
humidity:
*non condensing
209 210
BA300 - Backflow Preventer BA300 - Backflow Preventer

Backflow Preventer BA300, from 2011 onwards
Overview
1 Inlet check valve
DN65 0904052
DN80 0904053
DN100 0904054
5 DN150 0904055

F
2 Outlet check valve
DN65 0904057
55 DN80 0904058
DN100 0904059
33 2 DN150 0904060
55 1
1 2 5
5 DN200 0904061
3 Discharge valve
DN65 - 0904062
DN200
Parameter Values 4 Pressure control line
Connection sizes: DN 65 80 100 150 200 DN65 0904063
5
6
Weight: kg 23.9 32.7 44.6 70.9 114.1 DN80 0904064
Dimensions: L 356 440 530 630 763 DN80* 0904073
H 157 172 190 224 259 DN100 0904065
h 246 275 296 314 346 DN150 0904066
T 77 77 77 77 77 DN200 0904067
F* 185 200 220 285 340 5 Sealing set
Nominal flow rate at Δp = 1.0 bar: m3/h 35.8 54.3 108 190.9 339.3 DN65 0904068
Discharge flow rates in the event of failure: m3/h 35 35 35 35 35 DN80 0904069
DN100 0904070
4 DN150 0904071
Note: * F = width DN200 0904072
6 Retaining Clip and Ring
ORDERING INFORMATION DN65 0904192
The following tables contain all the information you need to make an order of an item of your choice. DN80 0904193
When ordering, please always state the type, the ordering or the part number.
DN100 0904194
Options DN150 0904195
These backflow preventers are available in the following sizes: DN65, DN80, DN100, DN150, DN200. DN200 0904196
• standard * VdS Version
- not available
BA300-...A BA300-80ZVDS
Connection type: Standard version, connection sizes DN65 - DN200 •
Connection with flanges, PN10
with VdS certificate VdS No.: G417057 DN80 •
Accessories

TKA295 Test kit
BA.
TKA295
211 212
CA295 - Backflow Preventer
Backflow Preventers CONSTRUCTION

Braukmann 1
2
Connection fittings
Housing
Brass
Dezincification-resistant
CA295
brass
material
Backflow Preventer Not depicted components:
Integral strainer Stainless steel
Compact construction with threaded connectors Valve cartridge High-quality synthetic
material
APPLICATION material
Backflow preventers are suitable for the protection of Seals EPDM
drinkingwater systems against back pressure, back flow and
back syphonage.
protected.
APPROVALS
• NF
• WRAS
Backflow preventers are divided into three zones - inlet-, Setup requirements
• KIWA middle and outlet zone.
• BELGAQUA When the differential pressure between inlet zone and preventer
middle zone drops below under 10 % of inlet pressure the
SPECIAL FEATURES backflow preventer discharges by venting the middle zone to
• Integral strainer downwards
atmosphere. There is no possibility to control the safety
• Compact construction • Ensure good access
arrangement by measuring.
• Easy access to all internal components – Simplifies maintenance and inspection
• Low pressure loss and high flow performance TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE • Backflow preventers of this type have an integral
Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them strainer which protects the device from the ingress of
• ACS certified
shortly before use. dirt. With highly polluted water a fine filter should be
The following parameters apply during transportation and installed upstream to ensure the correct function of the
• Approved by TÜV LGA for noise Group 2 device
storage:
• Tested according to EN 14367 – This protects the appliance against dirt
Parameter Value
• Do not install in places where flooding can occur
TECHNICAL DATA Environment: clean, dry and dust free
Media against frost and ventilated well
Medium: Drinking water • Install discharge pipework which has adequate capacity
Pressure values humidity: • In order to avoid flooding, it is recommended to arrange
Inlet pressure: 1.5 - 10 bar a permanent, professionally dimensioned wastewater
Operating temperatures connection
humidity:
Max. operating temperature up to 65 °C (WRAS max. • These armatures need to be maintained regularly
*non condensing
medium: 60 °C)
Specifications
valve downwards
Discharge pipe connection: HT 40

CA295 - Backflow Preventer CA295 - Backflow Preventer

Overview
1/2“ + 3/4“ Parameter

2 1/ 3/ "
Differential pressure [bar]
Connection size: R 2" 4
1.8 Weight: ca.g 510 700

1.6 l 84 87
H 138 142
1.4
h 121 121
1.2 Peak flow rate at Δp = 1.0 bar: m3/h 0.7 0.7
1
0.8
0.6 always state the type, the ordering or the part number.
0.4
Options
The backflow preventer is available in the following sizes: 1/2"
0.2 and 3/4".
• standard
0
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 - not available
Flow [m3/h]
CA295 - ... A CA295 - ...AGB
Fig. 1 Pressure drop within the valve in dependency of the flow rate and the used connection size Connection type: Standard version with threaded connections in sizes R 1/2" and R • -
3/ "
4
Standard version, all materials acc. WRAS, with threaded - •
connections in sizes R 1/2" and R 3/4
215 216
R295H - Mechanical disconnector hydraulic actuated GB type according to EN 1717
Backflow preventers CONSTRUCTION

Braukmann 1 Hydraulically controlled pilot Red bronze

valve
R295H
2 Spring bonnet High-quality synthetic
material
Mechanical disconnector hydraulic actuated GB type 4
gauge
Threaded union connections Red bronze
according to EN 1717 (Brass for 2")
material
APPLICATION Not depicted components:
Mechanical disconnectors of this type are suitable for the Outlet differential pressure Brass
protection of drinking water systems as required by EN 1717 transducer
"The technical regulation of drinking water systems". Valve insert with spring Stainless steel valve stem
Their purpose is to protect systems against back pressure, and spring
back flow and back syphonage of non-potable water into the Spindle guide with double NBR
public water supply network. O-ring seal
Mechanical disconnectors of this type can be used to Connection nut Brass
provide protection up to and including liquid category 4 Internal parts High-grade corrosion
(toxic, very toxic, carcinogenic and radioactive substances). resistant synthetic material
Pressure shock damper Brass
SPECIAL FEATURES
• Optimal protection of the drinking water supply system METHOD OF OPERATION INSTALLATION GUIDELINES
• Enhanced protection against back pressure, back flow Mechanical disconnectors this type are normally in the Setup requirements
and back syphonage into the water supply network shut-off position.
• Shut-off position visually indicated on the spring When the outlet pressure drops due to water consumption,
bonnet the differential pressure in the disconnector rises. If the
directed upwards
• Compact construction differential pressure rises above 0.5 bar, the hydraulic
• Standardised discharge connection operator causes the control valve to changeover the
mechanical disconnectors into the flow position. When the – Pressure gauge can be read off easily
water consumption stops, the differential pressure – Simplifies maintenance and inspection
• Low pressure loss
decreases and the differential pressure transducer • Install a strainer upstream of the mechanical
transmits a signal to the control valve, which then returns disconnector
TECHNICAL DATA the disconnector to the normal shut-off position. – To protect the mechanical disconnector from dirt
Media • Mechanical disconnectors must not be fitted in any
Medium: Cold drinking water
areas or ducts where poisonous gases or vapours may
Connections/Sizes Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them
be present or where flooding can occur
1/ shortly before use.
Connection size: 2" - 2" • If pressure shock is anticipated in the outlet side of the
Pressure values The following parameters apply during transportation and
disconnector, a pressure shock damper or expansion
storage:
Inlet pressure range: 1.5 bar - 10 bar vessel must be fitted on the system downstream of the
Operating temperatures Parameter Value disconnector
Max. operating temperature 40 °C Environment: clean, dry and dust free • In order to avoid flooding, it is recommended to arrange
medium: Min. ambient temperature: 5 °C a permanent, professionally dimensioned wastewater
Specifications Max. ambient temperature: 55 °C connection
Installation position: Horizontal with spring Min. ambient relative 25 % * • These armatures need to be maintained regularly
bonnet upwards humidity:
Min. flow rate: 1 l/min Max. ambient relative 85 % *
humidity:
*non condensing

R295H - Mechanical disconnector hydraulic actuated GB type according to EN 1717 R295H - Mechanical disconnector hydraulic actuated GB type according to EN 1717

Overview
10
4 6 5
2 8
0 15
16
0 bar
10
kvs-Values Parameter Values
Connection size: R 1/ " 3/ " 1" 11/4" 11/2" 2"
2 4
Connection sizes: 1/ " 3/ 11/4" 11/2"
2 4" 1" 2" Weight: kg 1.4 1.6 1.8 4.3 4.9 5.3
kvs-value: 2.5 3.5 4.0 10.0 14.0 16.0 Dimensions: L 151 153 159 216 228 241
ξ-value: 13.0 20.9 39.0 16.8 20.9 39.0 I 105 105 105 150 160 165
Pressure drop characteristics H 153 155 155 232 231 224
h 125 123 123 155 159 166
T 76 80 80 93 93 98
Nominal flow rate at Δp = 0.8 bar: m3/h 2.2 3.1 3.6 8.9 12.5 14.3
Options
The armatures are available in the following sizes: 1/2", 3/4", 1", 11/4", 11/2" and 2".
• standard
- not available
R295H-...A
Connection type: With female threaded union connectors, differential pressure •
0.5 bar, self-adjusting
Note: Ordering number example for 1/2" and type A valve: R295H-1/2A
219 220
R295H - Mechanical disconnector hydraulic actuated GB type according to EN 1717 R295H - Mechanical disconnector hydraulic actuated GB type according to EN 1717
Accessories Spare Parts

Mechanical disconnector R295H backflow preventer
M07M Pressure gauge Overview Description Dimension Part No.
Housing diameter 63 mm, rear connection thread G 1/4" 1 Valve insert complete
Range: 0 - 4 bar M07M-A4 1/
2" - 1" R295HA-1A
Range: 0 - 10 bar M07M-A10 11/4" - 2" R295HA-2A
22
Range: 0 - 16 bar M07M-A16 2 Seal ring set
Range: 0 - 25 bar M07M-A25 3 1/
2" - 1" 0901015
1
1 /4" - 2" 0901016
ZT295A Soldered union connectors (pack of 2)
3 Pilot valve
Available for diameters from 15 - 54 mm 22 1/
2" - 2" 2184100
15 mm ZT295A-1/2 11
4 Hexagon-plug with copper sealing-ring R1/4" (5 pcs.)
22 mm ZT295A-3/4
S06M-1/4
25 mm ZT295A-1
22
5 Union seal washer
35 mm ZT295A-11/4 1/ "
2 5351200
42 mm ZT295A-11/2 3/ "
4 5351300
54 mm ZT295A-2 55
2
2 1" 5166300
4 6
5626200 Pressure shock damper 4 11/4" 5162900
Bottom connection, G1/4" 5 11/2" 5163000
85 mm 5626200 2" 5163100
6 Pressure control unit
2 1/ " R295HR-1/2A
2 2
3/ " R295HR-3/4A
4
1" R295HR-3/4A
22 1
1 /4" R295HR-11/4A
77
22 11/2" R295HR-11/2A
2" R295HR-2A
7 Drain connection complete
1/ " - 1" 0901340
2
11/4" - 2" 0901341
221 222
R295 - Mechanical disconnector with union connectors direct actuated GA type according to EN 1717

Braukmann 1 Spring bonnet High-quality synthetic

material
R295
gauge
3 Threaded union connections Red bronze
Mechanical disconnector with union connectors (Brass for 2")
direct actuated GA type according to EN 1717 material
APPLICATION material
Mechanical disconnectors of this type are suitable for the Valve insert with spring Stainless steel valve stem
protection of drinking water systems as required by EN 1717 and spring
"The technical regulation of drinking water systems". Spindle guide with double NBR
Their purpose is to protect systems against back pressure, O-ring seal
back flow and back syphonage of non-potable water into the Connection nut Brass
public water supply network. Valve disc High-quality synthetic
Mechanical disconnectors can be used to provide material
protection up to and including liquid category 3 (slightly Internal parts High-grade corrosion
toxic substances). resistant synthetic material
Mechanical disconnectors therefore offer better protection
than check valves. METHOD OF OPERATION INSTALLATION GUIDELINES
GA-type mechanical disconnectors are safety valves that Setup requirements
SPECIAL FEATURES remain in the flow position and change to the shut-off
• Low pressure loss and high flow rate position only when the inlet pressure falls below the design
• Optimal protection of the drinking water supply system opening pressure.
directed upwards
• Enhanced protection against back pressure, back flow The inlet pressure operates on the annular surface of the
and back syphonage into the water supply network valve piston and pushes it against the force of the spring
bringing the piston to the open position. If the supply – Pressure gauge can be read off easily
• Shut-off position visually indicated on the spring
bonnet pressure falls below the opening pressure needed to – Simplifies maintenance and inspection
overcome the spring force (for example because of a broken • No further unprotected mains water supply may be
pipe or during service work by the supply undertaking) then connected downstream of the mechanical disconnector
the integral spring pushes the valve into the closed position. • Mechanical disconnectors must not be fitted in any
• All materials are KTW approved TECHNICAL DATA areas or ducts where poisonous gases or vapours may
TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE be present or where flooding can occur
Media
Medium: Cold drinking water • In order to avoid flooding, it is recommended to arrange
shortly before use.
Connections/Sizes a permanent, professionally dimensioned wastewater
1/
The following parameters apply during transportation and connection
Connection size: 2" - 2"
storage:
Pressure values • These armatures need to be maintained regularly
Max. inlet pressure: 10 bar Parameter Value
Opening pressure: 0.5, 1, 1.5 or 2 bar as required Environment: clean, dry and dust free
Min. inlet pressure: Opening pressure + 1 bar Min. ambient temperature: 5 °C
Operating temperatures Max. ambient temperature: 55 °C
Max. operating temperature 40 °C Min. ambient relative 25 % *
medium: humidity:
Specifications Max. ambient relative 85 % *
Installation position: Horizontal with spring humidity:
bonnet upwards *non condensing

R295 - Mechanical disconnector with union connectors direct actuated GA type according to EN 1717 R295 - Mechanical disconnector with union connectors direct actuated GA type according to EN 1717

Overview
kvs-Values
Connection sizes: 1/ " 3/ 11/4" 11/2"

2 4" 1" 2"
kvs-value: 4.5 6.0 8.0 13.0 18.0 27.0
ξ-value: 4.0 7.0 10.0 13.0 12.5 14.0
Parameter Values
Pressure drop characteristics Connection size: R 1/ "
2
3/ "
4 1" 11/4" 11/2" 2"
Weight: kg 1.4 1.6 1.8 4.3 4.9 5.3
Dimensions: L 151 153 159 216 228 241
I 124 122 122 157 158 165
H 105 107 107 162 161 154
h 105 105 105 150 160 165
225 226
R295 - Mechanical disconnector with union connectors direct actuated GA type according to EN 1717 R295 - Mechanical disconnector with union connectors direct actuated GA type according to EN 1717
Spare Parts
The following tables contain all the information you need to make an order of an item of your choice. When ordering, please Mechanical disconnector R295 backflow preventer
always state the type, the ordering or the part number. Overview Description Dimension Part No.
Options 1 Valve insert complete
The armatures are available in the following sizes: 1/2", 3/4", 1", 11/4", 11/2" and 2". 0.5 bar 1/ " - 1"
2 R295A-3/4A
• standard 0.5 bar 11/4" - 2" R295A-11/4A
- not available 1.0 bar 1/ " - 1" R295A-3/4B
2
1.0 bar 11/4" - 2" R295A-11/4B
R295-...A R295-...B R295-...C R295-...D 1/ " - 1"
1.5 bar 2 R295A-3/4C
Connection type: With internal threaded union connectors, • - - -
1.5 bar 11/4" - 2" R295A-11/4C
0.5 bar opening pressure
2.0 bar 1/ " - 1" R295A-3/4D
2
With internal threaded union connectors, - • - - 11 2.0 bar 11/4" - 2" R295A-11/4D
1.0 bar opening pressure
2 Seal ring set
With internal threaded union connectors, - - • -
1/ " - 1" 0901055
1.5 bar opening pressure 2
With internal threaded union connectors, - - - • 11/4" - 2" 0901056

2.0 bar opening pressure 3 Hexagon-plug with copper sealing-ring R1/4" (5 pcs.)
22
S06M-1/4
4 Union seal washer
Note: Ordering number example for 1/2" and type A valve: R295-1/2A
4 33
Accessories
4 1/ "
2 5351200
4 3/ "
5
5 4 4 5351300
Description Dimension Part No. 1" 5166300
M07M Pressure gauge 11/4"
22 5162900
Housing diameter 63 mm, rear connection thread G 1/4" 11/2" 5163000
Range: 0 - 4 bar M07M-A4 2" 5163100
Range: 0 - 10 bar M07M-A10 5 Check valve
22 66
Range: 0 - 16 bar M07M-A16 1/ "
2 RV282E-3/4A
2
Range: 0 - 25 bar M07M-A25 2 3/ "
4 RV282E-1A
1" RV282E-1A
ZT295A Soldered union connectors (pack of 2) 11/4" RV276-11/4
Available for diameters from 15 - 54 mm 11/2" RV276-11/2
15 mm ZT295A-1/2 2" RV276-2
22 mm ZT295A-3/4 6 Drain connection complete
25 mm ZT295A-1 1/ " - 1"
2 0901340
35 mm ZT295A-11/4 11/4" - 2" 0901341
42 mm ZT295A-11/2
54 mm ZT295A-2
227 228
R295HP-F - Mechanical disconnector hydraulic actuated GB type according to EN 1717

Braukmann 1
2
Spring bonnet
Housing with pressure
Steel
Grey cast iron housing,
R295HP-F
gauge powder-coated inside and
outside
Mechanical disconnector hydraulic actuated GB type Pressure control unit -
PN 16 flanged connections Grey cast iron
according to EN 1717 to ISO 7005-2,
DIN EN 1092-2
Drain connector Red bronze drain connector
APPLICATION up to DN100
"The technical regulation of drinking water systems". Spindle guide with double -
back flow and back syphonage of non-potable water into the Balanced-seat piston Stainless steel
public water supply network. Seals Elastic, ageing and scuff
Mechanical disconnectors of this type can be used to resistant elastomer
provide protection up to and including liquid category 4 Bearing surfaces for sliding High-grade synthetic
(toxic, very toxic, carcinogenic and radioactive substances). internal parts material
Hydraulically controlled -
SPECIAL FEATURES changeover valve
• Optimal protection of the drinking water supply system Internal parts Red bronze and brass
• Enhanced protection against back pressure, back flow
and back syphonage into the water supply network METHOD OF OPERATION INSTALLATION GUIDELINES
• Shut-off position visually indicated on the spring Type 2 mechanical disconnectors are normally in the shut- Setup requirements
bonnet off position. When water is drawn from the downstream
• Compact construction system, the differential pressure in the mechanical
disconnectors rises. If the differential pressure rises above
• Powder-coated inside and outside - Powder used is directed upwards
0.5 bar, the hydraulic operator causes the control valve to
physiologically and toxicologically safe • Ensure good access
change the mechanical disconnectors into the flow position.
• All materials are KTW approved – Pressure gauge can be read off easily
When the draw-off stops, the differential pressure then falls
• Low pressure loss again and the pressure sensor transmits a signal to the
TECHNICAL DATA – Simplifies maintenance and inspection
control valve, which then returns the mechanical • Install a strainer upstream of the mechanical
Media disconnectors to the normal shut-off position. disconnector
– To protect the mechanical disconnector from dirt
Connections/Sizes TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE
• If pressure shock is anticipated in the outlet side of the
Connection size: DN65 - DN200 Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them
disconnector, a pressure shock damper or expansion
Pressure values shortly before use.
vessel must be fitted on the system downstream of the
Inlet pressure range: 1.5 bar - 10 bar The following parameters apply during transportation and
disconnector
Opening pressure: 0.5 bar storage:
Operating temperatures Parameter Value a permanent, professionally dimensioned wastewater
Max. operating temperature 40 °C Environment: clean, dry and dust free connection
medium:
Min. ambient temperature: 5 °C • These armatures need to be maintained regularly
Specifications
Installation position: Horizontal with spring
bonnet upwards
Min. flow rate: 1 l/min
*non condensing

R295HP-F - Mechanical disconnector hydraulic actuated GB type according to EN 1717 R295HP-F - Mechanical disconnector hydraulic actuated GB type according to EN 1717
Installation Example Spare Parts

Mechanical disconnector R295HP-F

DN50 - 150 DN65 R295AP-65FB
DN80 R295AP-80FB
1
DN100 R295AP-100FB
2 3
DN125 R295AP-125FB
DN150 R295AP-150FB
DN200 R295AP-200FB
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS 4
2 Set of seals
kvs-Values 2 DN65 0901093
7 9 DN80 0901094
DN100 0901095
kvs-value: 24 35 50 100 150 248
DN125 0901143
ξ-value: 50.0 53.5 64.0 39.0 36.0 42.0 5 6
DN150 0901145
DIMENSIONS DN200 0901147
3 Pilot valve
Overview 2 2 DN65 - 2183500
DN200
2 4 Pressure balancing valve
2
DN65 - 0901417
DN200
5 Lip seal ring
DN65 5350000
DN80 5350300
DN100 5350400
DN200
1 2 DN125 2070300
3 DN150 2067300
DN200 2238900
4 6 Valve disc guide
DN65 0900376
DN80 0900377
5 6
DN100 0900378
2
DN125 0900379
Parameter Values DN150 0900380
9
Connection Size: DN 65 80 100 125 150 200 DN200 0900381
Weight: kg 49 68 90 146 207 409 7 Pressure gauge
Dimensions: L 532 572 652 752 882 1102 0 - 16 bar M39M-A16
8
H 380 495 475 528 563 851 8 Pressure gauge
2
h 165 208 232 280 313 438 2 0 - 16 bar M07M-A16
Nominal flow rate at Δp = 0.8 bar: m3/h 21 31 45 89 134 222 9 Hexagon-plug with copper sealing-ring R1/4" (5 pcs.)
2
2 S06M-1/4
Options
The armatures are available in the following sizes: DN65, DN80, DN100, DN125, DN150 and DN200.
• standard
- not available
R295HP-...FA
Connection type: With flanges, differential pressure 0.5 bar, self-adjusting •
Note: Ordering number example for DN80 and type A valve: R295HP-80FA
231 232
R295P-F - Mechanical disconnector with flanges direct actuated GA type according to EN 1717

Braukmann 1
2
Spring bonnet
Steel
R295P-F
outside
Mechanical disconnector with flanges direct actuated Outlet check valve -
PN16 flanged connections -
GA type according to EN 1717 to ISO 7005-2,
DIN EN 1092-2
public water supply network. Seals NBR
Mechanical disconnectors can be used to provide Bearing surfaces for sliding High-grade synthetic
protection up to and including liquid category 3 (slightly internal parts material
toxic substances) and therefore offer better protection than Internal parts Red bronze
check valves.
SPECIAL FEATURES Type 1 mechanical disconnectors remain in the flow Setup requirements
• Optimal protection of the drinking water supply system position and change to the shut-off position only when the
• Enhanced protection against back pressure, back flow inlet pressure falls below the design opening pressure.
and back syphonage into the water supply network The inlet pressure operates on the annular surface of the
directed upwards
• Shut-off position visually indicated on the spring valve piston and pushes it against the force of the spring
bonnet bringing the piston to the open position. If the supply
pressure falls below the opening pressure needed to – Pressure gauge can be read off easily
overcome the spring force (for example because of a broken – Simplifies maintenance and inspection
• Powder-coated inside and outside - Powder used is
physiologically and toxicologically safe pipe or during service work by the supply undertaking) then • Mechanical disconnectors must not be fitted in any
the integral spring pushes the valve into the closed position. areas or ducts where poisonous gases or vapours may
TECHNICAL DATA be present or where flooding can occur
• Low pressure loss and high flow rate TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE • In order to avoid flooding, it is recommended to arrange
Media Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them a permanent, professionally dimensioned wastewater
Medium: Cold drinking water shortly before use. connection
Connections/Sizes The following parameters apply during transportation and • These armatures need to be maintained regularly
Connection size: DN65 - DN200 storage:
Pressure values
Parameter Value
Opening pressure: DN65 - DN100:
0.5, 1 or 1.5 bar as required
DN125 - DN200:
0.5, 1 bar as required
Min. inlet pressure: Opening pressure + 1 bar
*non condensing
medium:
Specifications
bonnet upwards

R295P-F - Mechanical disconnector with flanges direct actuated GA type according to EN 1717 R295P-F - Mechanical disconnector with flanges direct actuated GA type according to EN 1717

Overview
kvs-Values

kvs-value: 50 62 125 208 274 362
ξ-value: 10 17 10 9 10 19
Parameter Values
Connection size: DN 65 80 100 125 150 200
Weight: kg 48 67 89 145 206 408
Dimensions: L 532 572 652 752 882 1102
H 380 495 475 528 563 851
h 165 208 232 280 313 438
Nominal flow rate at Δp = 0.3 bar: m3/h 27 34 68 114 150 198
Opening pressure: 0.5, 1.0 or 1.5 bar as required 0.5 or 1.0 bar as required
Options
The armatures are available in the following sizes: DN65, DN80, DN100, DN125, DN150 and DN200.
• standard
- not available
R295P-...FA R295P-...FB R295P-...FC

Connection type: With flanges, 0.5 bar set pressure • - -
Fig. 1 Pressure drop within the valve in dependency of the flow rate and the used connection size With flanges, 1.0 bar set pressure (standard pattern) - • -
With flanges, 1.5 bar set pressure (DN65 - DN100 - - •
only)
Note: Ordering number example for DN80 and type A valve: R295P-80FA
235 236
R295P-F - Mechanical disconnector with flanges direct actuated GA type according to EN 1717 R295P-F - Mechanical disconnector with flanges direct actuated GA type according to EN 1717
Spare Parts
Mechanical disconnector R295P-F
3 Lip seal ring
Overview Description Dimension Part No. DN65 5350000
DN50 - 150
1 Valve insert complete DN80 5350300
0.5 bar DN65 R295AP-65FA 1 DN100 5350400
DN50 - 150
0.5 bar DN80 R295AP-80FA DN125 2070300
1 0.5 bar DN100 R295AP-100FA DN150 2067300
0.5 bar DN125 R295AP-125FA DN200 2238900
0.5 bar DN150 R295AP-150FA 4 Valve disc guide
0.5 bar DN200 R295AP-200FA 2 3 4 DN65 0900376
5 DN80 0900377
1.0 bar DN65 R295AP-65FB
3 4 1.0 bar DN80 R295AP-80FB DN100 0900378
2
5 1.0 bar DN100 R295AP-100FB DN125 0900379
1.0 bar DN125 R295AP-125FB DN150 0900380
1.0 bar DN150 R295AP-150FB DN200 0900381
1.0 bar DN200 R295AP-200FB 5 Pressure gauge
1.5 bar DN65 R295AP-65FC 2 2 0 - 16 bar M39M-A16
1.5 bar DN80 R295AP-80FC 6 Pressure gauge
1.5 bar DN100 R295AP-100FC 2 0 - 16 bar M07M-A16
2 2 2
2 Set of seals 7 Hexagon-plug with copper sealing-ring R1/4" (5 pcs.)
DN65 0901093 S06M-1/4
2 2
DN80 0901094
DN100 0901095
DN125 0901143
DN200
DN150 0901145
DN200 0901147 1
DN200
3 4
3 4
2 7
7 6
2 2
6
2
2 2 2
2
2
237 238
R295SA - Mechanical disconnector electrically actuated GB type according to EN 1717

Braukmann 1 Changeover valve/solenoid

valve
-
R295SA
2 Spring bonnet High-quality synthetic
material
Mechanical disconnector electrically actuated GB gauge
4 Tail pieces Red bronze
type according to EN 1717 5 Union nut Brass
material
APPLICATION Not depicted components:
Mechanical disconnectors of this type are suitable for the Outlet check valve High-quality synthetic
protection of drinking water systems as required by EN 1717 material
"The technical regulation of drinking water systems". Valve insert with spring Stainless steel valve stem
Their purpose is to protect systems against back pressure, and spring
back flow and back syphonage of non-potable water into the Spindle guide with double NBR
public water supply network. O-ring seal
Mechanical disconnectors of this type can be used to Valve disc High-quality synthetic
provide protection up to and including liquid category 4 material
(toxic, very toxic, carcinogenic and radioactive substances). Internal parts High-grade corrosion
The changeover from shut-off to flow positions can be by resistant synthetic material
meansof an hydraulic or electrical/electronic actuator.
SPECIAL FEATURES When the electrically actuated changeover valve receives an Setup requirements
• Optimal protection of the drinking water supply system electrical signal, for example from a pressure or flow switch
• Enhanced protection against back pressure, back flow or water level indicator, the mechanical disconnector is
and back syphonage into the water supply network hydraulically changed over to the flow position.
directed upwards
• Shut-off position visually indicated on the spring This occurs because the exposure of the upper part of the
bonnet piston in the mechanical disconnector to atmospheric
pressure is interrupted and the inlet pressure is then applied – Pressure gauge can be read off easily
to it. – Simplifies maintenance and inspection
This in turn pushes the piston so that it moves to the flow • Install a strainer upstream of the mechanical
TECHNICAL DATA position. disconnector
• Low pressure loss
When the draw off stops, the signal operates the electronic – To protect the mechanical disconnector from dirt
Media
actuator in the reverse direction. The upper side of the piston • Mechanical disconnectors must not be fitted in any
is then depressurised and the spring pushes the piston back areas or ducts where poisonous gases or vapours may
Connections/Sizes
to the shut-off position. be present or where flooding can occur
Connection size: 1/
2" - 2"
• If pressure shock is anticipated in the outlet side of the
Pressure values TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE disconnector, a pressure shock damper or expansion
Max. inlet pressure: 10 bar Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them vessel must be fitted on the system downstream of the
Opening pressure: 0.5, 1 or 1.5 bar as required shortly before use. disconnector
Min. inlet pressure: Opening pressure + 1 bar The following parameters apply during transportation and • In order to avoid flooding, it is recommended to arrange
Operating temperatures storage: a permanent, professionally dimensioned wastewater
Max. operating temperature 40 °C connection
Parameter Value
medium:
Environment: clean, dry and dust free • These armatures need to be maintained regularly
Specifications
bonnet upwards Max. ambient temperature: 55 °C
Electrical rating: 230 V ~/ 50 Hz (special Min. ambient relative humidity: 25 % *
design on request) Max. ambient relative humidity: 85 % *
*non condensing

R295SA - Mechanical disconnector electrically actuated GB type according to EN 1717 R295SA - Mechanical disconnector electrically actuated GB type according to EN 1717

Overview
Parameter Values
kvs-Values Connection size: R 1/ "
2
3/ "
4 1" 11/4" 11/2" 2"
Connection sizes: 1/ " 3/ 11/4" 11/2" Weight: kg 1.4 1.6 1.8 4.3 4.9 5.3
2 4" 1" 2"
kvs-value: 4.5 6.0 8.0 13.0 18.0 27.0 Dimensions: L 151 153 159 216 228 241
ξ-value: 4.0 7.0 10.0 10.0 12.5 14.0 l 105 105 105 150 160 165
H 160 162 162 232 231 224
Pressure drop characteristics h 125 123 123 158 159 166
T 72 72 72 90 90 90
Options
The armatures are available in the following sizes: 1/2", 3/4", 1", 11/4", 11/2" and 2".
• standard
- not available
R295SA-...A R295SA-...B R295SA-...C

Connection type: With internal threaded union connectors, 0.5 bar • - -
opening pressure
With internal threaded union connectors, 1.0 bar - • -
opening pressure
With internal threaded union connectors, 1.5 bar - - •
opening pressure
Fig. 1 Pressure drop within the valve in dependency of the flow rate and the used connection size Note: Ordering number example for 1" and type A valve: R295SA-1A
241 242
R295SA - Mechanical disconnector electrically actuated GB type according to EN 1717 R295SA - Mechanical disconnector electrically actuated GB type according to EN 1717
Accessories Spare Parts
Description Dimension Part No. Overview Description Dimension Part No.

M07M Pressure gauge 1 Valve insert complete
Housing diameter 63 mm, rear connection thread G 1/4" 0.5 bar 1/
2" - 1" R295A-3/4A
Range: 0 - 4 bar M07M-A4 0.5 bar 11/4" - 2" R295A-11/4A
22 3
Range: 0 - 10 bar M07M-A10 1.0 bar 1/ " - 1"
2 R295A-3/4B
Range: 0 - 16 bar M07M-A16 2 1.0 bar 11/4" - 2" R295A-11/4B
Range: 0 - 25 bar M07M-A25 1.5 bar 1/ " - 1"
2 R295A-3/4C
1.5 bar 11/4" - 2" R295A-11/4C
ZT295A Soldered union connectors (pack of 2) 1/ " - 1"
2.0 bar 2 R295A-3/4D
Available for diameters from 15 - 54 mm 11
22
2.0 bar 11/4" - 2" R295A-11/4D
15 mm ZT295A-1/2 2 Seal ring set
22 mm ZT295A-3/4 1/
22 2" - 1" 0901015
25 mm ZT295A-1 1
1 /4" - 2" 0901016
22
35 mm ZT295A-11/4 3 Changeover/Solenoid valve
42 mm ZT295A-11/2 5 0901407
54 mm ZT295A-2 22
6
6 4 Hexagon-plug with copper sealing-ring R1/4" (5 pcs.)
44
5626200 Pressure shock damper 5
5 S06M-1/4
Bottom connection, G1/4" 5 Union seal washer
1/ " 5351200
85 mm 5626200 2
3/ " 5351300
4
2 1" 5166300
11/2" 5163000
11/4" 5162900
2
7 2" 5163100
22
6 Check valve
1/ " RV282E-3/4A
2
3/ " RV282E-1A
4
1" RV282E-1A
1
1 /4" RV276-11/4
11/2" RV276-11/2
2" RV276-2
7 Drain connection complete
1/ " - 1" 0901340
2
11/4" - 2" 0901341
243 244
R295SP-F - Mechanical disconnector electrically actuated GB type according to EN 1717

Braukmann 1
2
Spring bonnet
Steel
R295SP-F
outside
Mechanical disconnector electrically actuated GB Outlet check valve -
PN 16 flanged connections Grey cast iron
type according to EN 1717 to ISO 7005-2,
DIN EN 1092-2
public water supply network. Seals NBR
Mechanical disconnectors of this type can be used to Bearing surfaces for sliding High-grade synthetic
provide protection up to and including liquid category 4 internal parts material
(toxic, very toxic, carcinogenic and radioactive substances). Electrically actuated Brass
The changeover from shut-off to flow positions can be by changeover valve
meansof an hydraulic or electrical/electronic actuator. Internal parts Red bronze
SPECIAL FEATURES METHOD OF OPERATION INSTALLATION GUIDELINES

• Optimal protection of the drinking water supply system When the electrically actuated changeover valve receives an Setup requirements
• Enhanced protection against back pressure, back flow electrical signal, for example from a pressure or flow switch
and back syphonage into the water supply network or water level indicator, the mechanical disconnector is
• Shut-off position visually indicated on the spring hydraulically changed over to the flow position.
directed upwards
bonnet This occurs because the exposure of the upper part of the
• Compact construction piston in the backflow preventer to atmospheric pressure is
interrupted and the inlet pressure is then applied to it and • Ensure good access
this in turn pushes the piston so that it moves to the flow – Pressure gauge can be read off easily
TECHNICAL DATA position. – Simplifies maintenance and inspection
When the draw off stops, the signal operates the electronic • Install a strainer upstream of the mechanical
• Low pressure loss Media
actuator in the reverse direction. The upper side of the piston disconnector
is then depressurised and the spring pushes the piston back – To protect the mechanical disconnector from dirt
Connections/Sizes to the shut-off position.
Connection size: DN65 - DN200 • No further unprotected mains water supply may be
connected downstream of the mechanical disconnector
Pressure values TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE
Max. inlet pressure: 10 bar • Mechanical disconnectors must not be fitted in any
areas or ducts where poisonous gases or vapours may
Opening pressure: DN65 - DN100: shortly before use.
be present or where flooding can occur
0.5, 1 or 1.5 bar as required The following parameters apply during transportation and
DN125 - DN200: storage:
0.5, 1 bar as required Parameter Value connection
Min. inlet pressure: Opening pressure + 1 bar Environment: clean, dry and dust free • These armatures need to be maintained regularly
Operating temperatures Min. ambient temperature: 5 °C
Max. operating temperature 40 °C Max. ambient temperature: 55 °C
medium: Min. ambient relative humidity: 25 % *
Specifications Max. ambient relative humidity: 85 % *
*non condensing
bonnet upwards
Electrical connection: 230 V~ / 50 Hz
Special Versions available on
request

R295SP-F - Mechanical disconnector electrically actuated GB type according to EN 1717 R295SP-F - Mechanical disconnector electrically actuated GB type according to EN 1717

Overview
kvs-Values

kvs-value: 50 62 125 208 274 362
ξ-value: 11 17 10 9 10 19
Parameter Values
Connection size: DN 65 80 100 125 150 200
Weight: kg 49 68 90 146 207 409
Dimensions: L 532 572 652 752 882 1102
H 380 495 475 528 563 851
h 165 208 232 280 313 438
Nominal flow rate at Δp = 0.8 bar: m3/h 45 55 112 186 245 324
Opening pressure: bar 0.5, 1.0 or 1.5 bar as required 0.5 or 1.0 bar as required
Options
The amatures are available in the following sizes: DN65, DN80, DN100, DN125, DN150 and DN200.
• standard
- not available
R295SP-...FA R295SP-...FB R295SP-...FC

Connection type: With flanges, 0.5 bar opening pressure • - -
With flanges, 1.0 bar opening pressure (standard - • -
version)
With flanges, 1.5 bar opening pressure - - •
Note: Ordering number example for DN80 and type A valve: R295SP-80FA
247 248
R295SP-F - Mechanical disconnector electrically actuated GB type according to EN 1717 R295SP-F - Mechanical disconnector electrically actuated GB type according to EN 1717
Spare Parts
Mechanical disconnector R295SP-F
5 Valve disc guide
Overview Description Dimension Part No. DN65 - 150 DN65 0900376
1 Valve insert complete 1 3 DN80 0900377
DN65 - 150 0.5 bar DN65 R295AP-65FA 2
DN100 0900378
1 3 0.5 bar DN80 R295AP-80FA DN125 0900379
0.5 bar DN100 R295AP-100FA DN150 0900380
2
0.5 bar DN125 R295AP-125FA DN200 0900381
0.5 bar DN150 R295AP-150FA 4 5 6 Pressure gauge
2 0 - 16 bar M39M-A16
0.5 bar DN200 R295AP-200FA 6 8
4 5 1.0 bar DN65 R295AP-65FB 7 Pressure gauge
2 1.0 bar DN80 R295AP-80FB 0 - 16 bar M07M-A16
6 8 1.0 bar DN100 R295AP-100FB 8 Hexagon-plug with copper sealing-ring R1/4" (5 pcs.)
1.0 bar DN125 R295AP-125FB S06M-1/4
1.0 bar DN150 R295AP-150FB
2
1.0 bar DN200 R295AP-200FB 2
1.5 bar DN65 R295AP-65FC
2 2
1.5 bar DN80 R295AP-80FC 2
2
1.5 bar DN100 R295AP-100FC
2 2 Set of seals
2
DN65 0901093
DN80 0901094
DN100 0901095
DN125 0901143 DN200
DN150 0901145
DN200 0901147 1
3
DN200
3 Changeover/Solenoid valve 2
1 DN65 - DN100 0901407
3
2
DN125 - DN200 0901412
4 Lip seal ring 5
4
DN65 5350000
2
DN80 5350300
4 5
DN100 5350400
2 DN125 2070300 8
DN150 2067300
8 DN200 2238900
7
2
2
7
2
2 2
2
2
2
249 250
Resideo Braukmann AMX300 Series Thermostatic Mixing Valve Kit
Installation that’s almost no sweat.
Key Features and Benefits

• Kit includes mixing valve, cold water tee, flexible
8" or 11" metal connectors, and thermostrip.
• Easy installation on water heaters – saves time
and money.
• Commonly used for scalding protection.
• ASSE 1017 approved for point of source/whole
house protection.
• Teflon® coating extends service life.
• Integrated recirculation and hot water ports
(for optional use).
• Free Thermostrip included to make temperature setting
easy for one person to handle.
• All our AMX300 series are NSF61/372 rated.
• U.S. Patent No. 8,074,894.
Typical Applications
Residential, water heater
application: point-of-source,
domestic water and nursing
homes.
The AMX300 requires

fewer additional parts
and a maximum of two
sweat connections.
All AMX300 Mixing Valves have a temp. range of 100o – 145o F.
Kit includes mixing valve, Kit includes mixing valve, Mixing valve
Description
cold water tee, 8" flex connector cold water tee, 11" flex connector (for replacement only)
Model* AMX300TLF AMX302TLF AMX300LF
Connection
3/4" FNPT 3/4" FNPT 3/4" FNPT
to tank
Connection
Resideo Braukmann: One Source

3/4" MNPT 3/4" MNPT 3/4" MNPT
to system
Min Flow GPM 0.25 0.25 0.25
For All Your Potable Water Needs Max Flow** GPM 7.5 7.5 7.5
* Part numbers that end in "LF" are made of low-lead brass.

** Recommended Max Flow GPM is based on max 15psi falloff @120F
251 252
Resideo Braukmann AMX Series Engineered
For Fast
Resideo Braukmann AM-1 Series Thermostatic Mixing Valve
DirectConnect Thermostatic Mixing Valve Installation Designed to provide scalding protection and up to
50 percent more usable hot water.
Shrink installation time and grow your bottom line. Shrink installation Key Features and Benefits
time and grow your • Designed to prevent scalding — meets multiple industry safety certifications:
bottom line. ASSE 1017, CSA and IAPMO.
Key Features and Benefits • Allows homeowners to store water at 140º F and higher
• Engineered for fast installation — orientation of the mix to help prevent legionella growth, but receive safe, comfortable
and cold ports reduces fittings required on typical water 120º F water at sinks, shower or tub.
heater installations. • Designed to increase the amount of usable hot water.
• Teflon® coating increases product life and reduces callbacks.
• Can dramatically reduce installation time and cuts number
of parts in half.
AM-1 SERIES • Lockable hand wheel for accurate temperature control.
INSTALLATION • Free Thermostrip included to make temperature setting easy
• Available in multiple connection types: NPT, CPVC, Compression, for one person to handle.
PEX and Sweat fittings.
• Adjustable temperature range 90° – 130° F.
• Easy recirculation — integrated port allows for optional
recirculation connection. Typical Applications
• DirectConnect to water heater — NPT bottom connection attaches Domestic water, nursing homes, public
easily. UP TO facilities, automatic faucets, radiant
• Teflon® coating increases product life and reduces callbacks. 9 SWEAT floor heating, space heating, heat
CONNECTIONS pump systems, combo systems, solar
• Free Thermostrip included to make temperature setting easy for hot water, greenhouses, industrial
one person to handle. applications and photo processing. Standard mixing
• All our AMX Series mixing valves are now available in valve installation.
Low-Lead-Content versions.
• U.S. Patent No. 7,744,007. R Model
Model* S (standard) Model C Model
AMX100 SERIES 70 – 145º F 70 – 120º F
(Heating ONLY)
70 – 180º F Connection Conn.
Max
INSTALLATION Temp Range Flow* CV
(21 – 62º C) (21 – 49º C) (21 – 82º C) Type Size
GPM
Typical Applications Certification ASSE 1017 ASSE 1017 None
Residential, water heater application: AM100-1LF AM100C-1LF NA NPT 1/2" 8 3.2

point-of-source, domestic water and
AM101-1, AM101-1LF AM101C-1LF NA NPT 3/4" 12 3.8
nursing homes.
AM102-1, AM102-1LF AM102C-1LF NA NPT 1" 16 4.3
AM100-US-1, AM100-US-1LF AM100C-US-1LF AM100R-US-1 Union Sweat 1/2" 8 3.9
UP TO AM101-US-1, AM101-US-1LF AM101C-US-1LF AM101R-US-1 Union Sweat 3/4" 12 3.9
The AMX mixing valve 6 SWEAT AM102-US-1, AM102-US-1LF AM102C-US-1LF AM102R-US-1 Union Sweat 1" 16 3.9
cuts installation time and CONNECTIONS AM100-UT-1LF AM100C-UT-1LF AM100R-UT-1 Union Thread 1/2" 8 3.9
number of parts in half.
AM101-UT-1, AM101-UT-1LF AM101C-UT-1LF AM101R-UT-1 Union Thread 3/4" 12 3.9
AM102-UT-1LF AM102C-UT-1LF AM102R-UT-1 Union Thread 1" 16 3.9
AM100-UCPVC-1LF AM100C-UCPVC-1LF NA Union CPVC 1/2" 8 3.9

All AMX Mixing Valves have a temp. range of 90o – 130o F and are ASSE 1017 listed.
AM101-UCPVC-1LF AM101C-UCPVC-1LF NA Union CPVC 3/4" 12 3.9
AM100-UP-1LF AM100C-UP-1LF AM100R-UP-1 ProPress 1/2" 8 3.9

Connection 1/2" 3/4" 1"
AMX300 SERIES AM101-UP-1LF AM101C-UP-1LF AM101R-UP-1 ProPress 3/4" 12 3.9
Union Sweat AMX100-US-1LF AMX101-US-1LF AMX102-US-1LF INSTALLATION AM102-UP-1LF AM102C-UP-1LF AM102R-UP-1 ProPress 1" 16 3.9
Union Sweat w/Temp

AM100-USTG-1LF AM100C-USTG-1LF AM100R-USTG-1 1/2" 8 3.9
Gauge
Union Thread AMX101-UT-1LF AMX102-UT-1LF
Union Sweat w/Temp
AM101-USTG-1-LF AM101C-USTG-1LF AM101R-USTG-1 3/4" 12 3.9
Gauge
Union Pex AMX100-UPEX-1LF AMX101-UPEX-1LF
Union Sweat w/Temp
AM102-USTG-1LF AM102C-USTG-1LF AM102R-USTG-1LF 1" 16 3.9
Gauge
Union CPVC AMX100-UCPVC-1LF
AM100-SB-1LF NA NA Union Push Connect 1/2" 8 3.9
UP TO AM101-SB-1LF NA NA Union Push Connect 3/4" 12 3.9
Max Flow* GPM 8.0 14.0 20.0
2 SWEAT AM102-SB-1LF NA NA Union Push Connect 1" 16 3.9
CONNECTIONS
CV 4.0 4.0 4.0
* Maximum recommended flow rate.
*Maximum recommended flow rate Connections - US models: Union Sweat; - UT Models: Union NPT (female); UP: Union ProPress. All other valves are NPT (female).
Consult product catalog for AM-1 Series Models with Union Compression, CPVC and PEX connections.
* Part numbers that end in "LF" are made of low-lead brass.
253 254
Resideo Braukmann AM-1 1070 SERIES Thermostatic Mixing Valve Resideo Braukmann UMV Series Under Sink
Meets rigid plumbing codes. Thermostatic Mixing Valve
• Certified to ASSE 1070 plumbing standards requirements Key Features and Benefits
for point-of-use applications. • Universal design allows flexibility in adapting to three port
• Color-coded black hand-wheel prevents tampering and is or four port applications.
required by the new ASSE 1070 plumbing standards. • Shipped with four port adapter.
• Teflon® coating resists mineral deposit build-up and extends • Shipped with mounting bracket for easy mounting.
service life. • Integral check valves in hot and cold inlets.
• ASSE 1017 and ASSE 1070. • Lockable hand wheel for tamper resistant.
• Free Thermostrip included to make temperature setting easy • Temperature setting.
for one person to handle.
• Lead-free model.
Typical Applications
Typical Applications Residential and Light Commercial under counter and under sink
Roman tubs, whirlpools, large showers, sinks and public facilities with applications: Residential homes, apartments, hotels, public
lavatories and bidets. facilities and office buildings.
Model Pipe Size in/(DN) Connection Type Min. Max. Flow Capacity (CV) Comments
UMV500-LF 3/8" (DN 10) Compression 0.25 - 4.3 GPM 0.36 3 or 4 port connection
All AM1070 mixing valves have a temp. setting range of 70˚ – 120˚ F and are ASSE 1017 and ASSE 1070.
Connection 1/2" 3/4" 1"
Union CPVC AM100C1070UCPVC1LF AM101C1070UCVPC1LF NA
Union Sweat AM100C1070-US-1LF AM101C1070-US-1LF AM102C1070-US-1LF
Union PEX AM100C1070-UPEX1LF AM101C1070-UPEX1LF NA
Union NPT AM100C1070-UT-1LF AM101C1070-UT-1LF AM102C1070-UT-1LF
Union ProPress AM100C1070-UP-1LF AM101C1070-UP-1LF AM102C1070-UP-1LF
Union w/temperature
AM100C1070-USTG-LF AM101C1070-USTG-LF AM102C1070-USTG-LF
Gauge
Union Push Connect AM100C1070-SB-1LF AM101C1070-SB-1LF AM102C1070-SB-1LF
Certification ASSE 1017 & ASSE 1070 ASSE 1017 & ASSE 1070 ASSE 1017 & ASSE 1070
Max Flow 10.0 10.0 10.0
CV 1.8 1.8 1.8
255 256
Resideo Braukmann MX Series High Capacity Mixing Valve
MX Series High Capacity Mixing Valve is specifically designed for larger applications —
giving you larger results.
Braukmann
MX Series Valves
• Large flow proportional mixing or diverting valve.
Large Flow Proportional Thermostatic Mixing
• Valve controls hot and cold supply based on control setting. or Diverting Valve
• Teflon® coating increases product life and reduces callbacks.
• Tamper-evident temperature adjustment.
• Union NPT and flanged models. APPLICATION
• Recirculation port for fast responses. Any application requiring accurate control of water
temperature based on mixing of hot and cold water, such as:
• ASSE 1017 listed (Union Models only).
Domestic water for hotels, schools, hospitals, nursing homes,
• Lead-free model. offices, public facilities, commercial and industrial buildings,
space heating, central distribution systems, heat pump
Typical Applications systems, radiant floor heating, combo systems and industrial
applications.
Any application requiring accurate control of hot water temperature based
on the mixing of hot and cold water, such as: domestic water for homes,
apartments, hotels, schools, nursing homes, offices, public facilities,
space heating and radiant floor heating. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Union NPT Model
• Dual purpose mixing or diverting valve.
• Constant water temperature under different operating
conditions.
• Proportional valve (control of hot and cold water).
• Flow reduction in seconds if cold water supply is
interrupted.
Model Connector Min. Max. Flow CV Temp Range • Temperature adjustable.
Flange Model
• Union NPT models (1 in., 1-1/4 in., 1-1/2 in., and 2 in.).
MX127LF 1" NPT 1.0 – 22 GPM 4 113 – 149° F (45 – 65° C) • Flange connection models (2-1/2 in. and 3 in.).
• Install in any position, heat trapping not required.
MX128LF 1-1/4" NPT 2.5 – 50 GPM 9.3 113 – 149° F (45 – 65° C) • Recirculation connection for fast response.
• Brass / stainless steel construction. BENEFITS
MX129LF 1-1/2" NPT 3.5 – 75 GPM 13.5 113 – 149° F (45 – 65° C)
• Water surfaces Teflon® coated to prevent calcium and
lime deposits. The MX Series thermostatic mixing valve provides energy
• Allen wrench for temperature adjustment included. savings, increased comfort and safety for the user.
MX130LF 2" NPT 5.0 – 100 GPM 18 113 – 149° F (45 – 65° C)
• Maximum pressure differential between hot and cold
ports is 7 psi.
MX131LF 2-1/2" Flange 5.0 – 186 GPM 34 113 – 149° F (45 – 65° C) • ASSE 1017 Listed (Union models only).
• CSA approved. INSTALLER:
MX132LF 3" Flange 12.0 – 274 GPM 50 113 – 149° F (45 – 65° C) 1. Fill in measured discharge temperature on CAUTION
label.
Maximum working pressure: 150 psi, 1,034 kPa. Maximum temperature 200o F (93o C). Minimum temperature difference between hot and mix 10o F (6o C).
Maximum flow indicated at 30 psi pressure drop. 2. Attach CAUTION label to MX series valve.
3. Explain CAUTION label to owner.
4. Leave this instruction sheet with owner or on the job
site.
257 62-3079—04 • Subject to change 258

MX Series Valves MX Series Valves
OPERATION SERVICE Overview

Automatic operation is provided by the thermostatic element. Element will control hot and cold supply based on valve To remove dirt, flush valve. To remove calcium and lime
setting. If cold water is shut off, valve reduces mixed flow in seconds (speed/residual flow rates vary by size). deposits, soak valve in vinegar for 24 hours and flush or
contact factory for assistance. Do not attempt to field repair
this calibrated valve.
CAUTION TEMPERATURE SELECTION PUMP (1)
For domestic water application use “C” model, set temperature to not exceed 113° F (45° C) for safety. Do T RECIRCULATION
not override calibration. Test temperature with thermometers. The MX Series Valves are made in two ranges: 113°-149° F MX SERIES
VALVE
(45°-65° C) and 86°-113° F (30°-45° C). The factory M
(1)
setting is 130° F (54° C), and 105° F (41° C) respectively. (1) C
Change temperature setting with an Allen wrench, which is TO DISHWASHER H
IF PERMITTED
included; 3/16 for MX 127 or a 5/16 for MX 128, MX 129 BY CODES
8 HEAT ALLOWABLE
Overview and MX 130. Punch through the center of the temperature (203) TRAP SERVICE COLD
MAX 6 VALVE WATER
range label. By turning the screw clockwise, the mix (152) LOCATION SUPPLY
temperature increases (counterclockwise, it decreases). V
Each complete turn with the Allen wrench changes the WATER
temperature as follows: MX 127 (1 in.); 11° F (6° C), MX HEATER EXPANSION
TANK
D MINIMUM 128 (1-1/4 in.), MX 129 (1-1/2 in.) and MX 130 (2 in.), 7° F M23687
SIZE SIZE (4° C). Do not operate valve at temperatures outside of its
D MINIMUM
calibrated range of 113°-149° F (45°-65°) or 86°-113° F
Fig. 4. Heater with recirculation in inches (mm).
(30°-45° C). Use a thermometer to verify temperature.
H M
SIZE
C
A
A
TYPICAL INSTALLATION WATER
USE
DIAGRAMS
FIXTURES
PUMP
(1) RECIRCULATION (IF
SIZE MX127-130 MX131-132 T NO RECIRULATION
A B
IS REQUIRED OMIT
A B C DOMESTIC WATER MIXING M
DASHED PIPING)
(1)
M27479 C
TO DISHWASHER
C M23693 Use when water temperature produced by heater is hotter IF PERMITTED
H
8
that desired at point of use. Many codes require that water BY CODES (203) HEAT ALLOWABLE
SERVICE
Fig. 1. Dimensions of Union NPT model. Fig. 2. Dimensions of Flange model. supplied to the system be limited to 120° F (49° C) max. MAX TRAP
VALVE
COLD
6 WATER
LOCATION SUPPLY
(152)
V
Overview
WATER
EXPANSION
HEATER
TANK
Table 1. MX Series Valve Models. FAN COIL FAN COIL
CONNECTIONS TO CONNECTIONS
Product Min. Flow GPM @ Weight in Dimensions in inches (mm) CONVENTIONAL

WATER HEATER
TO SIDE TAP
WATER HEATER
M23688
Number Size NPT Cv (GPM) 30 psi Temp. Range Lbs (kg) A B C D

MX 127 1 in. 4.0 1.0 22 113°-149° F 3.6 (1.6) 2.8 (66) 3.7 (94) 6.5 (165) 6.0 (152) Fig. 5. Water heater is used for domestic water
MX 128 1-1/4 in. 9.3 2.5 50 (45°-65° C) 6.4 (2.9) 3.3 (84) 4.4 (112) 7.7 (196) 6.9 (175) MX SERIES and space heating in inches (mm).
VALVE
MX 129 1-1/2 in. 13.5 3.5 75 8.4 (3.8) 3.6 (91) 5.0 (127) 8.6 (218) 7.0 (178) M
(1)
MX 130 2 in. 18.0 5.0 100 13.1 (5.9) 4.2 (107) 5.8 (147) 10.0 (254) 7.3 (185) TO DISHWASHER H
C
MX 127C* 1 in. 4.0 1.0 22 86°-113° F 3.7 (1.7) 2.8 (66) 3.7 (94) 6.5 (165) 6.0 (152) IF PERMITTED
8 ALLOWABLE
(30°-45° C)
BY CODES
(203) SERVICE 1. = Check Valve.
MX 128C 1-1/4 in. 9.3 2.5 50 6.5 (2.9) 3.3 (84) 4.4 (112) 7.7 (196) 6.9 (175) MAX
HEAT TRAP
VALVE COLD
2. = Alternate Pump Location.
6 LOCATION WATER
MX 129C* 1-1/2 in. 13.5 3.5 75 8.5 (3.9) 3.6 (91) 5.0 (127) 8.6 (218) 7.0 (178) (152) SUPPLY V. = Any device which turns the domestic water
V
MX 130C 2 in. 18.0 5.0 100 13.2 (6.0) 4.2 (107) 5.8 (147) 10.0 (254) 7.3 (185) system into a closed system, such as backflow
WATER preventers, check valves or pressure reducing valves.
MX 131** 2-1/2 in. 34.0 10.5 186 113°-149° F 51 (23.1) 5.7 (144.8) 5.7 (144.8) 11.4 (289.6) 4.0 (101.6) HEATER EXPANSION
TANK
Flange (45°-65° C) M23686
NOTE: “V” is optional depending on local codes. If a
MX 132** 3 in. 50.0 15.8 274 113°-149° F 62 (28.1) 6.1 (154.9) 6.1 (154.9) 12.2 (309.9) 4.0 (101.6)
“V” type valve is used, it is mandatory that a
Flange (45°-65° C)
thermal expansion tank be installed as
MX 050-RP Recirculation Adapter Kit 0.2 (0.1) Fig. 3. Water heater without recirculation shown.Otherwise dangerously high
* Union models include 1/2-in. recirculation adapter. Maximum working Pressure 150 psi (1034 kPa). in inches (mm). pressures could result or water heater
** Flange models recirculation adapter size (MX131 1 in. and Minimum temperature difference between hot and mix safety relief valve will frequently expel water.
MX132 1-1/4 in.) should be 10° F (6° C). If a “V” device is not used, a thermal expan-
Maximum Temperature: Use C models only for domestic water. sion tank is not required.
MX127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132: 221° F (105° C)
MX127C, 128C, 129C, 130C: 185° F (85° C)
259 260
MX Series Valves
SPACE HEATING DIVERTING APPLICATION Safety Valves

Boiler must operate at a water temperature higher than
Overview
Braukmann
desired temperature in the heating system in order to
perform at maximum efficiency. Example: Radiant floor
heating.
MIXING APPLICATIONS (CONSTANT

SUPERVENT
H C H
MX SERIES
VALVE
(2)
TM50
Thermostatic mixing valve
C
HEAT
SUPPLY TEMPERATURE) SOURCE
M Z Z Z
ZONE
VALVES
(BOILER,
RADIANT with scald protection
Overview EXPANSION WATER
HEATER,
FLOOR
TANK LOOP
ETC.)
PUMP M23692
SUPERVENT MX SERIES VALVE
(2)
APPLICATION
H M Thermostatic mixing valves provide control of the water
HEAT C Fig. 9. Single loop. For multiple loops see temperature and are used:
SOURCE EXPANSION
TANK
Z Z Z ZONE VALVES Mixing Applications.
(BOILER, • For centralised control on hot water supply units or for
WATER RADIANT
HEATER, FLOOR LOOP
localised control adjacent to point-use outlets. Or for
ETC.)
A
use with solar-heated hot water units with dual energy
PUMP M23689 source
• In heating systems with underfloor heating or for
Fig. 6. Single loop. limiting boiler return temperatures
Where a system includes a hot water circulation circuit, a
MX SERIES VALVE
return flow retarder unit (see accessories) must be fitted to
MX SERIES VALVE SUPERVENT (2) ZONE prevent cold water backfeeding and cooling the mixed water
(2) VALVES
M H
H M at the outlets.
C
C Z Z Z
Z Z Z HEAT
SOURCE SPECIAL FEATURES
(BOILER,
EXPANSION
• Highly sensitive thermal element with good all-round
WATER
(1) HEATER,
TANK water temperature sensing, even at low flow rates
RADIENT A ETC.)
FLOOR PUMP • Scald protection - the hot water inlet is automatically cut
(1) A RADIANT
LOOP PUMP FLOOR off if the cold supply fails provided that the hot water
LOOP
M23690 inlet temperature is at least 10 K higher than that of
mixed water setting
Fig. 7. Multiple loops. Each loop operates at • The cold water inlet is automatically cut off if the hot
a different temperature. supply fails TECHNICAL DATA
• Simple setting of the required water temperature
Media
• Options with integrated check valves for cold and hot Medium: Drinking water
MX SERIES VALVE water inlet available
SUPERVENT (2) ZONE Connections/Sizes
(2)
H M
VALVES • Inner components are of scale-resistant materials Connection size: G3/4"
C
Z Z Z
• Meets UBA regulations for drinking water Pressure values
Z Z Z HEAT
SOURCE Max. operating pressure: max. 10 bar
(BOILER,
EXPANSION Maximum pressure 2.5 bar
WATER
(1) TANK
HEATER, difference between hot and
BASEBOARD ETC.)
LOOP PUMP
A
cold inlet supplies:
(1) RADIANT
PUMP FLOOR Operating temperatures
LOOP
M23691
Max. hot water inlet 90 °C
temperature:
Fig. 8. Multiple Loops. One loop operates at
Setting range: 30 - 60 °C
boiler water temperature and MX Series
Control accuracy: <±4 K
loops at lower temperature.
Specifications
Flow rate at 1.0 bar pressure appr. 25 l/min
differential across valve:
TEFLON® IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF E.I. DU PONT DE NEMOURS AND COMPANY. Installation position: Arbitrary

TM50 - Thermostatic mixing valve TM50 - Thermostatic mixing valve
Overview Components Materials a) Mixing valve in hot water supply systems

1 Adjustment knob High-quality synthetic
material
brass
Adjustment spring Stainless steel
Moving parts High-quality, scale-resistant
synthetic material
Thermostat - KB191
Integrated check valves High-quality synthetic
(TM50-1/2ERV only) material
Seals EPDM
Central control of water Zone control of water Central control of water

METHOD OF OPERATION INSTALLATION GUIDELINES temperature temperature temperature in solar heated,
dual-energy-source systems
a) As a mixing valve for hot water supply and heating Setup requirements
systems:
• Install without tension or bending stresses b) Mixing valve in central heating systems c ) Di ver t er val ve i n c en t r al h eat i n g
The highly sensitive thermal element located in the outlet of systems
• Fit a return flow-retarder unit where the hot water supply
the valve controls a plug which regulates the flow
system includes a circulation circuit
proportions of cold and hot water in relation to the mixed hot
• Observe the flow direction arrow when fitting a return
water setting selected.
flow-retarder unit
Soft seatings are fitted to both hot and cold water inlets.
• To prevent the growth of legionella, DVGW-W551
They provide:
specify that the water volume in the pipework between TM50-1/2E only
• A positive hot inlet shut-off if the cold water supply is
the mixer valve and the furthest take-off point should
interrupted, provided that the hot water inlet
not exceed 3 litres. This corresponds to a maximum
temperature is at least 10 K higher than that of the
length of 10 metres for 3/4" (20 mm) pipework and
mixed water setting Limiting of boiler return temperature
17 metres for 1/2" (15 mm) Heating circuit at boiler temperature Underfloor heating
• The cold water supply is cut off if the hot water supply is
• Requires regular maintenance in accordance with Fig. 1 Standard installation example for the mixing valve
interrupted
EN 806-5
b) As a diverter valve on central heating systems:
For this application flow through the valve is in the reverse
direction compared with its use as a hot water mixing valve.
The inlet water passes around the sensing element and
regulates the control piston so that for temperatures above
the set value the water is returned to the heating circuit and
for temperatures lower than the set value the water is
diverted to the boiler.

shortly before use.
storage:
Parameter Value
humidity:
humidity:
*non condensing
263 264

KB191 Return flow-retarder unit
for fitting to systems which include a hot water circulation circuit - to prevent cold
water backfeeding and cooling the mixed water at the outlets.
Operating pressure: max. 10 bar
Operating temperature: max. 90 °C.
H
Installation orientation: Arrow pointing in flow direction.
A
KB191-3/4
h
1/ " VST06-1/2A
2
A 3/ "
4 VST06-3/4A
l 1" VST06-1A
L 11/4" VST06-11/4A
11/2" VST06-11/2A
TM50-1/2E
2" VST06-2A
Solder connections
1/ " VST06-1/2B
2
3/ " VST06-3/4B
4
H
1" VST06-1B
A
A
11/4" VST06-11/4B
11/2" VST06-11/2B
h
2" VST06-2B
A
l
L
TM50-1/2ERV
Parameter TM50-1/2E TM50-1/2ERV

Connection size: R G 3/4" G 3/4"
Dimensions: L 57 80
l 29 40
H 37 37
h 93 93
Options
The valve is available in the following sizes: 1/2"
• standard
- not available
TM50-1/2E TM50-1/2ERV
Version: with male connection G 3/4" • –
with check valves on inlet ports and male connection G 3/4" – •
265 266
TM200 - Thermostatic mixing valve
Safety Valves CONSTRUCTION

Braukmann 1 Adjustment knob High-quality synthetic

material
TM200
2 Protective cap Transparent plastics
brass
Thermostatic mixing valve 4 Connectors Brass
with scald protection Adjustment spring Stainless steel
synthetic material
APPLICATION Thermostat -
Thermostatic mixing valves provide control of the water Seals EPDM
temperature and are used:
• For centralised control on hot water supply units or for
localised control adjacent to point-use outlets
• In heating systems with underfloor heating or for
limiting boiler return temperatures
Where a system includes a hot water circulation circuit, a METHOD OF OPERATION TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE
return flow retarder unit (see accessories) must be fitted to a) As a mixing valve for hot water supply and heating Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them
prevent cold water backfeeding and cooling the mixed water systems: shortly before use.
at the outlets. The highly sensitive thermal element located in the outlet of The following parameters apply during transportation and
the valve controls a plug which regulates the flow storage:
SPECIAL FEATURES proportions of cold and hot water in relation to the mixed hot
Parameter Value
• Highly sensitive thermal element with good all-round water setting selected.
water temperature sensing, even at low flow rates Environment: clean, dry and dust free
• Scald protection - the hot water inlet is automatically cut They provide:
off if the cold supply fails provided that the hot water Max. ambient temperature: 55 °C
• A positive hot inlet shut-off if the cold water supply is
inlet temperature is at least 10 K higher than that of Min. ambient relative humidity: 25 % *
mixed water setting temperature is at least 10 K higher than that of the Max. ambient relative humidity: 85 % *
• The cold water inlet is automatically cut off if the hot mixed water setting *non condensing
supply fails • The cold water supply is cut off if the hot water supply is
INSTALLATION GUIDELINES
• Simple setting of the required water temperature interrupted
• Options with integrated check valves for cold and hot TECHNICAL DATA b) As a diverter valve on central heating systems: Setup requirements
water inlet available For this application flow through the valve is in the reverse • Install without tension or bending stresses
Media
• Inner components are of scale-resistant materials Medium: Drinking water direction compared with its use as a hot water mixing valve. • Fit a return flow-retarder unit where the hot water supply
• Meets UBA regulations for drinking water The inlet water passes around the sensing element and system includes a circulation circuit
Connections/Sizes
Connection size: G3/4" or Ø22 regulates the control piston so that for temperatures above • Observe the flow direction arrow when fitting a return
the set value the water is returned to the heating circuit and flow-retarder unit
Pressure values
for temperatures lower than the set value the water is • To prevent the growth of legionella, DVGW-W551
Max. operating pressure: max. 10 bar
diverted to the boiler. specify that the water volume in the pipework between
Maximum pressure 2.5 bar
A protective cap is supplied with the valve to lock the mixed the mixer valve and the furthest take-off point should
difference between hot and
temperature setting. not exceed 3 litres. This corresponds to a maximum
length of 10 metres for 3/4" (20 mm) pipework and
17 metres for 1/2" (15 mm)
temperature:
EN 806-5
Preset temperature during 40 °C
manufacture:
Specifications
Installation position: Arbitrary

Installation Example ORDERING INFORMATION

a) Mixing valve in hot water supply systems
Options
1/2" max. 17 m The valve is available in the following sizes: 3/4", Ø 22 mm
3/4" max. 10 m
• standard
- not available
1/2" max. 17 m
3/4" max. 10 m
TM200-3/4A TM200-3/4B
Version: with R3/ "threaded male connections • –
RV284 4
KB191 with Ø22 mm soldered connections – •
Accessories
RV281 Description Dimension Part No.
KB191 Return flow-retarder unit
10
5
10
5
0 bar 15
16
0 bar 15
16
for fitting to systems which include a hot water circulation circuit - to prevent cold
Central control of water Zone control of water tem- Central control of water tempera- water backfeeding and cooling the mixed water at the outlets.
temperature peratur ture in solar heated, dual-energy- Operating pressure: max. 10 bar
source systems
Operating temperature: max. 90 °C.
Installation orientation: Arrow pointing in flow direction.
a) Mixing valve in hot water supply systems b) Diverter valve in central heating systems KB191-3/4
VT100
VT100
Heating circuit at Underfloor heating Limiting of boiler return

boiler temperature temperature
Fig. 1 Standard installation example for the mixing valve
DIMENSIONS
Overview
Parameter TM200-3/4A TM200-3/4B

Connection size: R R 3/4" threaded male Ø 22 mm
I 67 61
H 128 122
269 270
Spare Parts Safety Valves

Thermostatic mixing valve TM200, from 1996 onwards

Braukmann
TM200VP
1 Regulation valve complete
TM200A-30/60

with scald protection
APPLICATION
Thermostatic mixing valves provide control of the water
temperature and are used:
For localised control adjacent to point of use outlets.
1
SPECIAL FEATURES
• Highly sensitive thermal element with good all-round
water temperature sensing, even at low flow rates
• Simple setting of the required water temperature
• Scald protection - the hot water inlet is automatically cut
off if the cold supply fails provided that the hot water
inlet temperature is at least 10 K higher than that of
mixed water setting
• The cold water inlet is automatically cut off if the hot
supply fails
• Options with integrated check valves for cold and hot
water inlet available
• Inner components are of scale-resistant materials
• WRAS approved, Certificate No. ETC/212/0403
TECHNICAL DATA
Media
Pressure values
Maximum pressure 2.5 bar
temperature:
Specifications
Installation position: As required

TM200VP - Thermostatic mixing valve TM200VP - Thermostatic mixing valve

1 Adjustment knob Plastic
2 Protective cap Transparent plastics
brass
4 Connectors Brass
synthetic material
Thermostat -
Seals NBR
Tailpieces with check valves -
4 in 1 connection option -
offers: isolation valve, Fig. 1 4 in 1 Tailpiece option
strainer, check valve and test
point for 15mm and 22mm
sizes

As a mixing valve for hot water supply systems. Setup requirements
The highly sensitive thermal element located in the outlet of • 15mm and 22mm sizes
the valve controls a plug which regulates the flow
• Inlet connections may be rotated to suit pipe work.
proportions of cold and hot water in relation to the mixed hot
• Provides
water setting selected.
– Isolation
They provide: – Strainer
• A positive hot inlet shut-off if the cold water supply is – Check valve
interrupted, provided that the hot water inlet – Test points
temperature is at least 10 K higher than that of the • Inlet valves on 15mm version are now fitted with levers,
mixed water setting red for hot and blue for cold.
interrupted 1
A protective cap is supplied with the valve to lock the mixed 2

temperature setting.
TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE 1 Hot

Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them 2 Cold
shortly before use.
storage:
Parameter Value
humidity:
humidity:
*non condensing
273 274
TM200VP - Thermostatic mixing valve TM200VP - Thermostatic mixing valve

Thermostatic mixing valve TM200, from 1996 onwards
Overview
1 Control piston with integral sensing element
complete
TM200A-35/46
Parameter TM200VP-3/4E TM200VP-3/4H TM200VP-3/4ZC

Connection size: R 15 mm 22 mm 15 mm
Dimensions: L 134 142 185*
I 67 71 93
H 128 136 128
* includes operating handles
Options
The valve is available in the following sizes: 15 mm, 22 mm.
• standard
- not available
TM200VP-3/4E TM200VP-3/4H TM200VP-3/4ZC

Version: With 15 mm compression connections • – -
With 22 mm compression connections – • –
With 15 mm connectors and 4 in 1 tailpiece – - •
275 276
Safety valves CONSTRUCTION

Braukmann 1 Protective cap for locking the Transparent plastics

set mixed temperature
TM300
2 Adjuster knob High-quality synthetic
material
3 Tailpieces with check valves Brass and High synthetic
Thermostatic mixing valve 4 Housing
material
with scald protection for baths brass
Optional 4 in 1 connections -
APPLICATION (isolation, strainer, check
TM300 thermostatic mixing valves provide control of the valve and pressure test
water temperature and are used for localised control point)
adjacent to point of use at a bath. Spring Stainless steel
APPROVALS synthetic material
• WRAS approved, Certificate No. 0504010 Thermostat -
• TMV2 Approved, Certificate No. BC141/0405 Seals EPDM
SPECIAL FEATURES METHOD OF OPERATION TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE

• Highly sensitive thermal element with good all-round As a mixing valve for hot water supply systems. Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them
water temperature sensing, even at low flow rates The highly sensitive thermal element located in the outlet of shortly before use.
• Simple setting of the required water temperature the valve controls a plug which regulates the flow The following parameters apply during transportation and
• Scald protection - the hot water inlet is automatically cut proportions of cold and hot water in relation to the mixed hot storage:
off if the cold supply fails provided that the hot water water setting selected.
Parameter Value
inlet temperature is at least 10 K higher than that of Soft seatings are fitted to both hot and cold water inlets.
mixed water setting Environment: clean, dry and dust free
They provide:
• The cold water inlet is automatically cut off if the hot • A positive hot inlet shut-off if the cold water supply is
supply fails Max. ambient temperature: 55 °C
• Inner components are of scale-resistant materials temperature is at least 10 K higher than that of the
humidity:
mixed water setting
humidity:
interrupted
TECHNICAL DATA *non condensing
A protective cap is supplied with the valve to lock the mixed
Media temperature setting.
Medium: Drinking water Note: The TM300 is designed to be fitted under bath and to comply with
Connections/Sizes health guidelines it must be located within 2 metres of the outlet it
is supplying, inlet isolation valves should be fitted locally to the
Connection size: 22/28 mm valve.
Pressure values
Low pressure systems: 0.1 - 1 bar
High pressure systems: 0.5 - 5 bar
Maximum pressure
Low pressure systems: 0.4 bar
High pressure systems: 2.0 bar
temperature:
Specifications
Flow rate at 1.0 bar pressure 43 litres/min
differential across valve
approx.:
Installation position: As required
INSTALLATION GUIDELINES DIMENSIONS

Setup requirements Balanced Supplies Overview
• Before installing a TM300, check water flow rates, All water supply systems perform better when hot and cold
supply temperatures and dynamic pressures at all supply pressures are similar and this is especially the case
locations where the valve is to be installed to ensure that when Thermostatic Mixing valves are fitted.
expectations can be met A typical method of achieving balanced supplies is by the
• The installer should ensure that the installation use of a pressure reducing valve such as the D06.
complies with the requirements of the “Water Supply Pressure reducing valves are particularly beneficial when
(Water Fittings) Regulations 1999” cold and hot water pressures are very different, for example
• It is strongly recommended that the pipework is flushed where cold is from the mains and hot water is from a lower
before installing the mixing valve, grit, flux and other pressure supply.
debris will adversely affect the performance of the
Maintenance
mixing valve. No claim for malfunction will be
No specific maintenance is necessary under normal
considered if adequate protection against dirt ingress is
operating conditions. However, all moving parts which may
not provided. If there is any doubt then a strainer such as
be subject to wear can be exchanged. Take note if installed
the Resideo FY32 should be fitted upstream of the valve
under a scheme that there may be additional requirements
on both hot and cold water inlets
for annual testing and recording of results.
• The TM300 may be installed in any orientation including
horizontal or vertical pipe work, ensure that the valve is Setting to TM300
not strained or twisted The valve is set by turning the green control knob clockwise
• To comply with health regulations it is recommended to reduce the mixed water temperature and anti-clockwise
Parameter Values
that no tap should be more than two metres from the to increase the mixed temperature.
Type: 3/4H 3/4ZD 3/4ZH 3/4ZT
mixing valve The valve has a single turn through approx. 360 degrees,
Connection sizes: R 22 mm 22 mm 22 mm 28 mm
• The TM300 should be connected in the water supply with a central control band of 38°C to 46°C the hot tap
Dimensions: L 142 190 142 150
pipe with the flow in the direction of the arrows stamped should be left to stabilize before final setting to ensure
l 71 95 71 75
on the body “+“=HOT and “-“= COLD and MIX to the hot correct adjustment. For convenience typical settings are
marked on the green control knob, these settings will be H 136 136 136 140
tap
• The integral check valves supplied within the tailpieces accurate when dynamic hot and cold supply pressures are Note: All dimensions in mm unless stated otherwise.
of the TM300-3/4H must be fitted to the hot and cold equal. The mixed water temperature should be set to suit the
bath application at 44°C. Once the correct setting has been
water inlet ports. This is to prevent cross circulation
achieved it can be locked into position by placing the clear The following tables contain all the information you need to make an order of an item of your choice. When ordering, please
between hot and cold supplies and they should not be
plastic cap over the adjuster and securing with the screw always state the type, the ordering or the part number.
moved under any circumstance
provided. The actual setting may be viewed through the clear Options
• The optional 4 in 1 tailpieces supplied with the TM300-
window. The valve is available in the following sizes: 3/4", Ø 22 mm
3/4ZD provide the additional facilities of:
– Isolation • standard
– Check valves - not available
– Strainer TM300- TM300- TM300- TM300-
– Pressure Test Point 3/4H 3/4ZD 3/4ZH 3/4ZT
Note: The TM300-3/4 ZH and ZT versions do not have check valves fitted. TMV2 approved
Installation Example Connection type: with 22 mm compression connections • – – –
with 22 mm with 4 in 1 tailpieces – • – –
Non TMV2 approved
Connection type: 22 mm compression fittings, no check valves. – – • –
Range 30 to 60 °C - Preset at 51°C.
28 mm compression fittings, no check valves. – – – •
Range 30 to 60 °C - Preset at 51°C.
279 280
Spare Parts Safety Valves

Thermostatic mixing valve TM300
1 Control piston
Dimension Part No.
Braukmann
with integral sensing
element complete*
Note:
TM300A-44/
46
* The control piston should be lubricated with WRAS approved
TM3400/TM3410
silicon lubricant after servicing.
Retrofit Kit for 22mm valve where an existing valve is
being replaced. with scald protection
22 mm RK200H
APPLICATION
Standard thermostatic mixing valves TM3400/TM3410 are
1 used in domestic hot water central heating systems with or
without recirculation. The aim is to maintain a constant
temperature of the mixed water for users, by varying the
temperature of the hot water stored. Thermostatic mixing
valves also have applications in underfloor heating
applications and in alternative energy systems, such as solar
and woodchip systems.
SPECIAL FEATURES
• Wide flow
• Light weight
• High degree of adjustment precision
• Scald protection
• Works without external energy
• Direct connection to recirculation circuit (except 1/2")
• Complete with female inlet couplings
TECHNICAL DATA
Media
Connections/Sizes
Connection size: 1/
2" - 2" (TM3400)
DN65 - DN80 (TM3410)
Pressure values
Maximum pressure 2 bar
temperature:
Flow rate: see diagram
Setting range: 30 - 45 °C (Set during
manufacture 40 °C)
36 - 53 °C (Set during
manufacture 48 °C)
45 - 65 °C (Set during
manufacture 55 °C)
Control accuracy: ±1 K

TM3400/TM3410 - Thermostatic mixing valve TM3400/TM3410 - Thermostatic mixing valve

1 Housing Red brass
2 Adjusting screw Brass
3 Cold water seat Chrome nickel steel MT
4 Warm water seat Red brass MT
5 Circulation nozzle Plastic
Vb1
Regulation gate Red brass Vb2
Thermostat -
Valve spool Red brass Underfloor heating
Bolt steel Chrome nickel
From the water mains
Note: MT = Thermostatic mixer TM3400 - TM3410
Note: Vb1-Vb2 = Kombi-4 balancing valve
DN80
50 DN65
10
METHOD OF OPERATION INSTALLATION GUIDELINES 2"
11/2"
The highly sensitive thermal element located in the outlet of 5,0 11/4"
Setup requirements
the valve controls a plug which regulates the flow 10
• The thermostatic mixing valves can be installed in any 1"
proportions of cold and hot water in relation to the mixed hot 5,0
position 3/4"
water setting selected. 1,0
• With any connections to be welded, during welding 1/2"
0,5
TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE remove the mixer so as not to damage the thermostat
1,0
and seals
• It is recommended that interception valves are installed 0,5
shortly before use. 0,1
on the connection ways to the mixer
The following parameters apply during transportation and 0,05
storage: • The polystyrene packaging may be used as insulation
0,1
for the valve
Parameter Value 0,05
Environment: clean, dry and dust free 0,01
Max. ambient temperature: 55 °C 0,01
Min. ambient relative 25 % * Tolerance of the adjustment value ±1 °K

humidity: Tolerance of the adjustment value ±2 °K
humidity:
*non condensing
283 284
TM3400/TM3410 - Thermostatic mixing valve TM3400/TM3410 - Thermostatic mixing valve
DIMENSIONS ORDERING INFORMATION

Overview
min. 100 mm Options

SW
d Setting range 30 - 45 °C Set during manufacture 40 °C
TM3400.912 with external thread connections 1/2"
h3
h1 TM3400.932 with external thread connections 1"
R
R
h2
TM3400.962 with external thread connections 2"

TM3410.605 with flange connections DN65, PN10 VSM/DIN
R
l1 l2 min. 100 mm TM3410.805 with flange connections DN80, PN10 VSM/DIN
L l2 SW Setting range 36 - 53 °C Set during manufacture 48 °C
d TM3400.914 with external thread connections 1/2"
h3
h1
h2

Setting range 45 - 65 °C Set during manufacture 55 °C
l1 l1
L TM3400.926 with external thread connections 3/4"
Parameter Values TM3400.946 with external thread connections 11/4"
TM3400 TM3410 TM3400.956 with external thread connections 11/2"
2 4 TM3400.966 with external thread connections 2"
DN 65 80 TM3410.608 with flange connections DN65, PN10 VSM/DIN
Weight: kg 0.57 0.65 0.87 1.60 2.10 3.37 23.00 28.00 TM3410.808 with flange connections DN80, PN10 VSM/DIN
Dimensions: L 90 100 110 130 150 180 290 310
l1 35 40 43 52 58 70 145 155
l2 55 60 67 78 92 100 - -
h1 - 32 36 41 50 60 82 92
h2 35 40 43 52 58 70 145 155
h3 47 49 51 75 77 85 121 127
d - 1/ " 3/ " 3/ " 3/ " 3/ " 11/2" 2"
2 4 4 4 4
SW 5 5 5 5 5 5 8 8
285 286
V1810 - Circulation throttle valve
Control Valves CONSTRUCTION

Braukmann 1 Handwheel with digital

display of presetting
Presetting dial and display
made of plastic, orange
V1810
2 Valve housing in straight Dezincification-resistant
pattern with internal threads brass
to DIN EN 10226-1 or
Alwa-Kombi-4 external threads according
to DIN ISO 228
Circulation throttle valve Not depicted components:
Valve insert Red bronze and brass
O - rings EPDM
APPLICATION Regulating cone Red bronze/stainless steel
The Alwa-Kombi-4 is used as throttle valve for hydronic Seat sealing PTFE
balancing of warm potable water circulation systems.
To achieve a hydronic balance the flow in the circulation pipe
is throttled by manually presetting the valve. The valve can
also be equipped with a thermal actuator which allows a
regulation of the water temperature in the circulation
system to the exact degree. The thermal actuator can be
installed without interruption of the warm water supply. METHOD OF OPERATION Thermal disinfection at temperature over 70°C (158°F)
When the thermal actuator 50 - 60 °C (122 - 140 °F) is used, As throttle valve the Alwa-Kombi-4 limits the flow through Supported by Alwa-Kombi-4 with fitted thermal actuator
a thermal disinfection according to DVGW worksheet W551 the circulation pipe. This is achieved either by manually 50 - 60 °C (122 - 140 °F) Starting from the leakage rate the
and W553 is supported. Hydronic balance is also retained closing the valve to a certain position or automatically, when valve opens at a water temperature of 63 °C (145 °F) and the
during the thermal disinfection process to ensure the valve is equipped with a thermal actuator. flow rate increases.
disinfection of all pipelines and risers. Manual presetting: the valve is preset according to a When the water reaches a temperature of 72 °C (162 °F) the
calculated value and stays in that position. The flow of the flow of the water is throttled to a flow rate below the leakage
APPROVALS rate. This has the advantage that the hydronic balance is
water is limited by the narrowed valve opening.
• DVGW retained and the hot water is repily distributed in all risers
Automatic regulation: the valve is equipped with a thermal
• WRAS actuator and preset to the desired water temperature. The and pipelines.
thermal actuator holds the water temperature at the valve to When the thermal disinfection process is finished and the
SPECIAL FEATURES water temperature drops again, Alwa-Kombi-4 returns to the
the exact degree.
• Meets KTW requirements standard control position.
When the water temperature falls the valve opens and the
• For regulation according to DVGW worksheets W551 flow of warm water increases. When the water temperature
and W553 TECHNICAL DATA rises, the valve closes and shuts-off when the preset water Desinfection
• Valve housing and all parts with flow-contact made of temperature is reached (except for a leakage rate).
Media range
corrosion-resistant, dezincification-resistant brass With manual presetting the valve can only be set for optimal
Medium: Drinking water 72°C
• Retrofittable automatic temperature-control with operation under „full load“. The automatic regulation
Flow rate
Pressure values (162°F)
support of thermal disinfection process allows a permanent regulation and by that an
Max. operating pressure: 16 bar (232 p.s.i.)
• Draining option with retrofittable and removable optimal supply of all pipelines under most economical
draining adapter energy use.
Max. operating temperature 130 °C (266 °F)
• No additional side connections to valve housing As part of Resideo’s "Kombi“ family of valves, additional
medium: WRAS approval up to
• Cavity-free cartridge with maintenance-free spindle functions can also be fitted and used after the valve has Control
85 °C (185 °F)
sealing been installed. The functions are carried out by installing range
• Spindle thread is isolated from the flow adapters into the cartridge spindle: 63°C (145°F)
• Seat sealing made of PTFE • The thermal actuator (preferably 50 - 60 °C [122 - 140 Water temperature
°F]) can be installed at any time without interrupting the
• Visible, digital presetting dial with concealed presetting
supply of warm water. The actuator is simply screwed Fig. 1 Relation of flow rate and water temperature
handwheel
into the spindle and allows permanent hydronic
• High accuracy due to factory calibration to every single Note: The thermal disinfection is only supported by the thermal actuator
balancing based on the water temperature in the 50 -60 °C (122 - 140°F), OS - No. VA2400A002. The thermal
valve circulation pipe actuator has to be set to 55°C (131°F) = presetting 1.5.
• The draining adapter is fitted to drain a pipe or riser and

can be removed when the draining process is finished. It
can be used with any Alwa-Kombi-4 potable water
balancing valve and also any Resideo Kombi-3-plus
heating/cooling balancing valve
• The sampling valve is used in conjunction with the drain
adapter and is used to determine chemical and
microbiological parameters

V1810 - Circulation throttle valve V1810 - Circulation throttle valve
TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE V1810 Flow Data, DN15

Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them shortly before use.
Presetting
The following parameters apply during transportation and storage:
Parameter Value
INSTALLATION EXAMPLE
Warm water pipe

Circulation system
Fig. 2 Standard installation example for the control valve
Pressure loss in mbar
Pressure loss in Pa
kvs-Values
Alwa-Kombi-4 with internal and external threads
Connection sizes: 15 20 25 32 40
kvs-value (m3/h): 2.7 6.4 6.8 16.0 16.0
Flow in kg/h
Presetting: 0.3 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.9 = open
kvs-value: 0.37 0.49 0.57 0.65 0.85 1.00 1.13 1.32 1.66 2.12 kvs = 2.70
Note: Due to manufacturing reasons the closes position (shut-off) is already reached between presetting 0.2 and 0.4.
289 290
Flow Data for DN20 Flow Data for DN25
Presetting Presetting
Pressure loss in Pa
Pressure loss in Pa
Flow in kg/h
Flow in kg/h
Presetting: 0.3 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 5.0 5.9 = open
kvs-value: 0.68 0.84 0.97 1.10 1.30 1.60 2.10 2.60 3.12 3.73 4.40 5.84 kvs = 6.40 Presetting: 0.3 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 5.0 5.9 = open
Note: Due to manufacturing reasons the closes position (shut-off) is already reached between presetting 0.2 and 0.4. kvs-value: 0.68 0.84 0.97 1.10 1.30 1.60 2.10 2.60 3.20 3.90 4.64 6.06 kvs = 6.80
291 292
Flow Data for DN32 and DN40 Alwa-Kombi-4 with installed thermal actuator Presetting values for thermal actuators
kvs-value of Alwa-Kombi-4 with installed thermal We recommend: Presetting value = desired minimal
Presetting actuator 50 - 60 °C (122 - 140 °F) in relation to water temperature (standard setting). Desired minimal
temperature at presetting 1.5 temperature 55 °C (131 °F) = Presetting 1.5
DN15 If the required throttle position according to DVGW
worksheet W553 is to the right of the 2K-line (temperature in
pipe is below 53°C [127°F] at presetting 1.5) the presetting
has to be increased by 2K:
Desired minimal temperature 55 °C (131 °F) + 2K =
Presetting 1.7
If the required throttle position according to W553 is to the
right of the 5K-line (temperature in pipe is below 53 °C
kv-value
[127 °F] at presetting 1.7) the following possibilities are left:
• Manually preset thermal actuator and valve with values
Water temperature calculated according to DVGW worksheet W553
• Use valve of larger dimension
DN20 and DN25 • Increase presetting by 5K: 55 °C (131 °F) + 5K =
presetting 2.0 The increased pressure loss over the valve
must be taken into account when the pump is specified!
When installation is set according to above
recommendations the hydronic balance is also retained at
70 °C (158 °F) during the thermal disinfection process.
kv-value
Water temperature
DN32 and DN40

Pressure loss in Pa
Flow in kg/h
Presetting: 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 1.0 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8
kvs-value: 1.02 1.13 1.42 1.48 1.70 2.16 2.44 2.96 3.54 4.12 4.71 5.28 5.77
kv-value
Presetting: 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0 4.2 4.4 4.6 4.8 5.0 5.2 5.4
kvs-value: 6.13 6.44 6.91 7.77 8.19 8.74 9.20 9.36 9.62 10.10 10.5 11.0 11.5
Water temperature
Presetting: 5.8 6.0 6.2 6.4 6.6 6.8 7.0 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.8 7.9 = open
kvs-value: 12.0 12.5 12.8 13.3 13.7 14.1 14.5 14.8 15.0 15.3 15.6 kvs = 16.0
293 294
Flow Data for DN15 with thermal actuator 50 - 60 °C Flow Data for DN20 and DN25 with thermal actuator 50 - 60°C
Control deviation Control deviation
Pressure loss in Pa
Pressure loss in Pa
Flow in kg/h v = 0,5m/s with pipe-ø 22 x 1 mm v = 0,5m/s with pipe-ø 28 x 1 mm
Flow in kg/h
v = 0,5 m/s with pipe-ø 15 x 1 mm • Throttle position according to calculation example 3 of DVGW worksheet W553 (multi storey building with 48 flats)
• Throttle position according to calculation example 3 of DVGW worksheet W553 (multi storey building with 48 flats) Presetting: 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0
kvs-value: 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
Presetting: 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0
kvs-value: 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
295 296
Flow Data for DN32 and DN40 with thermal actuator 50 - 60°C Flow Data for DN15 with thermal actuator 40 - 65°C
Pressure loss in Pa
Pressure loss in Pa
Flow in kg/h v = 0,5m/s with pipe-ø 35 x 1 mm Flow in kg/h v = 0,5m/s with pipe-ø 15 x 1 mm
• Throttle position according to calculation example 3 of DVGW worksheet W553 (multi storey building with 48 flats)
Presetting: 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0
kvs-value: 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 Presetting: 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.2 1.5 2.0
Note: Due to manufacturing reasons the closes position (shut-off) is already reached between presetting 0.2 and 0.4. kvs-value: 40 45 50 55 60 65
297 298
Flow Data for DN20 and DN25 with thermal actuator 40 - 65°C Flow Data for DN32 and DN40 with thermal actuator 40 - 65°C
Pressure loss in Pa
Pressure loss in Pa
Flow in kg/h v = 0,5m/s with pipe-ø 22 x 1 mm v = 0,5m/s with pipe-ø 28 x 1 m
Flow in kg/h v = 0,5m/s with pipe-ø 35 x 1 mm
Presetting: 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.2 1.5 2.0
kvs-value: 40 45 50 55 60 65 • Throttle position according to calculation example 3 of DVGW worksheet W553 (multi storey building with 48 flats)
Note: Due to manufacturing reasons the closes position (shut-off) is already reached between presetting 0.2 and 0.4. Presetting: 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.2 1.5 2.0
kvs-value: 40 45 50 55 60 65
299 300
DIMENSIONS Alwa-Kombi-4 with external threads
Alwa-Kombi-4 with internal and external threads Overview
Overview
Hose connection G3/4"
Thernal actuator
Draining adapter
H2 space required for installation of accessories

Tamper-proof cap
H1 (open)
Parameter Values Parameter Values
Connection size: DN 15 20 25 32 40 Connection size: DN 15 20 25 32 40
kvs (cvs)-value: 3
m /h 2.7 6.4 6.8 16.0 16.0 kvs (cvs)-value: m3/h 2.7 6.4 6.8 16.0 16.0
Dimensions: D1 Rp 1/2" Rp 3/4" Rp 1" Rp 11/4" Rp 12/4" Dimensions: D1 G3/4"A G 1"A G11/4"A G11/2"A G13/4"A
L 65 75 90 110 120 D2 15/18 22 28 35 42
H1 85 100 100 137 137 L 65 75 90 110 120
H2 135 150 150 210 210 L1 81 91 108 128 140
SW 27 32 41 50 55 L2 105 125 148 178 198
H1 85 100 100 137 137
H2 135 150 150 210 210
SW 30 37 47 52 60
Thermal actuator for Alwa-Kombi-4
Overview
301 302
ORDERING INFORMATION VA7405 Union nut, sealing and internally threades red bronze tailpiece
The following tables contain all the information you need to make an order of an item of your choice. When ordering, please DN15 VA7405A015
always state the type, the ordering or the part number. DN20 VA7405A020
Options DN25 VA7405A025
DN32 VA7405A032
Version: OS.-No.: DN: 15 15 20 25 32 40 DN40 VA7405A040
mm: 15 18 22 28 35 42 VA2400 Thermal actuator
R: 1/ " 1/ " 3/ " 1" 1 1/4" 1 1/2"
2 2 4 Temperature setting range 50 - 60 °C all sizes VA2400A002
Alwa-Kombi-4 throttle valve with internal threads V1810Y0 015 - 020 025 032 040 (122-140 °F)
Alwa-Kombi-4 throttle valve with internal threads and fitted V1816Y0 015 018 020 025 032 040 Temperature setting range 40 - 65 °C all sizes VA2400B002
‘Mapress‘ press-fittings (104-149 °F)
Alwa-Kombi-4 throttle valve with internal threads and fitted V1817Y0 015 018 020 025 032 040
‘Sanpress‘ press-fittings TH07K Thermometer
Alwa-Kombi-4 throttle valve with external threads V1810X0 015 - 020 025 - - Note: Thermometer TH07K cannot be used in combination with thermal actuators VA2400A002 and
VA2400B002
Note: Add desired size to OS-No.: V1810X0 in DN15 = V1810X0015
Temperature range 0 - 120 °C, for all sizes TH07K
Accessories
tolerance +2 K / -5 K
VA7401 Union nut, sealing and red bronze tailpiece for external threads VA3400 Sampling valve
DN15 VA7400A015 only in conjunction with drain adapter for all sizes VA3400C001
DN15 VA7400A016 VA3400A001
DN20 VA7400A018
DN20 VA7400A020
DN25 VA7400A025
DN32 VA7400A032
DN40 VA7400A040
VA7401 Union nut, sealing and externally threaded red bronze tailpiece for external
threads
DN15 VA7401A015
DN20 VA7401A020
DN25 VA7401A025
DN32 VA7401A032
DN40 VA7401A040
VA7403 Union nut with Mapress-fitting for external threads

For pipe-Ø 15 mm DN15 VA7403A015
VA3400 Draining adapter
for all types VA3400A001
and sizes
VA7404 Sanpress red bronze crimp fitting with sealing

303 304
V4250 - Alwa Sampling Valve with Handwheel

Braukmann 1
2
Handwheel
Housing
Plastic
Red bronze
V4250 3 Outlet pipe

Piston
Stainless steel
Red bronze
Alwa Sampling Valve with Handwheel Nut Dezincification-resistant
brass
Sampling valve for chemical and microbiological parameters Sleeve nut Dezincification-resistant
brass
Protection cap Plastic
APPLICATION Gaskets EPDM
Sampling valve for chemical and microbiological
parameters indrinking, bathing and swimming pool water.
Suppliers of drinking water for public use have to
commission anannual investigations of water to prevent
Legionella occurrence according German regulations
TrinwV §§4, 14 (6) and 19 (7) and Appendix 4.
There are defined sampling locations for the determination METHOD OF OPERATION
ofdrinking water system contamination by Legionella. Operators who supply drinking water to the public must
commission tests for legionella once a year.
SPECIAL FEATURES
There are often no suitable sampling valves in the drinking
• May be retrofitted to any Alwa F/KFR/R fittings from
watersystem, so that sampling takes an unnecessarily long
DN15 to DN80
time and cannot always be carried out correctly.
• Valve body and outlet bend may be rotated through
The sampling valve may be fitted horizontally or vertically on
360° and hence may be aligned in any direction
anyAlwa F/KFR/R fitting with a drain plug.
• Outlet volume may be regulated and the valve may be
A flame is applied around the fitting to disinfect the stainless
shut-off by means of an allen key
steel outlet pipe. The sampling valve can be regulated and
• Certificate regarding suitability for sampling in the flow volume regulated with an allen spanner.
accordance with VDI 6023 and German water
The sample is taken beneath the installation. Splashing is
regulations
minimisedby the form of the outlet pipe.
• Correct sampling procedure possible
The stainless steel outlet tube can be swung out of the
• A sampling valve for all types of sampling operatingarea to either side.
• All parameters to be determined may be taken at one
TECHNICAL DATA
point Media INSTALLATION GUIDELINES
• Horizontal and vertical mounting possible Medium: The sampling valve was Setup requirements
• Sampling equipment is simple to operate and may be developed for usage in coldor • Positioning of the sampling location must be
flame sterilised hot drinking water systems, determined by the person carrying out sampling. The
• Stable, long, stainless steel outlet bend generates a swimming pools and bathing defined positions must be identified in the plan for
straight water jet water systems. The sampling sampling locations in drinking water systems.
valve should be used for
• Valve body and parts in contact with the medium in red • The sampling valve can be installed horizontally or
investigation of
bronze vertically to any valve with testing lobes.
Legionellacontamination at
• High-quality, hygienic EPDM seat seal with German determined locations in • Insure the piping system is pressure-free before
health ministry plastics and water approval potable water systems. installing the sampling valve
Pressure values • The valve housing is only tightened at closed position
Nominal pressure: PN16 due to possibility to align valve to right position during
installation.
Max. operating temperature 90°C • Please check for closed condition after installing.
medium:

V4250 - Alwa Sampling Valve with Handwheel
DIMENSIONS Control Valves

Overview
l Braukmann
G
DH300
Pressure sustaining valve
H h
APPLICATION
Pressure sustaining valves of this type are regulators which
control the pressure on the inlet side. They are used
L wherever a specific inlet pressure must not be exceeded, for
example limiting the pressure in the inlet supply network or
Parameter Values in transition links between supply networks and high
Connection size: DN 6 10 demand large users.
Dimensions: G 1/ " 3/ Their compact construction makes them ideally suited for
4 8"
L 153.5 153.5 applications where space is limited, for example in ducts.
l 44 44 They can be used for commercial or industrial applications
H 82.8 82.8 within the scope of their specification.
h 64.8 64.8
APPROVALS
• DVGW
ORDERING INFORMATION • WRAS (up to 23 °C)
SPECIAL FEATURES
• High precision control during pressure variances and
Options low flow rates
The valve is available in the following sizes: DN6 and DN10 • High flow capacity
• standard • High control accuracy
- not available • Powder-coated inside and outside - Powder used is TECHNICAL DATA
V4250A008P V4250A010P physiologically and toxicologically safe
• Integral control circuit and ball valves Media
Connection type: Sampling valve with handwheel, connection size G 1/4 for • -
building valves up to DN25 • Integral fine filter
Connections/Sizes
Sampling valve with handwheel, connection size G 3/8 for - • • No external energy required for operation
building valves from DN32 to DN80 • Conforms to BSEN 1567
Pressure values
Opening pressure: 3 - 15 bar
Minimum pressure: 0.5 bar
medium:

DH300 - Pressure sustaining valve DH300 - Pressure sustaining valve

2 Pilot valve Brass
powder-coated
powder-coated
Diaphragm EPDM
Compression fittings Brass
Pilot valve housing Brass
Filter insert Stainless steel
Seals EPDM Fig. 1 Standard installation example for the pressure sustaining valve
METHOD OF OPERATION INSTALLATION GUIDELINES Connection sizes: 2" 2 1/2" 3" 4" 6" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18"
If the supply is opened, water flows into the inlet section and Setup requirements Distance in mm (W*): 100 110 120 130 160 190 220 250 270 310 330
the rising pressure opens the valve so that water can flow
• Install shut-off valves * Required installation distances between the centerline of the pipework and the surrounding in dependency of the connection size.
into the outlet section. Via the fine regulation valve
integrated in the pilot valve the inlet pressure increases the TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
pressure in the chamber above the diaphragm. The – Protects against damage from coarse particles
kvs-Values
diaphragm surface area subjected in this way to the inlet – Note flow direction (indicated by arrow)
pressure is somewhat greater than the surface area of the • The installation location should be protected against Connection sizes: 50 65 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450
valve plate which is also subjected to the same inlet frost and be easily accessible kvs-value (m3/h): 43 43 103 167 407 676 1160 1600 2000 3000 3150
pressure, so the diaphragm valve closes. – Pressure gauge can be read off easily Flow rate (Qmax) in m3/h - 40 40 100 160 350 620 970 1400 1900 2500 3100
If the inlet pressure exceeds the set pressure of the pilot – Simplified maintenance and cleaning V=5.5 m/s:
valve, the pilot valve opens up a link between the diaphragm
• Provide a straight section of pipework of at least five Pressure drop characteristics
chamber and the outlet side. The pressure in the diaphragm
chamber reduces and the valve opens. If the inlet pressure
falls below the set opening pressure then the pilot valve
closes and the rising inlet pressure in chamber closes the 500
valve. • Requires regular maintenance in accordance with
EN 806-5
100
shortly before use. 50

storage:
10
Parameter Value
Environment: clean, dry and dust free 5

1
humidity: 0,5
Max. ambient relative 85 % * 0
humidity:
*non condensing
309 310
DH300 - Pressure sustaining valve DH300 - Pressure sustaining valve

Pressure sustaining valve DH300, from 2002 onwards
Overview
DN50 - 450 CX-PS
1
2 Set of seals
DN50 0903750
2 3 DN65 0903751
DN80 0903752
DN100 0903753
bar
DN150 0903754
DN200 0903755
DN250 0903756
DN300 0903757
DN350 0903758
DN400 0903759
DN450 0903760
2 3 Pressure gauge
2 0 - 16 bar M07M-A16
Parameter Values 2 2
Connection sizes: DN 50 65 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450
Weight without pilot kg 12.0 13.0 22.0 37.0 80.0 157.0 245.0 405.0 510.0 822.0 945.0
valve:
Dimensions: L 230 292 310 350 480 600 730 850 980 1100 1200
H 270 280 330 350 480 570 730 870 910 1150 1170
h 83 93 100 110 143 173 205 230 260 290 310
Options
The valve is available in the following sizes: DN50, DN65, DN80, DN100, DN150, DN200, DN250, DN300, DN350, DN400
and DN450.
• standard
DH300-...A
Connection type: Flange PN16, ISO 7005-2, EN 1092-2 •
Note: Ordering number example for DN50 and type A valve: DH300-50A
Accessories

EXF125-A
311 312
FD300 - Altitude control valve

Braukmann 1 Housing with flanges acc. to

ISO 7005-2 / EN 1092-2
Ductile iron (ISO 1083),
powder-coated
FD300
2 Two-way pilot valve Brass
Altitude control valve valves on inlet and outlet
powder-coated
APPLICATION powder-coated
Altitude control valve of this type controls the water level in, Diaphragm EPDM
for example, water reservoirs without the need for using a Spring Stainless steel
float valve or other ancillary controls. Regulating cone Stainless steel
The highly sensitive pilot valve and the main valve are Valve seat Stainless steel
installed outside the water reservoir and the pilot valve Compression fittings Brass
senses the hydrostatic water pressure from the water level in Pilot valve housing Brass
the reservoir.
The main valve closes when the maximum set pressure for Seals EPDM
the pilot valve is reached and reopens when the water level
corresponds to the lower set value on the pilot valve. METHOD OF OPERATION INSTALLATION GUIDELINES
The standard version permits filling of a water storage unit. A At zero pressure the valve is closed. When the system is then Setup requirements
special version is also available on request which can be put into operation, the water flows in and opens the
used for both filling and emptying water storage units. diaphragm valve. This fills the reservoir until the water head
corresponding to the set hydrostatic pressure on the pilot
APPROVALS valve is reached and it then closes. If the pilot valve is closed, – Protects against damage from coarse particles
• DVGW the pressure in the chamber above the membrane rises. The – Note flow direction (indicated by arrow)
• WRAS (up to 23 °C) membrane surface area is larger than the valve surface area • The installation location should be protected against
and therefore the diaphragm valve closes. If water is drawn frost and be easily accessible
SPECIAL FEATURES from the water store, the hydrostatic pressure falls until it – Pressure gauge can be read off easily
• High flow capacity reaches the lower set pressure and the pilot valve then
– Simplified maintenance and cleaning
• Powder-coated inside and outside - Powder used is opens. In this way the pilot valve controls the opening and
TECHNICAL DATA closing of the main valve.
• Integral control circuit and ball valves Media
TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE valve (in accordance with EN 806-2)
• Integral fine filter Medium: Drinking water
Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them • Safety valve SV300 optional
• No external energy required for operation Connections/Sizes
shortly before use. • Requires regular maintenance in accordance with
• Compact construction Connection size: DN50 - DN450
The following parameters apply during transportation and EN 806-5
Pressure values
• Light weight storage:
Nominal pressure: PN16 Parameter Value
Minimum pressure: 0.7 bar Environment: clean, dry and dust free
Operating temperatures Min. ambient temperature: 5 °C
Max. operating temperature 80 °C Max. ambient temperature: 55 °C
medium: Min. ambient relative 25 % *
Specifications humidity:
Setting range: 0.5 - 5 m water head Max. ambient relative 85 % *
humidity:
*non condensing

FD300 - Altitude control valve FD300 - Altitude control valve

Overview
Fig. 1 Standard installation example for the altitude control valve
Distance in mm (W*): 100 110 120 130 160 190 220 250 270 310 330
* Required installation distances between the centerline of the pipework and the surrounding in dependency of the connection size.
kvs-Values Parameter Values
Connection sizes: 50 65 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450
kvs-value (m3/h): 43 43 103 167 407 676 1160 1600 2000 3000 3150
Flow rate (Qmax) in m3/h - 40 40 100 160 350 620 970 1400 1900 2500 3100
Dimensions: L 230 292 310 350 480 600 730 850 980 1100 1200
V=5.5 m/s:
H 270 280 330 350 480 570 730 870 910 1150 1170
Pressure drop characteristics h 83 93 100 110 143 173 205 230 260 290 310
Options
and DN450.
• standard
FD300-...A
Note: Ordering number example for DN50 and type A valve: FD300-50A
Accessories

Fig. 2 Pressure drop within the valve in dependency of the flow rate and the used connection size Ductile iron, PN16 acc. ISO 7005-2 and EN 1092-2.
EXF125-A
315 316
FD300 - Altitude control valve
Spare Parts Control Valves

Altitude control valve FD300, from 2002 onwards
Dimension Part No.
Braukmann
1
DN50 -
DN450
70-110
FV300
2 Set of seals
2 DN50 0903750 Filling valve
DN65 0903751
DN80 0903752
DN100 0903753
DN150 0903754 APPLICATION
DN200 0903755
Filling valve of this type can be used in water supplies and for
DN250 0903756 industrial and commercial applications for the filling of
DN300 0903757 reservoirs, tanks and cisterns. It is controlled by the main
DN350 0903758 storage medium via a float valve and impulse link pipework.
DN400 0903759 Filling valve of this type is prevented from filling constantly
2 DN450 0903760 by the use of a pilot valve, which can be adjusted to provide
2 varying fill level differentials for opening and closing the
valve.
2 2
APPROVALS
• DVGW
SPECIAL FEATURES
• Integral control circuit and ball valves
• Integral fine filter
• No external energy required for operation
• Light weight TECHNICAL DATA
Media
Connections/Sizes
Pressure values
Minimum pressure: 0.7 bar + pressure resulting
from differential in physical
height of the impulse link
pipe
medium:
Specifications
Switching level differential: with Pilot float valve 70 - 550
5 - 40 cm
with Pilot float valve 70 - 610
5 - 40 cm

FV300 - Filling valve FV300 - Filling valve
Overview Components Materials *1

ISO 7005-2 / EN 1092-2 powder-coated *2
2 2 Pilot float valves 70 - 550 High-quality synthetic
and 70 - 610 material spherical
Brass float valve housing
*1
powder-coated
Diaphragm plate Ductile iron (ISO 1083), *2
powder-coated
Diaphragm EPDM
Regulating cone Stainless steel Fig. 1 Standard installation example for the filling valve
*1 closed
Compression fittings Brass *2 open
Pilot valve housing Brass Connection sizes: 2" 2 1/2" 3" 4" 6" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18"
Filter insert Stainless steel Distance in mm (W*): 100 110 120 130 160 190 220 250 270 310 330
Seals EPDM * Required installation distances between the centerline of the pipework and the surrounding in dependency of the connection size.

At zero pressure conditions the diaphragm valve is closed. If Setup requirements kvs-Values
flow is opened to the filling valve of this type, water enters the
inlet area and the increasing pressure opens the valve so Connection sizes: 50 65 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450
• Install downstream of the strainer kvs-value (m3/h): 43 43 103 167 407 676 1160 1600 2000 3000 3150
that water in the outlet area can flow into the container. If the
water level in the container reaches the preset level, then the – Protects against damage from coarse particles Flow rate (Qmax) in 40 40 100 160 350 620 970 1400 1900 2500 3100
float valve closes. The inlet pressure in the diaphragm – Note flow direction (indicated by arrow) m3/h - V=5.5 m/s:
chamber increases and closes the diaphragm valve. If the • The installation location should be protected against
water level in the container falls, the float valve opens, the frost and be easily accessible
pressure in the diaphragm chamber falls and the inlet – Pressure gauge can be read off easily Flow Diagram
pressure opens the diaphragm valve for as long as the set DN 450
– Simplified maintenance and cleaning [l/s] DN 400
water level in the container is not reached. [m3/h]
• Provide a straight section of pipework of at least five 5000
DN 350
DN 300
TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE times the nominal valve size after the pressure reducing 1000 DN 250
DN 200
valve (in accordance with EN 806-2) 500
Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them 1000
DN 150
shortly before use. • Safety valve SV300 optional
500 DN 100
The following parameters apply during transportation and • Requires regular maintenance in accordance with 100 DN 80
storage: EN 806-5
50 DN 65
DN 50
100
Parameter Value
50
Environment: clean, dry and dust free 10
Min. ambient temperature: 5 °C 5
Min. ambient relative 25 % * 5
humidity: 1

1 [bar]
humidity: 0.01 0.05 0.1 0.5 1 5 10
*non condensing
319 320
FV300 - Filling valve FV300 - Filling valve

70-550 Pilot float valve
Level switching differential 5 - 40 cm
70-550
70-610 Pilot float valve

Level switching differential 5 - 40 cm
70-610

Parameter Values EXF125-A
Spare Parts
Filling valve FV300, from 2002 onwards
valve: Overview Description Dimension Part No.
Dimensions: L 230 292 310 350 480 600 730 850 980 1100 1200 1 Set of seals
H 270 280 330 350 480 570 730 870 910 1150 1170 DN50 0903750
h 83 93 100 110 143 173 205 230 260 290 310 DN65 0903751
Note: All dimensions in mm unless stated otherwise. 1 DN80 0903752
DN100 0903753
DN150 0903754
DN200 0903755
DN250 0903756
Options DN300 0903757
The valve is available in the following sizes: DN50, DN65, DN80, DN100, DN150, DN200, DN250, DN300, DN350, DN400 DN350 0903758
and DN450. DN400 0903759
• standard DN450 0903760
1
FV300-...A 1
1 1
Note: Ordering number example for DN50 and type A valve: FV300-50A
Note: Please order pilot float valves separately
321 322
MV300 - Magnetic solenoid valve


ISO 7005-2 / EN 1092-2
powder-coated
MV300
2 Magnetic solenoid valve Brass
Magnetic solenoid valve valves on inlet and outlet
powder-coated
Magnetic solenoid valves of this type are mainly used as Diaphragm EPDM
shut-off valves. They are controlled by the integral magnetic Spring Stainless steel
solenoid operated valve. Regulating cone Stainless steel
Their compact construction makes them ideally suited for Valve seat Stainless steel
applications where space is limited, for example in ducts. Compression fittings Brass
They can be used for commercial or industrial applications Pilot valve housing Brass
within the scope of their specification.
APPROVALS Seals EPDM
• DVGW METHOD OF OPERATION INSTALLATION GUIDELINES
• WRAS (up to 23 °C) At zero pressure the valve is closed. When opened to flow, Setup requirements
water enters the inlet area and the rising pressure opens the
SPECIAL FEATURES • Install shut-off valves
valve so that water flows into the outlet area. The magnetic
• High precision control during pressure variances and • Install downstream of the strainer
solenoid pilot valve is normally closed when the electrical
low flow rates supply is off, so the pressure from the inlet increases the – Protects against damage from coarse particles
• High flow capacity pressure above the diaphragm. The pressure above the – Note flow direction (indicated by arrow)
• High control accuracy diaphragm built up in this way then becomes significantly • The installation location should be protected against
• Powder-coated inside and outside - Powder used is greater than the pressure on the valve plate (which is also frost and be easily accessible
physiologically and toxicologically safe created by the inlet pressure), so that the valve then closes. – Pressure gauge can be read off easily
• Integral control circuit and ball valves As soon as the magnetic solenoid pilot valve opens, the
pressure in the diaphragm chamber falls to atmospheric
• Integral fine filter TECHNICAL DATA • Provide a straight section of pipework of at least five
pressure and the pressure then exerted on the valve plate
• No external energy required for operation times the nominal valve size after the pressure reducing
Media surface causes the valve to begin to open.
• Conforms to BSEN 1567 valve (in accordance with EN 806-2)
Connections/Sizes
TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE • Safety valve SV300 optional
Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them • Requires regular maintenance in accordance with
shortly before use. EN 806-5
Pressure values
Max. operating pressure: 16 bar The following parameters apply during transportation and
storage:
Minimum pressure: 0.5 bar Parameter Value
Operating temperatures Environment: clean, dry and dust free
Max. operating temperature 80 °C Min. ambient temperature: 5 °C
medium: Max. ambient temperature: 55 °C
Specifications Min. ambient relative 25 % *
Magnetic solenoid pilot Version A = Normally closed humidity:
valve: 230 V/50 Hz, IP65 Max. ambient relative 85 % *
Version AA = Normally open humidity:
230 V/50 Hz, IP65
*non condensing
Version B = Normally closed
24 V/50 Hz, IP65
Version BB = Normally open
24 V/50 Hz, IP65

MV300 - Magnetic solenoid valve MV300 - Magnetic solenoid valve

Overview
Fig. 1 Standard installation example for the magnetic solenoid valve

* Control center
Distance in mm (W*): 100 110 120 130 160 190 220 250 270 310 330

kvs-Values
Connection sizes: 50 65 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 Weight without pilot kg 12.0 13.0 22.0 37.0 80.0 157.0 245.0 405.0 510.0 822.0 945.0
kvs-value (m3/h): 43 43 103 167 407 676 1160 1600 2000 3000 3150 valve:
Flow rate (Qmax) in 40 40 100 160 350 620 970 1400 1900 2500 3100 Dimensions: L 230 292 310 350 480 600 730 850 980 1100 1200
m3/h - V=5.5 m/s: H 270 280 330 350 480 570 730 870 910 1150 1170
Pressure drop characteristics h 83 93 100 110 143 173 205 230 260 290 310
* DN150 bigger includes a pressure cell
Options
and DN450.
• standard
MV300- MV300- MV300- MV300-

...A ...AA ...B ...BB
Connection type: Housing with flange, PN16, ISO 2084 for all versions
Magnetic solenoid pilot valve 230 V / 50 Hz closed • - - -
when electrical supply off
Magnetic solenoid pilot valve 230 V / 50 Hz open - • - -
Magnetic solenoid pilot valve 24 V / 50 Hz closed - - • -
Fig. 2 Pressure drop within the valve in dependency of the flow rate and the used connection size Magnetic solenoid pilot valve 24 V / 50 Hz open - - - •
Note: Ordering number example for DN50 and type A valve: MV300-50A
325 326
MV300 - Magnetic solenoid valve
Accessories Control Valves

Braukmann
Overall length with adapter flanges (without bolts) PC300
EXF125-A Surge anticipating valve
Spare Parts
Magnetic solenoid valve MV300, from 2002 onwards

APPLICATION
Surge anticipating valves of this type for pumped systems
1 Replacement magnetic solenoid valve are used for the prevention of negative pressure and water
230 V/50 Hz DN50 - DN450 0903761 pressure shocks in long pumped pipework systems caused
Normally closed by sudden pump shut-off (e.g. from power failure).
1 (electrical supply off)
2 24 V/50 Hz DN50 - DN450 0903762 APPROVALS
Normally closed • DVGW
(electrical supply off) • WRAS (up to 23 °C)
2 Set of seals
DN50 0903750 SPECIAL FEATURES
DN65 0903751 • High flow capacity
DN80 0903752 • Powder-coated inside and outside - Powder used is
DN100 0903753 physiologically and toxicologically safe
DN150 0903754 • Integral control circuit and ball valves
DN200 0903755 • Integral fine filter
2 DN250 0903756 • No external energy required for operation
DN300 0903757
2 • Compact construction
DN350 0903758
• Light weight
2 2 DN400 0903759
DN450 0903760
TECHNICAL DATA
Media
Connections/Sizes
Pressure values
medium:

PC300 - Surge anticipating valve PC300 - Surge anticipating valve

2 Two pilot valves Brass
powder-coated
powder-coated
Diaphragm EPDM *
Fig. 1 Standard installation example for surge anticipating valve
Compression fittings Brass * optional
Connection sizes: 2 1/2" 3" 4" 6" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18"
Distance in mm (W*): 110 120 130 160 190 220 250 270 310 330
Seals EPDM * Required installation distances between the centerline of the pipework and the surrounding in dependency of the connection size.
TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE INSTALLATION GUIDELINES TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them kvs-Values
Setup requirements
shortly before use.
• Install shut-off valves Connection sizes: 65 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450
The following parameters apply during transportation and kvs-value (m3/h): 43 103 167 407 676 1160 1600 2000 3000 3150
storage:
– Protects against damage from coarse particles Flow rate (Qmax) in 40 100 160 350 620 970 1400 1900 2500 3100
Parameter Value – Note flow direction (indicated by arrow) m3/h - V=5.5 m/s:
Environment: clean, dry and dust free • The installation location should be protected against Pressure drop characteristics
Min. ambient temperature: 5 °C frost and be easily accessible
Max. ambient temperature: 55 °C – Pressure gauge can be read off easily 6.5 m/s 15 m/s
[m3/h]
Min. ambient relative 25 % * – Simplified maintenance and cleaning
humidity:
• A valve must be selected which is capable of discharging
the whole available flow from the main pumped 10000 DN 450
humidity: DN 400
pipework
*non condensing 5000 DN 350
• Discharge pipework should be at least one size larger DN 300
than the valve size (the discharge flow speed < 4.5 m/s) DN 250
• PS300 pump control valve is optional DN 200
• Requires regular maintenance in accordance with 1000 DN 150
EN 806-5
500 DN 100
DN 80
DN 65
100
50 [bar]
0.5 1 5 10
329 330
PC300 - Surge anticipating valve PC300 - Surge anticipating valve

Surge anticipating valve PC300, from 2002 onwards
Overview
1 1 DN65 - DN450 66-310
2 Set of seals
DN65 0903751
DN80 0903752
2 DN100 0903753
DN150 0903754
DN200 0903755
3 DN250 0903756
DN300 0903757
DN350 0903758
DN400 0903759
DN450 0903760
3 Pressure gauge
0 - 16 bar M39M-A16
2
Parameter Values
2
Connection sizes: DN 65 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450
Weight with pilot valve: kg 15.0 24.0 39.0 82.0 159.0 247.0 407.0 512.0 824.0 947.0 2 2
Weight without pilot valve: kg 13.0 22.0 37.0 80.0 157.0 245.0 405.0 510.0 822.0 945.0
Dimensions: L 292 310 350 480 600 730 850 980 1100 1200
H 280 330 350 480 570 730 870 910 1150 1170
h 93 100 110 143 173 205 230 260 290 310
Options
The valve is available in the following sizes: DN65, DN80, DN100, DN150, DN200, DN250, DN300, DN350, DN400 and
DN450.
• standard
PC300-...A
Note: Ordering number example for DN80 and type A valve: PC300-80A
Accessories

EXF125-A
331 332
PS300 - Pump control valve


ISO 7005-2 / EN 1092-2
powder-coated
PS300
2 Magnetic solenoid valve Brass
Pump control valve valves on inlet and outlet
powder-coated
Pump control valves of this type are used as a protection Diaphragm EPDM
valve in pressure boosting systems to provide a water Spring Stainless steel
hammer free shutdown and start-up of pumps. Regulating cone Stainless steel
APPROVALS
• DVGW
SPECIAL FEATURES Check valve Brass
Seals EPDM
• Powder-coated inside and outside - Powder used is METHOD OF OPERATION INSTALLATION GUIDELINES
Negative pressures or pressure shocks can occur in Setup requirements
• Integral control circuit and ball valves pressurised pipelines when pumps shut-off. The negative
• Integral fine filter pressure or excess pressure becomes ever greater as the
• No external energy required for operation length of the pipework after the pump is increased.
– Protects against damage from coarse particles
• Compact construction Pump control valves of this type gradually reduce the pump
to zero demand by slowly closing the valve before the pump – Note flow direction (indicated by arrow)
• Light weight
is shut-off. Pump shut-off occurs when the electrical end • The installation location should be protected against
switch on the valve is operated. frost and be easily accessible
TECHNICAL DATA TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE – Simplified maintenance and cleaning
• The opening period is dependent on the length of the
Media shortly before use.
supply pipework and should be increased if this
Medium: Drinking water The following parameters apply during transportation and pipework is extremely long
Connections/Sizes storage:
• The valve of this type cannot prevent excess pressure
Parameter Value such as may be caused by a sudden electrical power
Pressure values failure
Min. ambient temperature: 5 °C – For this purpose a PC300 surge anticipating valve
Nominal pressure: PN16 should be fitted as well
Min. ambient relative 25 % * • Requires regular maintenance in accordance with
Operating temperatures EN 806-5
humidity:
medium:
humidity:
Specifications
*non condensing
Magnetic solenoid pilot 24 V AC, IP65
valve: 230 V/50 Hz on request

PS300 - Pump control valve PS300 - Pump control valve

Overview
Fig. 1 Standard installation example for the pump control valve

* optional
Connection sizes: 2" 2 1/2" 3" 4" 6" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" H
Distance in mm (W*): 100 110 120 130 160 190 220 250 270 310 330
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS h
kvs-Values
Connection sizes: 50 65 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 L
kvs-value (m3/h): 43 43 103 167 407 676 1160 1600 2000 3000 3150
Flow rate (Qmax) in m3/h - 40 40 100 160 350 620 970 1400 1900 2500 3100 Parameter Values
V=5.5 m/s: Connection sizes: DN 50 65 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450
Dimensions: L 230 292 310 350 480 600 730 850 980 1100 1200
H 270 280 330 350 480 570 730 870 910 1150 1170
h 83 93 100 110 143 173 205 230 260 290 310
Options
and DN450.
• standard
PS300-...A
Note: Ordering number example for DN65 and type A valve: PS300-65A
335 336
PS300 - Pump control valve
Accessories Control Valves

Braukmann
Overall length with adapter flanges (without bolts) SV300
EXF125-A Safety valve
Spare Parts
Pump control valve PS300, from 2002 onwards

APPLICATION
Safety valves of this type are controlled by the medium
1 Replacement magnetic solenoid valve flowing through it via a pilot valve. It is preferably installed in
Normally closed with DN50 - DN450 30-NC branches of supply pipework and protects downstream
electrical supply off 24 V 0903763 parts of a system which are at risk from unacceptable excess
2 Set of seals pressure which can, for example, be caused by pumps.
DN50 0903750 If the inlet pressure to the valve rises up to the set opening
DN65 0903751 pressure, then the valve opens immediately to the maximum
DN80 0903752 flow position. If the pressure falls to the set pressure, then
2
DN100 0903753 the valve closes slowly to prevent pressure shock loads.
1
DN150 0903754
2
DN200 0903755 APPROVALS
DN250 0903756 • DVGW
DN300 0903757 • WRAS (up to 23 °C)
DN350 0903758
DN400 0903759
SPECIAL FEATURES
DN450 0903760
2 • Integral control circuit and ball valves
2
2 2 • No external energy required for operation TECHNICAL DATA
Media
• Light weight
Connections/Sizes
Pressure values
Max. operating pressure: 16 bar / 25 bar
Nominal pressure: PN16 / PN25
Opening pressure: 3 - 15 bar / 3 - 19 bar
medium:
Specifications
Safety valve sizing:

SV300 - Safety valve SV300 - Safety valve

2 Pilot valve Brass
Cover plate Ductile iron (ISO 1083), Fig. 1 Standard installation example for the safety valve
powder-coated
Distance in mm (W*): 100 110 120 130 160 190 220 250 270 310 330
powder-coated
Diaphragm EPDM
Spring Stainless steel TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
kvs-Values
Compression fittings Brass Connection sizes: 50 65 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450
Pilot valve housing Brass kvs-value (m3/h): 43 43 103 167 407 676 1160 1600 2000 3000 3150
Filter insert Stainless steel Flow rate (Qmax) in m3/h - 40 40 100 160 350 620 970 1400 1900 2500 3100
Seals EPDM V=5.5 m/s:

Safety valves of this type limit the pressure in the pipework Setup requirements 6.5 m/s 15 m/s
[m3/h]
because any over pressure in the pipework causes the valve
to open, which then balances the pressure. After rapid
opening, the valve then closes slowly to prevent pressure
shock loads. – Protects against damage from coarse particles 10000 DN 450
DN 400
– Note flow direction (indicated by arrow)
TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE • The installation location should be protected against
5000 DN 350
DN 300
DN 250
Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them frost and be easily accessible
shortly before use. – Pressure gauge can be read off easily
DN 200
The following parameters apply during transportation and – Simplified maintenance and cleaning 1000 DN 150
storage:
• Requires regular maintenance in accordance with 500 DN 100
DN 80
Min. ambient temperature: 5 °C DN 65
DN 50
Min. ambient relative 25 % * 50 [bar]

humidity: 0.5 1 5 10
humidity:
*non condensing
339 340
SV300 - Safety valve SV300 - Safety valve

DN50-100 Adapter flanges DN100 to DN125
EXF125-A
Spare Parts
H Safety valve SV300, from 2002 onwards
h Overview Description Dimension Part No.
L 1 Replacement pilot valve
DN150-450 DN50 - 450 CX-PS
3/
8
" ½"
2 Set of seals
DN50 0903750
3
/8"
2 1
DN65 0903751
3/
8
"
DN80 0903752
DN100 0903753
H
bar
DN150 0903754
h DN200 0903755
DN250 0903756
L
DN300 0903757
DN350 0903758
Parameter Values
DN400 0903759
DN450 0903760
Weight with pilot valve: kg 14.0 15.0 24.0 39.0 82.0 159.0 247.0 407.0 512.0 824.0 947.0 2
Weight without pilot valve: kg 12.0 13.0 22.0 37.0 80.0 157.0 245.0 405.0 510.0 822.0 945.0 2
Dimensions: L 230 292 310 350 480 600 730 850 980 1100 1200
H 270 280 330 350 480 570 730 870 910 1150 1170 2 2
h 83 93 100 110 143 173 205 230 260 290 310
Options
and DN450.
• standard
- not available
SV300-...A SV300-...B
Connection type: Flange PN16, ISO 7005-2, EN 1092-2 • -
Flange PN25, ISO 7005-2, EN 1092-2 - •
Note: Ordering number example for DN50 and type A valve: SV300-50A
341 342
TC300 - Protection valve for deep pumping


ISO 7005-2 / EN 1092-2
powder-coated
TC300
2 Two magnetic solenoid Brass
valves
Protection valve for deep pumping rinsable filter insert and ball
material

powder-coated
APPLICATION Diaphragm plate Ductile iron (ISO 1083),
Protection valves of this type for deep well pumping is used powder-coated
to permit pressure shock free starting and stopping of deep Diaphragm EPDM
well pumps. Spring Stainless steel
APPROVALS
• DVGW
• WRAS (up to 23 °C) Pilot valve housing Brass
SPECIAL FEATURES
Seals EPDM
• Powder-coated inside and outside - Powder used is METHOD OF OPERATION INSTALLATION GUIDELINES
physiologically and toxicologically safe Protection valves of this type for deep well pumping are Setup requirements
• Integral control circuit and ball valves controlled by two adjustable magnetic solenoid valves.
• Integral fine filter Onemagnetic solenoid valve is normally open when there is
• No external energy required for operation no electrical supply and the other is normally closed. In both
magnetic solenoid valves the upper or lower diaphragm – Protects against damage from coarse particles
chambers are subjected to the outlet pressure to the – Note flow direction (indicated by arrow)
• Light weight
pumping system. The operation of the pump is controlled by • The installation location should be protected against
the end switch on the main valve. frost and be easily accessible
TECHNICAL DATA Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them
• The opening period is dependent on the length of the
shortly before use.
Media supply pipework and should be increased if this
Medium: Drinking water pipework is extremely long
storage:
Connections/Sizes • The valve of this type cannot prevent excess pressure
Connection size: DN50 - DN450 Parameter Value such as may be caused by a sudden electrical power
Pressure values Environment: clean, dry and dust free failure
Max. operating pressure: 16 bar Min. ambient temperature: 5 °C – For this purpose a PC300 surge anticipating valve
Nominal pressure: PN16 Max. ambient temperature: 55 °C should be fitted as well
Minimum pressure: 0.5 bar Min. ambient relative 25 % * • Requires regular maintenance in accordance with
Operating temperatures humidity: EN 806-5
Max. operating temperature 80 °C Max. ambient relative 85 % *
medium: humidity:
Specifications *non condensing
Magnetic solenoid pilot 24 V AC, IP 65

valve:

TC300 - Protection valve for deep pumping TC300 - Protection valve for deep pumping

Overview
Fig. 1 Standard installation example for the protection valve for deep pumping
* optional
Connection sizes: 2" 2 1/2" 3" 4" 6" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" Parameter Values
Distance in mm (W*): 100 110 120 130 160 190 220 250 270 310 330 Connection sizes: DN 50 65 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450
* Required installation distances between the centerline of the pipework and the surrounding in dependency of the connection size. Weight with pilot valve: kg 14.0 15.0 24.0 39.0 82.0 159.0 247.0 407.0 512.0 824.0 947.0
Dimensions: L 230 292 310 350 480 600 730 850 980 1100 1200
kvs-Values H 270 280 330 350 480 570 730 870 910 1150 1170
Connection sizes: 50 65 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 h 83 93 100 110 143 173 205 230 260 290 310
kvs-value (m3/h): 43 43 103 167 407 676 1160 1600 2000 3000 3150 Note: All dimensions in mm unless stated otherwise.
Flow rate (Qmax) in m3/h - 40 40 100 160 350 620 970 1400 1900 2500 3100
V=5.5 m/s:
Pressure drop characteristics always state the type, the ordering or the part number.
DN 450 Options
[l/s] [m3/h] DN 400
DN 350 The valve is available in the following sizes: DN50, DN65, DN80, DN100, DN150, DN200, DN250, DN300, DN350, DN400
5000
1000
DN 300
DN 250 and DN450.
DN 200 • standard
500
DN 150
1000
TC300-...A
DN 100
500 Connection type: Flange PN16, ISO 7005-2, EN 1092-2 •
100 DN 80
50 DN 65
DN 50 Note: Ordering number example for DN50 and type A valve: TC300-50A
100
50
Accessories
10
5 EXF125-A Extension flange DN125
10
5
1 Ductile iron, PN16 acc. ISO 7005-2 and EN 1092-2.
1 [bar] DN125 L=416mm, DVGW approved, including bolts, nuts and the seal disc.
0.01 0.05 0.1 0.5 1 5 10
EXF125-A
345 346
TC300 - Protection valve for deep pumping

Altitude control valve TC300, from 2002 onwards

1 Replacement magnetic solenoid valve
Part No.
Braukmann
4
Normally closed with
electrical supply off 24 V
DN50 - DN450 30-NC
0903765 VR170, ZN170, Z171T
2 Replacement magnetic solenoid valve
Normally open with DN50 - DN450 30-NO Float valve for water storage tanks with option of
electrical supply off 24 V 0903766
3 Set of seals stainless steel or plastic floats
3 DN50 0903750
1 DN65 0903751
APPLICATION
3 DN80 0903752
Float valves of this type regulate a fluid level in vented open
DN100 0903753
or closed storage vessels or can be used for filling of water
DN150 0903754 supply storage tanks.
DN200 0903755
Within the scope of their specification they can be used for
DN250 0903756 industrial or commercial installations or also for public water
DN300 0903757 supply systems. A soft seat seal provides positive shut-off,
DN350 0903758 even with fluctuating supply pressure.
DN400 0903759
3
4 End switch • Available with plastics or stainless steel floats
3
DN50 - DN450 0903764 • Float can be fitted horizontally or vertically
3 3
• Open construction design
• External thread connection to DIN 228
• Seat seal and piston replaceable
• Lever arm can be shortened where supply pressure is
low
TECHNICAL DATA
Media
Medium: Water and neutral liquids
Connections/Sizes
Connection size: R1/2" - R21/2"
Pressure values
Max. operating pressure: 6.0 bar
8.0 bar with stainless steel
float of next
Max. operating temperature 65 °C with plastics float
medium: 90 °C with stainless steel
float
Specifications
Installation position: Horizontally on water storage
vessel

VR170, ZN170, Z171T - Float valve for water storage tanks with option of stainless steel or plastic floats VR170, ZN170, Z171T - Float valve for water storage tanks with option of stainless steel or plastic floats
CONSTRUCTION Plastics float Z171T
Float valve VR170 Overview Components Materials

1 Piston Brass
2 Float Plastic
1 Housing Brass (1/2" to 2") or red
bronze (21/2")
2 Lever arm Brass (1/2" to 1") or stainless
steel (11/4" to 21/2")
Piston Brass
Seals NBR

Stainless steel float ZN170 Float valves work in conjunction with floats to control the Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them
level of liquids in containers. shortly before use.
The float is at the level of the liquid in the container and acts The following parameters apply during transportation and
1 Float Stainless steel
directly on the lever arm of the float valve. storage:
A variation in liquid level immediately causes a change in the
Parameter Value
flow rate through the float valve.
humidity:
humidity:
*non condensing
kvs-Values
Float valve VR170
Connection sizes: 1/ " 3/ " 1" 11/4" 11/2" 2" 21/2"

2 4
kvs-value (m3/h): 2.0 3.6 5.5 9.4 13.0 17.5 21.0
349 350
VR170, ZN170, Z171T - Float valve for water storage tanks with option of stainless steel or plastic floats VR170, ZN170, Z171T - Float valve for water storage tanks with option of stainless steel or plastic floats
DIMENSIONS Plastics float Z171T
Float valve VR170 Overview
Overview
B
l1 L
H
R
h
C
l2
ØDs
A
R1 ØD
H
h
Parameter Values
Connection size: R For 1/ 3 For 11/4", 11/2"*, 2"** float valve
2", /4",
1" float valves
ØD Weight: kg 0.2 0.4
Dimensions: ØD 130 200
H 248 278
Parameter Values
1/ 3/ " h 130 160
Connection size: R 2" 1" 4 11/4" 11/2" 2" 21/2"
3/ " 1/ "
3/ " 1 1 Lift: kg 1.2 3.5
Outlet R1 8 4 2 1" 1 /4" 1 /2" 2"
Weight: kg 1.0 1.1 1.3 2.0 2.6 3.8 5.3 * Valve connection 11/2" to 5 bar and
** Valve connection 2" to 3 bar operating pressure
Dimensions: ØD 9 12 15 20 25 30 35
L 600 610 720 730 890 900 1150
A 120 130 135 180 315 325 430 ORDERING INFORMATION
B 90 100 110 130 150 165 185 The following tables contain all the information you need to make an order of an item of your choice. When ordering, please
C 30 30 37 44 50 55 62 always state the type, the ordering or the part number.
I1 30 35 38 45 50 50 55 Options
I2 54 54 54 66 66 78 78
The valve is available in the following sizes: R1/2", R3/4", R1", R11/4", R11/2", R2" and R21/2"
Lever arm: BxTxL 15x6x570 15x6x570 15x6x680 20x6x680 20x6x825 20x6x825 20x8x1060
• standard
- not available
Stainless steel float ZN170
VR170-...A ZN170-...A Z171T-...A
Overview Connection type: Standard version • - -
Stainless Steel float, for VR170-...A - • -
Plastic float, for VR170-...A - - •
Note: Ordering number example for R1" and type A valve: VR170-1A
Note: Order Example:
Z171T-1/2= Plastics float, for VR170 - 1/2A to 1A
H
Z171T -11/4 = Plastics float, for VR170-11/4A to 2A

h
ØD
Parameter Values
Connection size: R 1/ " 3/ " 1" 11/4" 11/2" 2" 21/2" 3"
2 4
Weight: kg 0.4 0.5 0.7 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.2 1.4
Dimensions: ØD 150 150 180 180 230 230 245 280
H 146 161 171 206 206 246 271 306
h 125 140 150 180 180 220 245 280
Lift: kg 1.5 1.7 2.8 3.5 5.0 6.5 8.5 11.5
351 352
VR170, ZN170, Z171T - Float valve for water storage tanks with option of stainless steel or plastic floats

Float valve VR170, from 1949 onwards
1 Piston complete
Dimension Part No.
Braukmann
1
1/
3/
2"
4"
0900401
0900402 VR300
1" 0900403
11/4" 0900404 Flow rate regulator
11/2" 0900405
2 2" 0900406
21/2" 0900407
2 Sealing ring single APPLICATION
1/
2" 2657800 Flow rate regulators of this type, also called a flow rate
3/
4" 2657800 limiting valves, control to a fixed flow rate, independent of
1" 2658000 fluctuating operating pressures and take-off flow rates.
11/4" 2658100 It prevents, for example, pumps running at too high a
11/2" 2658200 performance or regulates the performance of whole
2" 2658300 installations and systems.
21/2" 2658400
APPROVALS
• DVGW
SPECIAL FEATURES
• Integral control circuit and ball valves
• No external energy required for operation
• Light weight
TECHNICAL DATA
Media
Connections/Sizes
Pressure values
Opening pressure: 3 - 15 bar
medium:

VR300 - Flow rate regulator VR300 - Flow rate regulator

powder-coated
powder-coated
Diaphragm EPDM
Fine regulation valve -
Pilot valve housing Brass Fig. 1 Standard installation example for the flow rate regulator
Seals EPDM
Distance in mm (W*): 100 110 120 130 160 190 220 250 270 310 330
Orifice Brass
The flow rate regulating valve automatically regulates to a Setup requirements
constant flow rate, irrespective of fluctuating system kvs-Values
pressures, using a pre-calculated measuring orifice
• Install downstream of the strainer Connection sizes: 50 65 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450
operating in conjunction with a special pilot valve.
– Protects against damage from coarse particles kvs-value (m3/h): 43 43 103 167 407 676 1160 1600 2000 3000 3150
The valve opens fully if the consumption is less than the
– Note flow direction (indicated by arrow) Flow rate (Qmax) in m3/h - 40 40 100 160 350 620 970 1400 1900 2500 3100
maximum calculated flow or the system itself does not
V=5.5 m/s:
deliver the required flow rate. A three-way pilot valve • The installation location should be protected against
measures the differential pressure between the two sides of frost and be easily accessible Pressure drop characteristics
the measuring orifice and uses this to regulate the – Pressure gauge can be read off easily
diaphragm valve. – Simplified maintenance and cleaning
shortly before use.
storage:
EN 806-5
Parameter Value • The calculated measuring orifice is designed to achieve
Environment: clean, dry and dust free a pressure drop of 0.20 - 0.25 bar
Min. ambient temperature: 5 °C • A pressure measuring point of at least 1/2" size must be
Max. ambient temperature: 55 °C present in the inlet section
Min. ambient relative 25 % * • A pre-calculated flow rate performance can be adjusted
humidity: on the pilot valve between -10 % and +40 % of the
Max. ambient relative 85 % * predetermined value. Larger variations require another
humidity: design of measuring orifice
*non condensing
355 356
VR300 - Flow rate regulator VR300 - Flow rate regulator

Flow rate regulator VR300, from 2002 onwards
Overview
DN 50 - 450 CXRS-D
2 Set of seals
DN50 0903750
2
1 DN65 0903751
1
DN80 0903752
2
DN100 0903753
DN150 0903754
DN200 0903755
DN250 0903756
DN300 0903757
3
DN350 0903758
DN400 0903759
Parameter Values DN450 0903760
Connection sizes: DN 50 65 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 2
Weight with pilot valve: kg 14.0 15.0 24.0 39.0 82.0 159.0 247.0 407.0 512.0 824.0 947.0 2
valve: 2 2
Dimensions: L 230 292 310 350 480 600 730 850 980 1100 1200
H 270 280 330 350 480 570 730 870 910 1150 1170
h 83 93 100 110 143 173 205 230 260 290 310
Options
and DN450.
• standard
VR300-...A
Connection type: Housing with flange, PN16, ISO 2084 •
Note: Ordering number example for DN50 and type A valve: VR300-50A
Accessories

EXF125-A
357 358
VV300 - Priority valve


ISO 7005-2 / EN 1092-2
powder-coated
VV300
Priority valve valves on inlet and outlet
powder-coated
Priority valves of this type are a combination between Diaphragm EPDM
pressure regulating and pressure limiting valves. Spring Stainless steel
They are used to ensure priority drinking water supply to Regulating cone Stainless steel
important systems. Valve seat Stainless steel
Ancillary systems are then supplied only when there is Compression fittings Brass
sufficient surplus drinking water available. Pilot valve housing Brass
In addition downstream installations are protected against Filter insert Stainless steel
excess supply pressures. The compact construction makes Seals EPDM
them particularly suitable for applications where space is
limited, for example in ducts. The application of priority METHOD OF OPERATION INSTALLATION GUIDELINES
valves prevents pressure damage. The set pressure remains The priority valve simultaneously regulates a set outlet Setup requirements
constant even when the inlet pressure fluctuates greatly. pressure and also the overflow pressure on the inlet to the
valve.
APPROVALS • Install downstream of the strainer
The valve remains in the closed position until the set
• DVGW – Protects against damage from coarse particles
overflow pressure is reached, at which point the valve begins
• WRAS (up to 23 °C) to open and then also regulates the set outlet pressure as – Note flow direction (indicated by arrow)
well, independent of any fluctuations in the inlet pressure or • The installation location should be protected against
SPECIAL FEATURES flow rate. frost and be easily accessible
• High precision control during pressure variances and As soon as the inlet pressure falls below the set overflow – Pressure gauge can be read off easily
low flow rates pressure (for example with a pipe fracture) the valve closes – Simplified maintenance and cleaning
• High flow capacity and fully seals. • Provide a straight section of pipework of at least five
• High control accuracy TECHNICAL DATA times the nominal valve size after the pressure reducing
• Powder-coated inside and outside - Powder used is TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE valve (in accordance with EN 806-2)
Media
physiologically and toxicologically safe Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them
Medium: Drinking water • Safety valve SV300 optional
• Integral control circuit and ball valves shortly before use.
Connections/Sizes • Requires regular maintenance in accordance with
• Integral fine filter The following parameters apply during transportation and
Connection size: DN50 - DN450 EN 806-5
storage:
• No external energy required for operation Pressure values
• Conforms to BSEN 1567 Max. operating pressure: 16 bar Parameter Value
Nominal pressure: PN16 Environment: clean, dry and dust free
Minimum pressure: 0.5 bar Min. ambient temperature: 5 °C
Operating temperatures Max. ambient temperature: 55 °C
Max. operating temperature 80 °C Min. ambient relative 25 % *
medium: humidity:
Specifications Max. ambient relative 85 % *
Setting range: Pilot valve CX-PS 3.0 - 15 bar humidity:
Pilot valve CX-PR 3.0 - 15 bar *non condensing

VV300 - Priority valve VV300 - Priority valve

Overview
Fig. 1 Standard installation example for the priority valve
Distance in mm (W*): 100 110 120 130 160 190 220 250 270 310 330
Parameter Values
kvs-Values Connection sizes: DN 50 65 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450
Connection sizes: 50 65 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 Weight with pilot valve: kg 14.0 15.0 24.0 39.0 82.0 159.0 247.0 407.0 512.0 824.0 947.0
kvs-value (m3/h): 43 43 103 167 407 676 1160 1600 2000 3000 3150 Weight without pilot kg 12.0 13.0 22.0 37.0 80.0 157.0 245.0 405.0 510.0 822.0 945.0
Flow rate (Qmax) in m3/h - 40 40 100 160 350 620 970 1400 1900 2500 3100 valve:
V=5.5 m/s: Dimensions: L 230 292 310 350 480 600 730 850 980 1100 1200
H 270 280 330 350 480 570 730 870 910 1150 1170
h 83 93 100 110 143 173 205 230 260 290 310
Options
and DN450.
• standard
VV300-...A
Note: Ordering number example for DN50 and type A valve: VV300-50A
361 362
VV300 - Priority valve
Accessories Strainers
Braukmann
Overall length with adapter flanges (without bolts) FY30
EXF125-A Brass Y-strainer
with threaded female connections
Spare Parts
Priority valve VV300, from 2002 onwards
Overview Description Dimension Part No. APPLICATION

FY30 strainers are used in commercial and industrial
applications within the limits of their specifications.
1 DN50 - CX-PR
2
DN450 They protect systems against malfunction and corrosion
damage resulting from the ingress of foreign bodies such as
welding beads, sealing materials, metal cuttings and rust
DN50 - 450 CX-PS
etc. This extends the life of the downstream system and
3 Set of seals
3 prevents early failure.
DN50 0903750
bar
bar DN80 0903752 • Low flow resistance because of good dynamic flow
DN100 0903753 design of body
4 DN150 0903754 • Brass and stainless steel construction gives good
DN200 0903755 corrosion resistance
DN250 0903756 • Two different mesh sizes available
DN300 0903757 • Sieves are interchangeable
DN350 0903758 • Large strainer mesh surface area provides high dirt
3 DN400 0903759 acceptance capacity
DN450 0903760 • Sieve carrier ensures good sealing within housing
3
4 Pressure gauge
• Easy removal of sieve for cleaning
3 3 0 - 16 bar M07M-A16 TECHNICAL DATA
Media
Medium: Water, oil, compressed air
and other non-aggressive
mediums
Connections/Sizes
Connection sizes: 3/ " - 2"
8
Pressure values
medium:
Specifications
Installation position: In horizontal or vertical
pipework with blanking plug
downwards

FY30 - Brass Y-strainer FY30 - Brass Y-strainer

1 Housing with female threads Dezincification-resistant
and hexagonal ends brass
2 Blanking plug with sieve Dezincification-resistant
holder and hexagonal head brass
Double sieve with mesh size Stainless steel
approximately 0.35 mm or
0.18 mm and with mesh
carrier
Disc seal ring Gambit AF-Oil

The medium flows in the direction of the arrow through the Setup requirements
FY30 and passes through the large surface double sieve
• If possible install in horizontal pipework with blanking
from inside to outside. Dirt particles are trapped and
plug downwards TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
collected by the double sieve. Accumulated dirt particles
– This position ensures optimum cleaning efficiency
can then easily be removed during programmed cleaning of Zeta-Values
the strainer. – Where installed in rising pipework dirt particles will
not collect in strainer Connection sizes: 10 15 20 25 32 40 50
TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE • Install shut-off valves Zeta-value 14.7 9.2 7.4 7.3 6.2 6.5 5.6
Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them – Enables fast cleaning of the strainer
DIMENSIONS
shortly before use. • Ensure good access
The following parameters apply during transportation and – So that the sieve can be easily removed Overview
storage:
Parameter Value
humidity:
humidity:
*non condensing
Parameter Values
Connection sizes: Inch 3/ " 1/ " 3/ 11/4" 11/2"
8 2 4" 1" 2"
Nominal sizes: DN 10 15 20 25 32 40 50
Weight: kg 0.14 0.25 0.36 0.64 0.85 1.33 2.13
Dimensions: L 55 65 75 90 110 120 150
H 33 44 70 62 67 83 98
R1 3/ " 1/ " 3/ " 1" 11/8" 11/4" 13/4"
8 2 4
365 366
FY30 - Brass Y-strainer
ORDERING INFORMATION Strainers

Braukmann
Options
FY32
The strainers are available in the following sizes: 3/ ", 1/ ", 3/ ", 1", 11/4", 11/
8 2 4 2" and 2".
• standard
- not available
FY30-...A FY30-...B
Red-bronze Y-strainer
Connection type: with double sieve, mesh size approx. 0.35 mm • - with threaded female connections
with double sieve, mesh size approx. 0.18 mm - •
Note: Ordering number example for 1" and type A valve: FY30-1A APPLICATION
Spare Parts FY32 strainers are used in commercial and industrial
FY30 Strainers applications within the limits of their specifications.
They protect systems against malfunction and corrosion
Overview Description Dimension Part No. damage resulting from the ingress of foreign bodies such as
1 Replacement sieve Mesh size 0.35 mm welding beads, sealing materials, metal cuttings and rust
3/ "
8 ES30-3/8A etc. This extends the life of the downstream system and
1/ " ES30-1/2A prevents early failure.
2
1 3/ " ES30-3/4A
4
SPECIAL FEATURES
1" ES30-1A
• Low flow resistance because of good dynamic flow
11/4" ES30-11/4A
2 design of body
11/2" ES30-11/2A
• Brass and stainless steel construction gives good
2" ES30-2A
corrosion resistance
Replacement sieve Mesh 0.18 mm
3/ "
• Large strainer mesh surface area provides high dirt
8 ES30-3/8B
acceptance capacity
1/ " ES30-1/2B
2
3/ "
• Sieve carrier ensures good sealing within housing
4 ES30-3/4B
• Easy removal of sieve for cleaning
1" ES30-1B
11/4" ES30-11/4B TECHNICAL DATA
11/2" ES30-11/2B
Media
2" ES30-2B
2 Sealing ring
and other non-aggressive
3/ " 5783600
8
mediums
1/ " 2221300
2
Connections/Sizes
3/ " 5017600
4 1/
Connection sizes: 4" - 2"
1" 5018000 Pressure values
11/4" 5018500 Max. operating pressure: 16 bar for water, oil and
11/2" 5019100 compressed air
2" 5021400 Operating temperatures
medium:
Specifications
downwards

FY32 - Red-bronze Y-strainer FY32 - Red-bronze Y-strainer

1 Housing with female threads Red bronze
and hexagonal ends
2 Blanking plug with sieve Dezincification-resistant
holder and hexagonal head brass
Double sieve with mesh size Stainless steel
approximately 0.25 mm and
with mesh carrier

FY32 and passes through the large surface double sieve
plug downwards
can then easily be removed during programmed cleaning of
– Where installed in rising pipework dirt particles will
the strainer. TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
not collect in strainer
TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE • Install shut-off valves Zeta-Values
Keep parts in their original packaging and unpack them – Enables fast cleaning of the strainer Connection sizes: 8 10 15 20 25 32 40 50
shortly before use. • Ensure good access Zeta-value 5.0 14.7 9.2 7.4 7.3 6.2 6.5 5.6
The following parameters apply during transportation and – So that the sieve can be easily removed
storage: DIMENSIONS
Parameter Value Overview
*non condensing
Parameter Values
Connection sizes: R 1/ " 3/ 1/ 3/ " 11/4" 11/2"
4 8" 2" 4 1" 2"
Nominal sizes: DN 8 10 15 20 25 32 40 50
Weight: kg 0.16 0.15 0.21 0.36 0.61 0.88 1.25 1.9
Dimensions: L 56 64 67 77 90 112 120 150
H 32 32 36 45 58 70 72 92
R1 1/ " 1/ " 3/ " 1" 11/4" 13/4" 2" 21/2"
2 2 4
369 370
FY32 - Red-bronze Y-strainer
ORDERING INFORMATION Strainers

Braukmann
Options
FY69P
The strainers are available in the following sizes: 1/ ", 3/ ", 1/ ", 3/ ", 1", 11/4", 11/2" and 2".
4 8 2 4
• standard
- not available
FY32-...C
Grey cast iron Y-strainer
Connection type: with double sieve, mesh size approx. 0.25 mm • with flange connections
Note: Ordering number example for 1" and type C valve: FY32-1C
Spare Parts APPLICATION

FY32 Strainers FY69P strainers are used in commercial and industrial
applications, as well as for central water supply systems
Overview Description Dimension Part No. within the limits of their specifications.
1 Replacement sieve with sealing ring, Mesh 0.25 mm They protect systems against malfunction and corrosion
3/ "
8 ES32-3/8C damage resulting from the ingress of foreign bodies such as
1 1/ "
2 ES32-1/2C welding beads, sealing materials, metal cuttings and rust
1" ES32-1C etc. This extends the life of the downstream system and
prevents early failure.
11/4" ES32-11/4C
1
1 /2" ES32-11/2C SPECIAL FEATURES
2" ES32-2C
• Low flow resistance because of good dynamic flow
design of body
• Stainless steel construction gives double sieve good
• Large strainer mesh surface area provides high dirt
acceptance capacity
TECHNICAL DATA
• Sieve carrier ensures good sealing within housing
• Dirt particles or condensate in compressed air systems Media
can be flushed out with blanking plug removed Medium: Water, oil, compressed air
• Easy removal of sieve for cleaning and other non-aggressive
mediums
Connections/Sizes
Connection sizes: DN15 - DN200
Pressure values
Max. operating pressure: 16 bar for water, oil and
compressed air
medium:
Specifications
downwards

FY69P - Grey cast iron Y-strainer FY69P - Grey cast iron Y-strainer

1 Housing with PN 16 flanges Grey cast iron
to DIN 2533
2 Double sieve with mesh size Stainless steel
with mesh carrier
3 Cover plate with blanking Brass cover plate (DN15 - TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
plug and sealing ring DN50) or steel cover plate
(DN65 - DN200) and brass kvs-Values
blanking plug Connection sizes: 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200
Not depicted components: Zeta-value: 3.4 3.5 2.9 2.1 3.6 2.7 2.5 2.9 4.4 4.4 5.7 -
Disc seal ring Unitec kvs-value (m3/h): 4.9 8.5 14.6 22.3 33.5 61 107 151 190 297 378 -
DIMENSIONS
Overview
FY69P and passes through the large surface double sieve
plug downwards
In addition, if a service valve is fitted instead of the blanking
plug, collected dirt and/or condensate in compressed air • Install shut-off valves
systems can be flushed out without difficulty. – Enables fast cleaning of the strainer
TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE – So that the sieve can be easily removed
shortly before use.
storage:
Parameter Value
Parameter Values
Nominal sizes: DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200
Weight: kg 2.0 2.6 3.8 6.3 7.4 10.4 15 22 30 45 66 144
Dimensions: L 130 150 160 180 200 230 290 310 350 400 480 600
H 64 83 90 108 120 143 179 203 222 267 320 382
R 3/8" 3/ "
8
3/ "
8
3/ "
8
3/ "
8
3/ "
8
1/ "
2
1/ "
2 1" 1" 1" 1"
humidity:
F 95 105 115 140 150 165 185 200 220 230 285 340
*non condensing
Options
The strainers are available in the following sizes: DN15 - DN200.
• standard
- not available
FY69P-...A FY69P-...ZA
Connection type: with double sieve, mesh size approx. 0.50 mm • -
with double sieve, mesh size approx. 1.00 mm* - •
* for DN50, DN65, DN80 only
Note: Ordering number example for DN50 and type A valve: FY69P-50A
373 374
FY69P - Grey cast iron Y-strainer
Spare Parts Strainers

FY69P Strainers

1 Replacement sieve mesh size 0.50 mm
Part No.
Braukmann
DN15
DN20
ES69Y-15
ES69Y-20 FY71P
DN25 ES69Y-25
DN32 ES69Y-32 Cast steel Y-strainer
DN40 ES69Y-40 with flange connections
DN50 ES69Y-50
DN65 ES69Y-65
DN80 ES69Y-80 APPLICATION
DN100 ES69Y-100 FY71P strainers are used in commercial and industrial
DN125 ES69Y-125 applications, as well as for central water supply systems
DN200 ES69Y-200 within the limits of their specifications.
Replacement sieve mesh size 1.00 mm They protect systems against malfunction and corrosion
11 DN50 ES69Y-50Z damage resulting from the ingress of foreign bodies such as
DN65 ES69Y-65Z welding beads, sealing materials, metal cuttings and rust
22 DN80 ES69Y-80Z etc. This extends the life of the downstream system and
2 Cover plate seal prevents early failure.
DN15 5782400
33 DN20 5782500
SPECIAL FEATURES
DN25 5782600 • Low flow resistance because of good dynamic flow
design of body
DN32 5782700
DN40 5782800 • Powder-coated inside and outside - Powder used is
DN50 5782900
DN65 5783000 • Stainless steel construction gives double sieve good
DN80 5783100
DN100 5783200 • Large strainer mesh surface area provides high dirt
acceptance capacity
DN125 5783300
DN150 5783400 • Sieve carrier ensures good sealing within housing
DN200 5783500 • Dirt particles or condensate in compressed air systems TECHNICAL DATA
3 Blanking plug seal ring can be flushed out with blanking plug removed
Media
DN15 5783600 • Easy removal of sieve for cleaning
DN20 5783600 and other non-aggressive
DN25 5783600 mediums
DN32 5783600 Connections/Sizes
DN40 5783600 Connection sizes: DN65 - DN150
DN50 5783600 Pressure values
DN65 5782400 Max. operating pressure: 40 bar (water, oil
DN80 5782400 and compressed air)
DN100 5018000 Operating temperatures
DN125 5018000 Max. operating temperature 85 °C
DN150 5018000 medium:
DN200 5018000 Specifications
downwards

FY71P - Cast steel Y-strainer FY71P - Cast steel Y-strainer

1 Housing with PN40 flanges Cast steel
to DIN 2545
2 Triple sieve with mesh size Stainless steel
with mesh carrier
3 Cover plate with blanking Steel cover plate, brass
plug and sealing ring blanking plug TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Not depicted components: Zeta-Values
Disc seal ring Unitec
Zeta-value: 2.5 2.9 4.4 5.7
DIMENSIONS
Overview
FY71P and passes through the large surface double sieve
plug downwards
In addition, if a service valve is fitted instead of the blanking
plug, collected dirt and/or condensate in compressed air • Install shut-off valves
systems can be flushed out without difficulty. – Enables fast cleaning of the strainer
TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE – So that the sieve can be easily removed
shortly before use. Parameter Values
The following parameters apply during transportation and Nominal sizes: DN 65 80 100 150
storage: Weight: kg 18 23 33 80
Parameter Value Dimensions: L 290 310 350 480
Environment: clean, dry and dust free H 179 203 222 320
R 1/ " 1/ " 1" 1"
Min. ambient temperature: 5 °C 2 2
Max. ambient temperature: 55 °C F 185 200 235 300

Min. ambient relative humidity: 25 % * Note: All dimensions in mm unless stated otherwise.
*non condensing
Options
The strainers are available in the following sizes: DN65 - DN150.
• standard
- not available
FY71P-...B
Connection type: with triple sieve, mesh size approx. 0.50 mm •
Note: Ordering number example for DN65 and type B valve: FY71P-65B
377 378
FY71P - Cast steel Y-strainer
Spare Parts Balancing valves

FY71P Strainers
1 Replacement sieve
Dimension Part No.
Braukmann
DN65
DN80
ES71Y-65
ES71Y-80 V5032
DN100 ES71Y-100
DN150 ES71Y-150 Kombi-2-plus
1 2 Cover plate seal Manual double regulating balancing valve
DN65 5783000
2
DN80 5783100
DN100 5783200 APPLICATION
DN150 5783400 The V5032 Kombi-2-plus is a static, variable orifice seperate
3
3 Blanking plug seal ring double regulating balancing valve for the return with
DN65 5782400 additional shut-off function.
DN80 5782400 It is suitable for use in variable and constant flow systems to
DN100 5018000 manually balance the flow and to set resistances to an equal
DN150 5018000 level all over the system.
V5032 Kombi-2-plus is typically used for static balancing of
fan coil units, air handling units, chilled ceilings and two-
pipe heating systems. It can be installed on the flow or the
return side, general installation behaviour is to install it on
the return side.
SPECIAL FEATURES
• Manual balancing of flow rates
– Precise presetting with numeric scale
– Concealed presetting prevents unwanted operation
• Wide range of application
– Sizes DN10 up to DN80
– Versions for standard and low flow rates available
• Easy commissioning
– Fast and safe measurement with SafeConTM VALVE EFFICIENCY
measuring connections – 6 times faster than low high
standard Binder connections Energy efficiency ● ● ● ○ ○
– DN size and settings readable on handwheel even Commissioning effort ● ● ● ● ●
with insulated valve Calculation effort ● ● ● ● ○
– All functions located on one side for easier access
and use
– Optimal measuring in combination with BasicMes
(VM242) - all flow values are already included in the
measuring device
• Maintenance friendly
– Insert fully interchangeable
– Integrated shut-off function
– Presetting is not changed during shut-off

V5032 - Kombi-2-plus V5032 - Kombi-2-plus
TECHNICAL DATA V5032B

Note: * for water-glycol mixtures to VDI 2035 max. temperature 110 °
Media Overview Components Materials
Note: Water with temperature above 100 °C can only be used for heating
Medium: Water or water-glycol systems 1 Handwheel with presetting DN15 - DN50:
mixture, quality to VDI 2035 Note: To avoid stone deposit and corrosion the composition of the dial and display Plastic
medium should conform with VDI-Guideline 2035
(up to 50 % Glycol) DN65 - DN80:
Note: Additives have to be suitable for EPDM sealings
pH-value: 8...9.5 Note: System has to be flushed thoroughly before initial operation. Valve Steel
Pressure values inserts must be removed before flushing and all valve openings 2 Concealed presetting Plastic
sealed by blind caps (see 'Accessories' above)
Max. operating pressure: max. 16 bar (232 psi) 3 Valve housing with internal DN15 - DN50:
Note: Any complaints or costs resulting from non-compliance with above
Operating temperatures rules will not be accepted threads to DIN EN 10226-1 Dezincification-resistant
Water: -20...130 °C (-4...266 °F)* Note: Please contact us if you should have any special requirements or for threaded pipe and two brass
Water-glycol mixtures: -20...110 °C (-4...230 °F)* needs G1/4" connections equipped DN65 - DN80:
Connections/Sizes with SafeConTM pressure
Red bronze
Nominal size: DN10 - DN80 test valves
Specifications 4 Two SafeConTM measuring Brass and plastic
connections
Housing: DN10 - DN50:
5 SafeConTM pressure test Rubber
valve with colour marked
brass
protection cap
DN65 - DN80:
6 Numeric display of Plastic
Red bronze presetting
kvs (cvs)-value: See the flow data charts Not depicted components:
Valve insert with shut-off Brass
CONSTRUCTION function
V5032BLF Seat sealing PTFE
Overview Components Materials O-rings and soft seals EPDM
1 Handwheel for the shut-off Plastic Installation and setup Available from the Resideo
function instructions online catalogue
2 Concealed presetting with Plastic
numeric display METHOD OF OPERATION
3 Valve housing with internal Dezincification-resistant The V5032 valves are usually installed in the return pipeline. Valve Identification
threads to DIN EN 10226-1 brass Based on the required flow rate the valve is preset to a Each valve is marked as follows:
for threaded pipe and two certain value by turning the presetting clockwise (increasing • OS - Number
G1/4" connections equipped the presetting) or anticlockwise (decreasing the presetting). • DN size
with SafeConTM pressure Required presetting value can be determined by using
test valves • PN rating
tables further below, by using a sizing tool, by measuring or
4 Two SafeConTM measuring Brass and plastic directly from design documentation. The required flow at full • Flow arrows
connections load is normally calculated in advance by a consultant or • Serial number/date code
5 SafeConTM pressure test Rubber similar specialist and must be known for system balancing.
valve with colour marked
protection cap TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Not depicted components: Correction Factor f
Valve insert Brass When the density σ is expressed in t/m³ instead of kg/m³ the correction factor f is the result. The correction factor f can be
O-rings and soft seals EPDM used to recalculate kv-value, pressure drop and flow:
Installation and setup Available from the Resideo
instructions online catalogue
Influence of Coolants on Flow Values

The flow through a valve is defined by the kv-value. The kv-value is the flow m through a valve in [m³/h] at a differential
pressure of 1 bar (14.5 psi) and is only valid for fluids with a density of σ0 = 1000 kg/m³. This condition is met by water at a
temperature of 20°C (68°F). For fluids with another density the following formula can be applied:
381 382
Flow Data V5032B, DN10 Flow Data V5032B, DN15
Presetting
0.3 0.8 1 1.2 1.6 2 2.6 3 3.6 4 4.9
8.7
4 5 6
3.0 4.0
3
2
2.0
10000
4 5 6 7 8 9 100
0.5 1.0
3
0.145 P.S.I. 0.3

Pressure drop
10 mbar 2
1000 Pa
10 l/h 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 100 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1000 2 3 4 5
0.0028 l/s 0.01 0.025 0.05 0.1 0.25 1.0
Flow
Presetting values
Setting: 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8
kv-value: 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9
cv-value: 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
Presetting values
Setting: 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 Setting: 2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3 3.2 3.4 3.6
kv-value: 0.09 0.099 0.099 0.101 0.103 0.109 0.119 0.134 0.15 kv-value: 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.5 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.1
cv-value: 0.09 0.099 0.099 0.101 0.103 0.109 0.119 0.134 0.15 cv-value: 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.7 1.9 2.1 2.3 2.4
Setting: 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 Setting: 3.8 4.0 4.2 4.4 4.6 4.8 4.9 = open
kv-value: 0.182 0.215 0.243 0.269 0.295 0.319 0.344 0.369 0.392 kv-value: 2.3 2.4 2.4 2.5 2.5 2.6 kvs = 2.6
cv-value: 0.184 0.217 0.246 0.273 0.302 0.327 0.355 0.382 0.409 cv-value: 2.7 2.8 2.8 2.9 2.9 3.0 cvs = 3.0
Setting: 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0 4.2 4.4 4.6
kv-value: 0.414 0.435 0.458 0.486 0.517 0.554 0.589 0.619 0.631
cv-value: 0.434 0.461 0.488 0.524 0.563 0.614 0.668 0.714 0.733
Setting: 4.8 4.9 = open

kv-value: 0.632 kvs = 0.631
cv-value: 0.732 cvs = 0.729
383 384
Flow Data V5032BLF, DN15 Flow Data V5032B, DN20
0.3 0.8 1 1.2 1.6 2 2.6 3 3.6 4 5 5.9
8.7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8.7
4 5 6
4 5
3.0 4.0
3.0 4.0
3
3
2
2
2.0
2.0
10000
10000
4 5 6 7 8 9 100
4 5 6 7 8 9 100
1.0
1.0
0.5
0.5
3
3
0.145 P.S.I. 0.3
0.145 P.S.I. 0.3

Pressure drop
Pressure drop
10 mbar 2
10 mbar 2
1000 Pa
1000 Pa
1 l/h 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 100 2 3 4 10 l/h 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 100 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1000 2 3 4 5
0.00028 l/s 0.001 0.0025 0.005 0.01 0.025 0.1 0.0028 l/s 0.01 0.025 0.05 0.1 0.25 1.0
Flow Flow
Note: Recommended range of application when used with actuator. MT4, M100 range, M4410E1510, M4410K1515 and M7410A1001
Presetting values
Presetting values Setting: 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8
Setting: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 kv-value: 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.9 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8
kv-value: 0.07 0.10 0.15 0.21 0.26 0.31 0.37 0.43 cv-value: 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.8 1.1 1.4 1.6 1.9 2.1
cv-value: 0.06 0.09 0.13 0.18 0.22 0.27 0.32 0.37
Setting: 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6
kv-value: 2.1 2.3 2.5 2.7 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.7 3.9
cv-value: 2.4 2.6 2.9 3.2 3.4 3.7 4.0 4.2 4.6
Setting: 3.8 4.0 4.2 4.4 4.6 4.8 5.0 5.2 5.4
kv-value: 4.2 4.5 4.8 5.1 5.3 5.5 5.7 5.9 6.1
cv-value: 4.9 5.3 5.6 5.9 6.2 6.4 6.7 6.9 7.1
Setting: 5.6 5.8 5.9 = open

kv-value: 6.3 6.5 kvs = 6.5
cv-value: 7.3 7.5 cvs = 7.6
385 386
0.3 0.8 1 1.2 1.6 2 2.6 3 3.6 4 5 5.9 0.5 1 1.6 2 3 4 5 6 6.5
8.7
8.7
4 5
4 5
3.0 4.0
3.0 4.0
3
3
2
2
2.0
2.0
10000
10000
4 5 6 7 8 9 100
4 5 6 7 8 9 100
1.0
1.0
0.5
0.5
3
3
0.145 P.S.I. 0.3
0.145 P.S.I. 0.3

Pressure drop
Pressure drop
10 mbar 2
10 mbar 2
1000 Pa
1000 Pa
10 l/h 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 100 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1000 2 3 4 5 100l/h 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1000 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10000 2 3 4 5
0.0028 l/s 0.01 0.025 0.05 0.1 0.25 1.0 0.028 l/s 0.1 0.25 0.5 1 2.5 10
Flow Flow
Presetting values Presetting values

Setting: 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 Setting: 0.5 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2
kv-value: 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.6 0.9 1.1 1.3 1.6 1.8 kv-value: 2.1 2.5 2.7 2.8 2.9 3.0 3.4 4.0 4.8
cv-value: 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.7 1.0 1.3 1.5 1.8 2.1 cv-value: 2.5 2.9 3.1 3.3 3.4 3.5 4.0 4.6 5.6
Setting: 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 Setting: 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0
kv-value: 2.0 2.2 2.5 2.7 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.7 4.0 kv-value: 5.7 6.6 7.5 8.5 9.6 10.9 12.0 13.1 14.1
cv-value: 2.3 2.6 2.9 3.1 3.4 3.7 4.0 4.3 4.6 cv-value: 6.6 7.6 8.7 9.9 11.2 12.7 14.0 15.2 16.5
Setting: 3.8 4.0 4.2 4.4 4.6 4.8 5.0 5.2 5.4 Setting: 4.2 4.4 4.6 4.8 5.0 5.2 5.4 5.6 5.8
kv-value: 4.3 4.6 4.9 5.2 5.4 5.5 5.7 5.8 6.0 kv-value: 15.3 16.3 17.2 17.9 18.5 19.1 19.4 19.7 20.0
cv-value: 5.0 5.4 5.7 6.0 6.3 6.4 6.6 6.8 6.9 cv-value: 17.8 19.0 20.0 20.8 21.5 22.2 22.6 22.9 23.3
Setting: 5.6 5.8 5.9 = open Setting: 6.0 6.2 6.4 6.5 = open
kv-value: 6.2 6.5 kvs = 6.6 kv-value: 20.5 21.0 21.6 kvs = 21.9
cv-value: 7.2 7.5 cvs = 7.6 cv-value: 23.9 24.4 25.1 cvs = 25.5
387 388
0.5 1 1.6 2 3 4 5 6 6.5
8.7
1 1.2 1.4 1.6 2 3 4 5 6 77.9
8.7
4 5
5
4
3.0 4.0
3.0 4.0
3
3
2
2
2.0
2.0
10000
10000
4 5 6 7 8 9 100
5 6 7 8 9 100
1.0
1.0
4
0.5
0.5
3
3
0.145 P.S.I. 0.3
0.145 P.S.I. 0.3

Pressure drop
1000 Pa 2
10 mbar 2
Pressure drop
mbar
1000 Pa
10
100l/h 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1000 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10000 2 3 4 5 10 l/h 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 100 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1000 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10000 2 3 4 5
0.028 l/s 0.01 0.25 0.5 1 2.5 10 0.00028l/s 0.001 0.025 0.01 0.25 0.5 1 2.5 10
Flow Flow

Setting: 0.5 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 Setting: 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6
kv-value: 2.1 2.4 2.6 2.8 2.9 3.0 3.3 3.9 4.6 kv-value: 0.2 0.3 0.8 1.6 2.7 4.1 5.7 7.6 9.6
cv-value: 2.4 2.8 3.0 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.9 4.5 5.4 cv-value: 0.2 0.3 0.9 1.9 3.2 4.8 6.7 8.8 11.2
Setting: 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0 Setting: 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0 4.2 4.4
kv-value: 5.4 6.3 7.3 8.3 9.3 10.4 11.5 12.6 13.7 kv-value: 11.9 14.2 16.6 19.2 21.5 23.7 25.5 26.6 27.7
cv-value: 6.3 7.3 8.5 9.6 10.9 12.1 13.3 14.6 16.0 cv-value: 13.8 16.5 19.3 22.3 25.0 27.6 29.7 30.9 32.2
Setting: 4.2 4.4 4.6 4.8 5.0 5.2 5.4 5.6 5.8 Setting: 4.6 4.8 5.0 5.2 5.4 5.6 5.8 6.0 6.2
kv-value: 14.8 15.9 16.8 17.5 18.2 18.6 18.9 19.1 19.6 kv-value: 28.9 29.9 31.0 32.1 32.8 34.0 34.9 36.0 36.9
cv-value: 17.2 18.5 19.5 20.3 21.1 21.6 22.0 22.2 22.8 cv-value: 33.6 34.8 36.1 37.3 38.2 39.5 40.6 41.8 42.9
Setting: 6.0 6.2 6.4 6.5 = open Setting: 6.4 6.6 6.8 7.0 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.9 = open
kv-value: 20.1 20.6 21.1 kvs = 21.2 kv-value: 37.9 38.8 39.7 40.6 41.0 41.5 41.6 kvs = 41.5
cv-value: 23.4 23.9 24.5 cvs = 24.6 cv-value: 44.1 45.1 46.1 47.2 47.7 48.3 48.4 cvs = 48.3
389 390
1 1.6 2 3 4 5 6 7.9
8.7
1 1.4 1.6 2 3 4 5 6 7.9
8.7
4 5
5
4
3.0 4.0
3.0 4.0
3
3
2
2
2.0
2.0
10000
10000
4 5 6 7 8 9 100
5 6 7 8 9 100
1.0
1.0
4
0.5
0.5
3
0.145 P.S.I. 0.3

0.145 P.S.I. 0.3
Pressure drop
1000 Pa 2
10 mbar 2
Pressure drop
mbar
1000 Pa
10
10 l/h 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 100 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1000 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10000 2 3 4 5 1000 l/h 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10000 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 100000 2 3 4 5
0.0028 l/s 0.01 0.025 0.1 0.25 0.5 1 2.5 10 0.28 l/s 1 2.5 5 10 25 100
Flow Flow

Setting: 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 Setting: 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6
kv-value: 0.2 0.2 0.8 1.5 2.5 3.7 5.2 7.0 9.0 kv-value: 13.9 16.9 20.0 23.1 26.2 29.3 32.3 35.3 38.1
cv-value: 0.3 0.2 0.9 1.8 2.9 4.4 6.1 8.1 10.4 cv-value: 16.2 19.7 23.2 26.8 30.4 34.0 37.6 41.0 44.3
Setting: 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0 4.2 4.4 Setting: 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0 4.2 4.4
kv-value: 11.1 13.4 15.8 18.1 20.5 22.9 25.1 27.3 29.3 kv-value: 40.8 43.4 45.9 48.2 50.4 52.4 54.3 56.0 57.6
cv-value: 12.9 15.6 18.3 21.1 23.9 26.6 29.2 31.7 34.1 cv-value: 47.5 50.5 53.4 56.1 58.6 60.9 63.1 65.1 67.0
Setting: 4.6 4.8 5.0 5.2 5.4 5.6 5.8 6.0 6.2 Setting: 4.6 4.8 5.0 5.2 5.4 5.6 5.8 6.0 6.2
kv-value: 31.3 33.1 34.8 36.4 37.9 39.2 40.4 41.4 42.3 kv-value: 59.1 60.5 61.8 62.9 64.0 65.0 65.9 66.8 67.6
cv-value: 36.4 38.5 40.5 42.4 44.1 45.6 46.9 48.1 49.1 cv-value: 68.7 70.4 71.8 73.2 74.4 75.6 76.7 77.7 78.6
Setting: 6.4 6.6 6.8 7.0 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.9 = open Setting: 6.4 6.6 6.8 7.0 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.9 = open
kv-value: 43.0 43.6 44.0 44.4 44.7 44.9 45.1 kvs = 45.3 kv-value: 68.3 69.0 69.7 70.3 71.0 71.6 72.1 kvs = 73.0
cv-value: 50.0 50.7 51.2 51.7 52.0 52.2 52.4 cvs = 52.6 cv-value: 79.5 80.3 81.1 81.8 82.5 83.2 83.9 cvs = 84.9
391 392
KV-VALUES FOR MEASURING WITH NON-RESIDEO DEVICES V5032B (DN25)
V5032B (DN10) Setting: 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8
kv-value: 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.9 1.1 1.4 1.7 1.9
Setting: 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
cv-value: 0.6 0.8 0.8 0.8 1.1 1.3 1.6 1.9 2.2
kv-value: 0.09 0.099 0.099 0.101 0.103 0.109 0.119 0.134 0.15
cv-value: 0.09 0.099 0.099 0.101 0.103 0.109 0.119 0.134 0.15 Setting: 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6
kv-value: 2.2 2.4 2.7 2.9 3.2 3.5 3.7 3.9 4.2
Setting: 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8
cv-value: 2.5 2.8 3.1 3.4 3.7 4.0 4.3 4.5 4.9
kv-value: 0.182 0.215 0.243 0.269 0.295 0.319 0.344 0.369 0.392
cv-value: 0.184 0.217 0.246 0.273 0.302 0.327 0.355 0.382 0.409 Setting: 3.8 4.0 4.2 4.4 4.6 4.8 5.0 5.2 5.4
kv-value: 4.4 4.7 5.1 5.5 5.8 6.0 6.2 6.4 6.5
Setting: 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0 4.2 4.4 4.6
cv-value: 5.1 5.5 6.0 6.4 6.8 7.0 7.2 7.4 7.5
kv-value: 0.414 0.435 0.458 0.486 0.517 0.554 0.589 0.619 0.631
cv-value: 0.434 0.461 0.488 0.524 0.563 0.614 0.668 0.714 0.733 Setting: 5.6 5.8 5.9 = open
kv-value: 6.8 7.3 kvs = 7.4
Setting: 4.8 4.9 = open
cv-value: 7.9 8.4 cvs = 8.6
kv-value: 0.632 kvs = 0.631
cv-value: 0.732 cvs = 0.729 V5032B (DN32)
V5032B (DN15) Setting: 0.5 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2
kv-value: 2.1 2.5 2.7 2.9 3.0 3.1 3.4 4.1 4.9
Setting: 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8
cv-value: 2.5 2.9 3.1 3.4 3.5 3.6 4.0 4.8 5.7
kv-value: 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 1.0
cv-value: 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.2 Setting: 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0
kv-value: 5.8 6.7 7.6 8.7 9.9 11.4 13.2 15.2 17.3
Setting: 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6
cv-value: 6.7 7.8 8.9 10.1 11.5 13.3 15.3 17.7 20.1
kv-value: 1.1 1.2 1.4 1.5 1.7 1.9 2.1 2.4 2.7
cv-value: 1.3 1.4 1.6 1.7 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.8 3.1 Setting: 4.2 4.4 4.6 4.8 5.0 5.2 5.4 5.6 5.8
kv-value: 19.4 21.3 22.5 23.1 22.6 22.0 21.1 21.0 20.1
Setting: 3.8 4.0 4.2 4.4 4.6 4.8 4.9 = open
cv-value: 22.5 24.8 26.2 26.9 26.3 25.5 24.6 24.5 23.7
kv-value: 2.9 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.1 kvs = 4.3
cv-value: 3.4 3.7 4.0 4.2 4.4 4.8 cvs = 5.0 Setting: 6.0 6.2 6.4 6.5 = open
V5032BLF (DN15) kv-value: 20.7 21.3 22.2 kvs = 23.1
cv-value: 24.0 24.7 25.8 cvs = 26.8
Setting: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
kv-value: 0.07 0.10 0.15 0.21 0.26 0.31 0.37 0.43 V5032B (DN40)
cv-value: 0.06 0.09 0.13 0.18 0.22 0.27 0.32 0.37 Setting: 0.5 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2
V5032B (DN20) kv-value: 2.1 2.4 2.6 2.8 2.9 3.0 3.4 3.9 4.7
cv-value: 2.4 2.8 3.1 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.9 4.6 5.4
Setting: 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8
kv-value: 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.7 1.0 1.2 1.5 1.7 2.0 Setting: 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0
cv-value: 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.9 1.1 1.4 1.7 2.0 2.3 kv-value: 5.5 6.3 7.3 8.3 9.4 10.6 12.1 14.0 16.5
cv-value: 6.4 7.4 8.4 9.6 10.9 12.3 14.0 16.3 19.1
Setting: 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6
kv-value: 2.3 2.5 2.8 3.1 3.3 3.6 3.8 4.1 4.4 Setting: 4.2 4.4 4.6 4.8 5.0 5.2 5.4 5.6 5.8
cv-value: 2.6 2.9 3.2 3.6 3.9 4.2 4.4 4.7 5.1 kv-value: 19.1 21.2 22.7 23.3 23.3 22.7 21.5 20.0 19.6
cv-value: 22.2 24.6 26.3 27.1 27.0 26.4 25.0 23.3 22.8
Setting: 3.8 4.0 4.2 4.4 4.6 4.8 5.0 5.2 5.4
kv-value: 4.8 5.2 5.6 5.9 6.3 6.6 6.9 7.2 7.6 Setting: 6.0 6.2 6.4 6.5 = open
cv-value: 5.6 6.1 6.5 6.9 7.4 7.7 8.0 8.4 8.8 kv-value: 19.8 20.4 21.3 kvs = 21.4
cv-value: 23.0 23.7 24.8 cvs = 24.9
Setting: 5.6 5.8 5.9 = open
kv-value: 7.9 8.2 kvs = 8.4
cv-value: 9.2 9.6 cvs = 9.8
393 394
V5032B (DN50) DIMENSIONS

Setting: 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 V5032BLF (DN15)
kv-value: 0.2 0.3 0.8 1.6 2.8 4.3 6.0 8.2 10.7 Overview
cv-value: 0.2 0.3 0.9 1.9 3.2 4.9 7.0 9.5 12.4
Setting: 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0 4.2 4.4
kv-value: 13.6 17.1 20.8 24.8 28.8 31.6 33.0 33.2 33.3
cv-value: 15.8 19.8 24.2 28.9 33.5 36.7 38.4 38.6 38.7
Setting: 4.6 4.8 5.0 5.2 5.4 5.6 5.8 6.0 6.2
H
kv-value: 33.3 33.9 34.9 35.8 36.4 38.0 39.8 42.1 44.2
cv-value: 38.7 39.4 40.6 41.7 42.3 44.1 46.2 48.9 51.4
Setting: 6.4 6.6 6.8 7.0 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.9 = open
kv-value: 45.7 47.1 48.7 50.4 51.8 50.7 48.8 kvs = 46.9
D
L2
SW
cv-value: 53.2 54.7 56.6 58.6 60.2 59.0 56.7 cvs = 54.6
L1
V5032B (DN65)
Setting: 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 Parameter Values
kv-value: 0.3 0.5 1.1 1.6 2.4 3.5 4.9 6.6 8.7 2
cv-value: 0.4 0.6 1.2 1.9 2.8 4.0 5.7 7.7 10.1 Nominal sizes: DN 15
Dimensions: D Rp1/2"
Setting: 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0 4.2 4.4 H 82
kv-value: 11.0 13.4 15.8 18.2 20.5 22.6 24.7 26.7 28.8 L1 65
cv-value: 12.8 15.6 18.4 21.1 23.8 26.3 28.7 31.1 33.4 L2 15
SW 27
Setting: 4.6 4.8 5.0 5.2 5.4 5.6 5.8 6.0 6.2
kv-value: 30.8 33.0 35.2 37.5 39.7 41.7 43.3 44.6 45.5 Note: All dimensions in mm unless stated otherwise.
Note: Dimension ‘H’ refers to fully open valve.
cv-value: 35.8 38.4 41.0 43.6 46.2 48.4 50.4 51.8 52.9
V5032B (DN10 to DN80)
Setting: 6.4 6.6 6.8 7.0 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.9 = open
Overview
kv-value: 46.2 46.6 46.9 47.1 47.2 47.3 47.3 kvs = 47.4
cv-value: 53.7 54.2 54.5 54.7 54.9 55.0 55.0 cvs = 55.1
V5032B (DN80)
Setting: 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6
SW
kv-value: 13.9 16.7 19.8 13.0 26.2 29.6 32.9 36.2 39.4
cv-value: 16.2 19.5 23.0 26.7 30.5 34.4 38.2 42.1 45.8
H
H
Setting: 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.0 4.2 4.4
D
kv-value: 42.5 45.6 48.5 51.3 54.0 56.5 58.9 61.2 63.3
L2
cv-value: 49.4 53.0 56.4 59.7 62.8 65.7 68.5 71.2 73.6 SW
D
L2
L1
Setting: 4.6 4.8 5.0 5.2 5.4 5.6 5.8 6.0 6.2 L1
kv-value: 65.2 67.1 68.7 70.3 71.7 73.0 74.1 75.2 76.1
cv-value: 75.9 78.0 79.9 81.7 83.3 84.8 86.2 87.4 88.5 DN10 - DN50 DN65 - DN80
Setting: 6.4 6.6 6.8 7.0 7.2 7.4 7.6 7.9 = open Parameter Values
kv-value: 76.9 77.7 78.4 78.9 79.5 79.9 80.3 kvs = 80.9 Connection sizes: R 3/ " 1/ " 3/ 11/4" 11/2" 21/2"
8 2 4" 1" 2" 3"
cv-value: 89.5 90.3 91.1 91.8 92.4 92.9 93.4 cvs = 91.0 Nominal sizes: DN 10 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80
Dimensions: D Rp3/8" Rp1/2" Rp3/4" Rp1" Rp11/4" Rp11/2" Rp2" Rp21/2" Rp3"
H 92 101 116 121 160 164 192 195 210
L1 65 65 75 90 110 120 150 180 200
L2 12.5 15 18 22 27 30 38 68 73
SW 22 27 32 41 50 55 70 85 100
Note: Dimension ‘H’ refers to fully open valve.
395 396
ORDERING INFORMATION VB550Y Ball valve (VB550) Shut-off valve for the supply
The following tables contain all the information you need to make an order of an item of your choice. When ordering, please 1/ " (DN15) VB550Y0015
2
always state the type, the ordering or the part number. 3/ "
4 (DN20 VB550Y0020
Options 1" (DN25) VB550Y0025
11/4" (DN32) VB550Y0032
DN: kvs (cvs)-value: Weight: OS-No.: 11/2" (DN40) VB550Y0040
(g) 2" (DN50) VB550Y0050
DN10 0.63 (0.73) 400 V5032Y0010B VA2501 Tamper-proof cap
DN15 2.6 (3.0) 425 V5032Y0015B for valves DN10 - DN25 VA2501A010
DN15 BLF 0.43 (0.5) 350 V5032Y0015BLF for valves DN32 - DN50 VA2501A032
DN20 6.5 (7.5) 560 V5032Y0020B
DN25 6.6 (7.6) 720 V5032Y0025B
DN32 21.9 (25.3) 1230 V5032Y0032B
DN40 21.2 (24.5) 1320 V5032Y0040B
DN50 41.5 (48.0) 2380 V5032Y0050B VA2510 Insulation shells
DN65 45.2 (52.6) 2300 V5032Y0065B Note: For product information see product data sheet ‘VA2510B Insulation Shells’.
DN80 73.0 (84.9) 2300 V5032Y0080B for valves DN15 VA2510C015
Accessories for valves DN20 VA2510C020
for valves DN25 VA2510C025
Description Dimension Part No. for valves DN32 VA2510C032
FIG1/2CS Compression fitting for COPPER and STEEL pipe for valves DN40 VA2510C040
Consisting of compression nut and compression ring. For valves with internal for valves DN50 VA2510C050
thread. VA3401A Draining valve
Note: Support inserts have to be used for copper or soft steel pipe with 1.0 mm wall thickness. Max.
for all sizes VA3401A008
operating temperature 120 °C, max. operating pressure 10 bar.
1/ ", DN15 10 mm FIG1/2CS10
2
1/ ", DN15 12 mm FIG1/2CS12
2
1/ ", DN15 14 mm FIG1/2CS14
2
1/ ", DN15 15 mm FIG1/2CS15
2
1/ ", DN15 (10pcs.) 15 mm FIG1/2CS15 -
2
10 VA8201FV Presetting key
1/ ",
2DN15 16 mm FIG1/2CS16 for Kombi-II-plus V5032BLF valves DN15 VA8201FV02
3/ ",
DN20 18 mm FIG3/4CS18
4
3/ ",
DN20 22 mm FIG3/4CS22
4
FIG1/ Compression fitting for COPPER and STEEL pipe
2CSS Consisting of compression nut and compression ring and support insert.
For valves with internal thread.
Note: Support inserts have to be used for copper or soft steel pipe with 1.0 mm wall thickness. Max. VA5032A Draining adapter for SafeConTM connections
operating temperature 120 °C, max. operating pressure 10 bar. Can be used to drain the water from a SafeCon connection provided on the
1/ ",
DN15 12 mm FIG1/2CSS12
2 balancing valve families as shown below
1/ ",
2 for all VA5032A001
1/ ",
2 dimensions
1/ ",
2 Measuring equipment
1/ ",
2 VA3600 Measuring adapter (2 pcs.)
3/ ",
4 For measuring computer VM241 VA3600C001
V5000Y Kombi-3-plus RED (V5000) measuring and shut-off valve for the supply
Note: For product information and diagrams see product data sheet ‘V5000 Kombi-3-plus
1/ " (DN15) V5000Y0015
2
3/ " (DN20 V5000Y0020
4
1" (DN25) V5000Y0025 VM242A BasicMes-2 handheld measuring computer
Note: To connect the VM241 BasicMes to SafeConTM pressue test cocks please order measuring
11/4" (DN32) V5000Y0032
adapter VA3600C001 separately.
11/2" (DN40) V5000Y0040 Computer is supplied with case and accessories for all sizes VM242A0101
2" (DN50) V5000Y0050
21/2" (DN65) V5000Y0065
3" (DN80) V5000Y0080
397 398
V5032 - Kombi-2-plus
Spare Parts

G1/
1 Spare set of 2 pressure test cocks 4"
1
DN10 - DN80 VS2600C001
2 Valve insert for Kombi-II-plus V5032B
CDS2000A SERIES
CO2 Detector for Indoor Air Quality Monitoring System
DN10 VS5032DZ1010
DN15 VS5032DZ1015
DN20 VS5032DZ1020
DN25 VS5032DZ1025 SUMMARY
DN32 VS5032DZ1032
2 DN40 VS5032DZ1040
DN50 VS5032DZ1050
3 Valve insert for Kombi II-plus V5032BLF CDS2000A series is compact and easy-to-install IAQ(Indoor
DN15 VS1200FV01
Air Quality) sensor, which is designed for detecting carbon
dioxide in the air. This series is optimized to be used with
3 building and house ventilation system and air conditioning

system, which maintains acceptable levels of CO2 in the
indoor space by controlling the amount of fresh outdoor air.
FEATURES
• High reliability and sensitivity based on non-dispersive infrared(NDIR) technology

• Two types of analog signal (DCV and DCA) output (Selectable)
• Eliminates the need for manual calibration in most applications with ABC logic software
• Optional LCD display and on/off relay output for CO2 limit monitoring
• Optional Modbus communication
• Long term stability and lifetime
• Easy installation
• CE Certification
SPECIFICATIONS
• Gas detected : Carbon dioxide (CO2)

• Sensing method : NDIR (Non-dispersive infrared)
• Detect range : 0 ~ 2,000ppm
• Accuracy : ±30ppm ±5% of measured value
• Output signal : 0~10Vdc(default) or 0~20mA (selectable by jumper setting)
: Modbus RTU
• Coverage area : Approximately 100㎡
• Power supply : 24Vac, 24Vdc±20%, 50/60Hz
• Power consumption : Max. 2W
• Response time : Within 120 sec. (90% step)
• Maintenance interval : Not required
• Relay(Alarm) output : SPST relay, normally open, 1A/120Vac, 1A/24Vdc contact rating,
: Activated at greater than 1,000ppm, deactivated at less than 900ppm
399 400
• Wiring : 3 or 4-line wiring compatible
• Optional Modbus : Hardware 2-wire RS-485
: Software RTU Mode
GD250 SERIES
• Protection standard : Wall-mount type - IP30
: Duct-mount type - IP63
• Operating temperature : 0 ~ 50℃ CO Detector for Indoor Air Quality Monitoring System
• Operating humidity : 0 ~ 95%RH (non-condensing)

• Storage temperature : -20 ~ 60℃ SUMMARY
• Storage humidity : 0 ~ 95%RH (non-condensing)
• Sensor life expectancy : >10 years
• Housing material : Plastic(ABS) GD250 CO series is compact and easy-to-install
• Accessories : Wall-mount type - Screws(2EA), Quick guide IAQ(Indoor Air Quality) sensor, which is designed for
: Duct-mount type - Screws(5EA), Quick guide detecting carbon monoxide in the air. This model has
high accuracy at low CO concentration, and is optimized
to be used with ventilation automation system, energy
MODEL SELECTION
management, and computer monitoring systems. These
OS # Description sensors can be used in parking lot, tunnel and

CDS2000A1000CE CO2 Detector, Wall-mount type, 0~2,000ppm, 0 ~ 10Vdc / 0~20mAdc output underground places.
CDS2000A2000CE CO2 Detector, Wall-mount type, 0~2,000ppm, LCD, 0 ~ 10Vdc / 0~20mAdc output, Relay output
CDS2000A2000CM CO2 Detector, Wall-mount type, 0~2,000ppm, LCD, 0 ~ 10Vdc / 0~20mAdc output, Relay output, Modbus output
CDS2000A3000CE CO2 Detector, Duct-mount type, 0~2,000ppm, 0 ~ 10Vdc / 0~20mAdc output, Relay output
CDS2000A3000CM CO2 Detector, Duct-mount type, 0~2,000ppm, 0 ~ 10Vdc / 0~20mAdc output, Relay output, Modbus output FEATURES
• High reliability and sensitivity to detect carbon monoxide

DIMENSIONS • Two types of analog signal (DCV and DCA) output (Selectable)
• Optional LCD display and on/off relay output for CO limit monitoring
• Optional Modbus communication
• Long term stability and lifetime
SPECIFICATIONS
• Gas detected : Carbon monoxide (CO)

• Sensor type : Semiconductor
CDS2000A1000CE CDS2000A2000CE CDS2000A3000CE
CDS2000A2000CM CDS2000A3000CM • Detect range : 0 ~ 250ppm
• Accuracy : 1) ±5% FS for 0 ~ 100ppm
2) ± 10% FS for 100 ~ 250ppm
• Output signal : 2~10Vdc (default) or 4~20mA (selectable by jumper setting)
: Modbus RTU
• Coverage area : 465 ~ 900 ㎡ (recommended)
• Power supply : 24Vac 50/60Hz, 24Vdc, +/- 20%
• Response time : Within 30 seconds (90% step)
• Relay(Alarm) output : SPST relay, normally open, 1A/120Vac, 1A/24Vdc contact rating,
401 402
: Activated at greater than 100ppm, deactivated at less than 90ppm
IAQPMHH-00M
: Software RTU Mode
• Protection standard : IP30
• Operating temperature : 0 ~ 50℃ PM2.5/10 Dust Sensor for Room Application

• Storage temperature : -20 ~ 60℃ SUMMARY
• Sensor life expectancy : 6 years
IAQPMHH-00M is compact and easy-to-install IAQ(Indoor Air Quality)
• Housing material : Plastic(ABS)
sensor, which is designed for measuring Particulate Matter(PM) dust in
• Accessories : Screws(2EA), Quick guide
the air. This model measures indoor concentration of PM2.5 and PM10,
and transmits monitoring data as reference to the system to improve
indoor air quality level. It is optimized to be used with computer
MODEL SELECTION
monitoring center or building and house ventilation system, and it can
ensure better indoor air quality with its immediate trigger action which
OS # Description
GD250W4NB CO Detector, 0~250ppm, 4~20mA / 2~10VDC output enables connected ventilation system activation.
GD250W4NL CO Detector, 0~250ppm, LCD, 4~20mA / 2~10VDC output, Relay output
GD250W4NM CO Detector, 0~250ppm, LCD, 4~20mA / 2~10VDC output , Relay output, Modbus output
FEATURES
DIMENSIONS • High reliability, high sensitivity and quick response (1s)

• Monitoring data selectable between PM2.5 and PM10
• LCD display indication for easy monitoring
• 0…10V and Modbus output supported
SPECIFICATIONS
• Gas detected : PM2.5/10

GD250W4NB GD250W4NL • Measurement method : Laser scattering method
GD250W4NM
• Detect range : 0 ~ 500 μg/㎥
• Resolution : 1μg/㎥
• Accuracy : 1) 0~100μg/㎥ : ±10μg/㎥
2) >101μg/㎥ : ±10% of reading (25℃±2℃, 50±10%RH, TSI8530)
• Output signal : 0~10Vdc, Modbus RTU
• Power supply : 24VAC, 24VDC±20%, 50/60Hz
• Response time : 1 second
: Software RTU Mode
403 404
• Operating temperature : -10 ~ 60℃
• Storage temperature : -30 ~ 70℃
• Protection standard : IP30
• Housing material : Plastic(ABS)
• Accessories : Screw(2EA), Quick guide
MODEL SELECTION
OS # Description
IAQPMHH-00M PM2.5/10 Dust Sensor, 0~500ug/㎥, 0~10VDC output, Modbus output
DIMENSIONS
IAQPMHH-00M
405
A NEW GLOBAL COMPANY WITH 130 YEARS OF HOME INNOVATION
Spun off as a stand-alone company, Resideo pioneers the next wave of supported and
smart home technology to help you feel comfortable, safe, and secure.
With products in 18 million homes and used by over 100,000 installers, the Braukmann
brand is more than a name on our innovations; it’s part of our promise to keep the heri-
tage at the heart of everything we do.
We hold approximately 3,000 worldwide active and pending patents - and we intend to
continue to find inspiration in the everyday moments to deliver intuitive technology
that’s reliable, desirable and crafted for our customers.
We offer our customers ideal products and solutions for both their current and future
needs.
Braukmann Water Controls

Water solutions which are key infrastructure additions to the home and help in water
treatment, safety and efficiency.
• Over 85 years of experience in the European residential water control market
• Made in Europe
• Well-known, high quality and proven reliability
• A wide and deep product range
In over 18 million households and are used by over 100,000 installers.
Resideo Singapore Pte.Ltd For more information

#04-01, 1 Paya Lebar Link homecomfort.resideo.com/europe
Paya Lebar Quarter 1 Ademco 1 GmbH, Hardhofweg 40,
Singapore 408533 74821 MOSBACH, GERMANY
by its authorised representative Phone: +49 6261 810
Ademco 1 GmbH Fax: +49 6261 81309
© 2021 Resideo Technologies, Inc. All rights reserved. Subject to change. EN0H-1054GE23 R0420

ASEAN Braukmann Catalogue - Reduce Size

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

ASEAN Braukmann Catalogue - Reduce Size

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

WATER CONTROLS

D04FM - Pressure Reducing Valve 001

D05FS - Pressure Reducing Valve with Balanced Seat 006

D06FH - High Pressure Reducing Valve 012

VALVES. LEAD-FREE. D06F - Pressure Reducing Valve 024

MiniPlus FK06-AAM - Filter Combination with Brass Filter

MiniPlus FF06-AAM - Rinsable Fine Filter with Brass Filter

F76CS/FN76CS - Reverse Rinsing Fine Filter with Clear

096 FK74CS/FKN74CS - Filter Combination BA295D-1/2ASC - Backﬂow Preventer 163

193 BA295S - Backﬂow Preventer MX Series Valves 258

198 BA295STN-11/2A - Backﬂow Preventer TM50 - Thermostatic Mixing Valve 262

BA298I-F - Reduced-Pressure-Zone Backﬂow Preventers

208 BA300 - Backﬂow Preventer TM200VP - Thermostatic Mixing Valve 272

213 CA295 - Backﬂow Preventer TM300 - Thermostatic Mixing Valve 277

R295H - Mechanical Disconnector Hydraulic Actuated GB

R295 - Mechanical Disconnector with Union Connectors

R295HP-F - Mechanical Disconnector Hydraulic Actuated

R295P-F - Mechanical Disconnector with Flanges Direct

R295SA - Mechanical Disconnector Electrically Actuated

R295SP-F - Mechanical Disconnector Electrically Actuated

328 PC300 - Surge Anticipating Valve Datasheet - CDS2000A Series 400

333 PS300 - Pump Control Valve Datasheet - GD250 Series 402

338 SV300 - Safety Valve Datasheet - IAQPMHH-00M 404

343 TC300 - Protection Valve for Deep Pumping

VR170, ZN170, Z171T - Float Valve for Water Storage Tanks

354 VR300 - Flow Rate Regulator

359 VV300 - Priority Valve

364 FY30 - Brass Y-strainer

368 FY32 - Red-bronze Y-strainer

372 FY69P - Grey Cast Iron Y-strainer

376 FY71P - Cast Steel Y-strainer

Pressure Reducing Valves CONSTRUCTION

Braukmann 1 Spring bonnet with

Adjustment spring Spring steel

EN0H-1054GE23 R0420 • Subject to change 001 002

Installation Example DIMENSIONS

Fig. 1 Standard installation example for the pressure reducing valve

TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS ORDERING INFORMATION

Description Dimension Part No.

Spare Parts Pressure Reducing Valves

005 EN0H-1034GE23 R0420 • Subject to change 006

CONSTRUCTION Installation Example

Parameter Value Pressure drop characteristics

Overview Description Dimension Part No.

Spare Parts Pressure Reducing Valves

2 4 Blanking plug with O-ring R1/4" (5 pcs.) APPLICATION

011 EN0H-1003GE23 R0420 • Subject to change 012

CONSTRUCTION Installation Example

Overview Components Materials

Overview Description Dimension Part No.

ZR06K Double ring wrench

VST06A Connection set

Parameter Values 1" VST06-1A

Spare Parts Pressure Reducing Valves

017 EN0H-1058GE23 R0420 • Subject to change 018

CONSTRUCTION Installation Example

Overview Components Materials

Max. ambient temperature: 55 °C 5

Pressure drop in valve Δp

Overview Description Dimension Part No.

ZR06K Double ring wrench

VST06-LFA Lead-free connection set

Spare Parts Pressure Reducing Valve